Search results
(21 - 40 of 91)
Pages
- Title
- Augsburg College Catalog, 1964-1966
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
profile
Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts
College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The
College offers a broad education in a Christian environment.
Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the
North Central Association of...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE profile Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (secondary), the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. Memberships: Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, tlie Association of Minnesota Colleges, thc Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. Courses of Study: Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in 26 major fields of study. Sluclents are prepared for teaching, business administration, social warlc, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for Eurtl~er study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields, Lacation: Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway NO.94, just 20 hloclcs from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. Setting: The eleven-acre Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty. Development: A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings to the Augsburg College campus. S SEPTEMBER T W T M F S Fall Semester 1964-65 . . . . . Freshman Days Sept. 14, 15 (Mon., Tues.) ....... Registration Sept. 16 (Wed.) ................ Classes begin Sept. 9-15 (Wed.-Tues.) ........ Late registration fee 1 ..................Homecoming OCTOBER T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 8 19 m 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 23 30 31 S M S M Sept. 16 (Wed.) Oct. 29-Nov. Nov. 12 (Thurs.) ... End first half Thanksgiving recess Dec. 19 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.) ................... Christmas Jan. 4 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) Jan. 18-26 (Mon.-Tues.) recess begins ..... Classes resume . . Final examinations ......... Jan. 26 (Tues.) F S F 4 11 18 25 S 5 12 19 26 F S of Semester Nov. 25 (12:20 p.m.)-30 (7:45 a.m.) ....................... NOVEMBER T W T DECEMBER T W T 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 31 ~ S M S M JANUARY T W T 1 7 First Semester ends S M FEBRUARY T W T F S S M MARCH T W T F S S M T APRIL W T F S S M T MAY W T F S Spring Semester 1965 .................. Registration Feb. 2 (Tues.) Feb. 3 (Wed., 7 :45 a.m.) Feb. 3 (Wed.) ....... Classes begin .......... Late Mar. 30 (Tues.) ... registration fee End first half of Semester April 1 4 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) ....................... Easter recess begins April 20 (Tues., 7 :45 a.m.). Easter recess ends May 19 (Wed.) May 20-28 (Thurs.-Fri.) May 30 (Sun.) May 30 (Sun.) 1 .................. Reading Day . . Final examinations ........ Baccalaureate service ............... Commencement S M T JUNE W T F S S SEPTEMBER T W T M F S Fall Semester 1 965-66 S . . . . . Freshman Sept. 8-14 (Wed.-Tues.) OCTOBER T W T M F S Sept. 13, 14 (Mon., Tues.) S NOVEMBER T W T M F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes Sept. 15 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late Oct. 28-31 Homecoming End first half of Semester Nov. 24 (12:20 p.m.) -29 (7:45 a.m.) DECEMBER T W T M .. begin registration fee ...................... Nov. 11 (Thurs.) S . . . . . . . Registration Sept. 15 (Wed. S Days F S ....................... Thanksgiving recess Dec. 18 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.) S .................. JANUARY T W T M F S Jan. 3 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) ...... Classes resume Jan. 17-25 (Man.-Tues.) . . Final examinations Jan. 25 (Tues.) M FEBRUARY T W T S M MARCH T W T F S S M T APRIL W T F S S F Christmas recess begins .......... First Semester ends S Spring Semester 1966 ................... Registration Feb. 2 (Wed., 7:45 a.m.) . . . . . . Classes begin Feb. 2 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee April 1 (Fri.) . . . . . End first half of Semester Feb. 1 (Tues.) April 6 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) Easter recess begins S M MAY T W T April 12 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) Easter recess ends F S May 25 (Wed.) ................. Reading Day May 26-June 3 (Thurs.-Fri.) S M T JUNE W T F S ........................ Final examinations June 5 (Sun.) .......... Baccalaureate service June 5 (Sun.) ............... Commencement historical sketch Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In the autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incor~orated under theVlawsof Minnesota. Its Gm was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The College was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded t o a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including G E NERAL INFORMATIOR the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time 26 majors are offered. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922. In February, 1963, with the merger of the Lutheran Free Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College became affiliated with the latter church body. At the close of its ninety-third academic year, in the spring of 1963, Augsburg Theological Seminary merged with Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, one of the seminaries of the merged church. Seven presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history: Augiisl Weenaas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869-1876 Georg Sverdrup - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1876-1907 1907-1911 Sven O f t e d a l - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1911-1937 George Sverdrup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H. N. Hendrickson (Acting) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1937-1938 Bernhard Christensen - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1938-1 962 Leif S. Harbo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1962-1963 Oscar A. Anderson - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1963-Present aims and objectives IJ Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the college affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. Ultimate Aims To contribute t o the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. Basic Philosophy The Christian message concerning the redemptive act d God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking t o relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. Primary Objectives To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical well-being of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life and learning. To aid its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. F To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an opportunity for service to God and man. Distinctive Character Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. the alumni association The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable graduates and former students to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held a t Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in the Art Building on Riverside Avenue. the physical plant Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, biology and home economics; the bookstore; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. A Tower Prayer Chapel is located on the fourth floor. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to serve the needs of the music department. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Art Building was acquired in 1963 and remodeled to provide excellent space for the art program. It has one large classroom and studio and laboratory facilities for drawing, painting, and sculpture in the rooms on the ground and first floor. The second floor of the building houses the Development Offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memoriol Hall Gerda Mortensen Hall Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters for about 130 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for about 175 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger dormitory. Miriam, Edda, Epsilon, Kappa, Omega, Sigma, Iota, Lambda, Omicron, Zeta, and Theta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women students. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing. the archives The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-prod quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. library facilities The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 50,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 5000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and well-trained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 410 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis publi,c libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. natural science laboratories The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and storeroom and office space for Biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for Chemistry and two laboratories for Physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. P.' I A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. guaranteed tuition plan In order to assist students and parents in planning ahead for tuition payments, which are the major item of college expense, Augsburg College offers a Guaranteed Tuition Plan that fixes the tuition cost for four years of college. Freshmen enrolling in the fall of 1964, who sign up for the plan, will have their tuition cost guaranteed for eight consecutive semesters a t a total cost of $3,825 (average cost is $956.25 per year) as follows: The larger charges in the first two years build up a reserve available for the last two years. If the student on this plan voluntarily withdraws, he loses his reserve. If he is asked to withdraw, his reserve will be refunded. Those who do not elect t o sign up for the Guaranteed Tuition Plan will be enrolled in the fall of 1964 a t a tuition charge of $450 per semester and at whatever level the fee is set in subsequent years. FINANCIAL general expenses per semester * Regular Tuition Plan Tuition (includes Student Activity $450.00 Fee of $1 1.00) 7.50 Student Union Fee 1.00 Lo'cker (Optional) Guaranteed Tuition Plan $500.00 7.50 1.00 TOTAL GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER $458.50 $508.50 Books are estimated a t $25.00 to $40.00 per semester Students registered for more than the maximum number of credits (17) are charged a t the rate of $20.00 for each additional credit per semester. Special students will pay a t the rate of $38.00 per credit up t o 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credits pay the regular tuition charge. room and board expenses per semester" WOMEN Min. Max. $125.00 $130.00 150.00 125.00 1.OO 1.00 MEN Min. Max. $120.00 $120.00 175.00 225.00 1.00 1.OO Room Board * Key Deposit (refundable) Breakage Deposit -0-015.00 15.00 (refundable) TOTAL ROOM & BOARD PER SEMESTER $251.00 $281.00 $311.00 $361.00 *Women students in residence are required to buy and use a minimum of $125.00 meal book coupoils per semester, men students $175.00. music fees per semester " Private lessons - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $40.00 8.00 Piano studio rental (one hour per day) 20.00 Organ rental (one hour per day) .- - - - - - - - - - - Voice studio rental (one hour per day) - . - - - . . 8.00 * Subject t o change special fees" - Application fee -, ,- -, - -, , , , , ,, ,, , , - - - - ,, - - - - - $10.00 Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) - - 1.00 Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes ,,,,,,,,,,,- ,-, -, - - - -- - - -- - - - 2.00 Placement fee ,-, , , , , , , , , , , , , , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Graduation fee -,--,-,,,,-,,,,,,,,~-,10.00 ------,Final examinations taken a t another hour than the one , ,, - -, ,-- - -, , -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 scheduled ,,,,-, Examination making up an incomplete or a condition - 5.00 Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) - 1.00 Student teaching 20.00 . . Choir tour (minimum) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10.00 Band tour (minimum) , - , - , - - - - - , , - - - -10.00 ------Camprehensive examination, per credit, for students enrolled ,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students 10.00 not currently enrolled ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,-,,,,,,,-, - ------,,,,,-,+,+,+-4-h----~-4--- estimated expenses per semester "* MEN WOMEN Min. Max. OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS $458.50 General expenses $508.50 Special, music, books 25.00 100.00 $608.50 TOTAL $483.50 Min. Max. $458.50 25.00 $483.50 $508.50 100.00 $608.50 RESIDENT STUDENTS $458.50 General expenses Room & Board 251.00 Special, music, books 25.00 TOTAL $734.50 $458.50 311.00 25.00 $794.50 $508.50 361.00 100.00 $969.50 $508.50 281.00 100.00 $889.50 * * These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. refunds Tuition, fees, and room charges for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of any semester will be charged a t the rate of 2 per cent per day, except for application and special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of the semester. If a student is required to enter the Armed Forces, a full refund is made of tuition. V u b j e c t to change payment of accounts Student accounts are due in full a t the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance a t the College, or the student may make the payment when he registers. Checks must be made out to Augsburg College and forwarded directly to the Treasurer's office. For cash payments a receipt must be obtained from the Treasurer's office at the time of payment. Recognizing that payment of fees in full a t registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the College has instituted the following payment plans: DATE PAYMENT DUE n OFF-CAMPUS RESIDENT STUDENTS STUDENTS Guaranteed Guaranteed Tuition Regular Tuition Regular Tuition Plan Tuition Plan or before registration $300.00 $325.00 $525.00 $550.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due October 15th 85.00 95.00 125.00 135.00 Due November 15th 85.00 135.00 125.00 95.00 Due December 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due January 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due February 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due March 15th 85.00 135.00 125.00 95.00 Due April 15th 85.00 Due May 15th Balance Balance Balance Balance In addition, other arrangements may be made with the Treasurer's office. A carrying charge of $2.00 a month is added for the payment-plan service. Unless prior arrangement is made, an additional $1.00 is added for each month that payment is late. financia 1 assistance Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg. Students must complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives assistance t o students in securing work both on and off the campus. loan funds 18 Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged a t a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance t o students preparing for theological study. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance t o members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available t o selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration is given to those students who express a desire to teach in elementary or secondary schools and t o those whose academic background indicates a superior capacity for preparation in science, mathematics, engineering or modern foreign languages. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo Foundations provided the funds t o establish the initial reserves required. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of a faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. scholarships and prizes Fifty Freshman Scholarships of varying amounts are available to outstanding high school graduates. Some of these scholarships are renewable provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. A limited number of Tuition Scholarships is awarded to outstanding high school graduates. Students who rank in the upper five per cent of their high school class, perform well on scholastic aptitude tests, and can show good character references are eligible for consideration. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a 2.25 scholastic average. Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 1.75 or better. Upper-class Scholarships of $300 are awarded each year to selected students with an honor point ratio of 2.4 or better who apply to the Student Personnel Committee. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The American Indian Scholarshir, was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvall. I t is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or. achicwement in the art of singing. 20 The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial SchoIarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in n ~ e ~ n o rof y their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Tlie scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected an the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotl?erl~oodLife Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students arc selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the department of chemistry to honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Manlvald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the department of chemistry to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 ta 1958,The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry a t the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the department of chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of -hemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death in January 960. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. f The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English a t Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the Freshman, Sophomore, and Junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund, which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The Carl W. Landahl Scholarship was established by the family and friends in memory of Professor Carl W. Landahl, a member of the Augsburg Music Faculty from 1952 until his death in 1961. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis of achievement in the field of music. The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry. The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Sharon Lutheran congregation a t Lamberton, Minnesota. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the Scholarship Committee. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Harry S. Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by De Ette Cenfield Genung in honor of her husband. A scholarship is awarded annually to a deserving student from another country in order to prepare that student to make a contribution in his or her homeland, thereby improving the relationship of that country and the United States. The De Ette Cenfield Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung in honor of his wife. Two scholarships are awarded annually to deserving and promising students in the field of English or the language arts. The Green-Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield Genung, his wife, in memory of Jeanette Cenfield Green, sister of Mrs. Genung, and Arthur E. Genung, father of Mr. Genung. Both the persons memorialized in this scholarship had a special concern about the social and personal consequences of the use of alcoholic beverages and narcotics, and Mrs. Green was especially active in the p.omotion of alcohol education and legislation. The proceeds of this endowment fund will be used for the scholarship to be awarded annually to one or more qualified students specializing in Sociology and Social Work with special interest in the problems of modern society that are reflected in alcoholism, drug addiction, delinquency, and other personal and social problems, and who plan to direct their efforts toward the prevention and solution of such problems. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students a t Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. grants-in-aid Grants-in-aid are available to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the student and his family. employment service An employment service, located in the Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work. Many students find it possible to pay part of their college expenses with money earned in this way. The types of work available are of various kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. The college is concerned that employment not interfere with a student's academic work. Therefore, it is desirable that Freshmen have sufficient funds to pay their entire expenses for at least one semester. Part-time employment may then be secured in accordance with the need of the student and his ability to handle extra work. Students are employed by the college in several areas. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in obtaining summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application for parttime or summer employment may be made in the Personnel Office. application procedure Applications for admission to Augsburg College should be made to the Director of Admissions. Students may apply for admission as soon as they have completed their junior year in high school, and preferably before June 1 preceding the fall in which the student seeks admission. No applications are accepted after September 1. Early applicants gain an advantage both in registration and housing. Notification of admission is normally sent to a student as soon as the application is complete. Instructions for applying for admission: (1) Obtain an application form by writing or visiting: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 (2) Complete and return the application form with a $10 application fee (nonrefundable) and a photograph. (3) Request your high school to send us a copy of your high school record and test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized .tests taken. (4) After acceptance, all new students are required to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit. This deposit may be made any time before July 1; for those admitted thereafter, it is due within two weeks after notification of acceptance. (5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required. admission requirements The quality of a student's work in high school, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application. Augsburg College seeks ADMISSION TO THE students who rank high in the high school graduating class, a t least in the upper half, and score average or above on college aptitude tests. It is recommended that a student have a t least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and at least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. For entrance to the Freshman Class, either the tests of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Offi,ce by August 15. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted t o register. transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. For graduation the total honor point ratio is computed on the basis of work transferred together with that taken a t Augsburg. A maximum of 64 semester credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. advanced placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. advanced standing Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. ' I. The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct t - g the instituthe policies of A t ~ g . ~ h ~ lthat tion may conslnntly I:e permeated by ail atmosphere in which the qiresl for Truth as it is in Christ is prayeiqfully rostercd in each life. All students are required to complete fourteen credit hours in courses offered in Religion. 'l'liei~e are 1iurnerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Faith and Life Week is helrl ~ w i c e each ycar. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. The Chapel Service The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, CAMPUS LIFE where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. recreation standards and discipline Introduction At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ. In the content of this primary relationship, the Christian also lives in a relationship to people, to events, to things. The fact that God not only created the world but became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to be despised. The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end. It should be clear, however, that in an age which is much concerned with the pursuit of pleasure, a college like Augsburg should never subordinate its academic program to leisuretime activities. On the contrary, the recreational program must be in the context of, and be congruent with, the major intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal to help the individual to live an effectual Christian life in the world. The Program In settirig up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal arts. The program takes into account the relationship between sexes and seeks to provide normal and healthy opportunities for the expression of the mutual attraction of the sexes. Augsburg offers a varied and selective recreational and social program which gives preference to those activities which are emancipatory rather than restrictive, those which enrich community life rather than those which are divisive or encourage selfish satisfactions. The college provides a variety of activities designed to meet these requirements. The social program includes a number of organized all-school events combined with many lessstructured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In attempting to meet the needs and interests of all Augsburg students, we make use of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin City area. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed upon certain other activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or a t any college-sponsored event. Any student found under the influence of liquor is subject to disciplinary action. Social, or ballroom dancing, is not a part of the recreational program of the college. Students are encouraged to be discriminating in all types of recreation in which they engage, that their time may be well spent, and strong moral and ethical values may be developed. Such common activities as television viewing and movie-going, for example, can easily become time-wasting and even detrimental to the development of moral and ethical values. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social program approved by the college and to follow it as members of the college community. Although the college lays down specific rules regarding most matters only with respect to activities centering on the campus, it reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall not be taken capriciously, but only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. religious program The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Faith and Life Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings and discussions. This Commission also serves as a coordinating agency for all voluntary Christian organizations on campus. The principal organization is the Student Christian Association. The SCA seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national Lutheran Student Association of America Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Mission Society, the service organization of SCA promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a conference devoted to the study of missionary activity and recruitment of workers. convocation Regular convocations are held each Thursday throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. social and recreational activities Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Commissioner of Social Activities, assisted by a Programming Commission, sponsors a wide variety of activities each month and an all-school activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. Music and the Fine Arts Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. A monthly bulletin, Augsburg Plus, listing programs, concerts, a r t displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. student government The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled a t Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. The Executive Council consists of six commissioners-each responsible to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary, whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the United States. Through this organization the students. receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and other organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Goyernment directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of Freshmen by upper-class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister Program as a part of Freshman Orientation. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful self-government. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. Publications The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. The Echo provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors; business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The "A" Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a student editor in conjunction with the Office of Student Personnel Services. The Directory of students, staff, and faculty is published under the direction of the Registrar. co-curricular program The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands. The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the students' creative urge in the field of art and to promote an interest in art. The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study in the biological sciences. The Business Club draws membership from the business and secretarial classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg Forum affords opportunity for joint studentfaculty discussions of vital, controversial issues. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people of the various countries. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upper-classmen. The Electronics Club is open to anyone interested in the field of radio and electronics. Members operate an amateur radio station on the campus. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, art and history. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psychology. The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human-relations activities. The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Ushers' Club is a a service organization providing ushers for public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection of the best creative writing each year. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. Forensics Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. The Genung Endowment The Genung Endowment was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield' Genung to perpetuate their interest, concern, and activity in the improvement of international relations. The income from the fund is made available each year to assist a student group a t Augsburg Col.lege to carry out a project for the improvement of international relations on a student to student level. musical organzzatzons The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. A tour of Europe is planned for June, 1965. The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Collegiate Band and Instrumental Ensembles. The Augsburg Cbllege Cantorians, a women's chorus, participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. The Male Chorus sings a t various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. The Augsburg College Orchestra, organized in 1963, performs frequently on campus. The orchestra gives programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. The string ensemble class provides opportunity for students interested in improving fundamental string technique. physical education and recreation Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Purpose and Philosophy of Intercollegiate Athletics It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. eligibility requirements In order to participate in certain extracurricular and cocurricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation is not eligible to be a candidate for any elected or appointed campus office including Student Council, Commissions, class and organization offices, nor is he eligible for cheerleading or student publication participation. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated. The Chairman of the Election Board is responsible for checking the eligibility of all candidates for Student Society and class offices with the Assistant Registrar. Organizations should submit names of candidates for office to the Coordinator of Student Activities for approval. A student on academic probation may not participate in the Augsburg Choir or the Augsburg Band or in a major role in a dramatic production without special permission from the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. honors and awards On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for a t least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and Seniors who have earned a 2.5 honor point ratio accumulative are eligible for membership, while Freshmen and Sophomores with a 2.25 honor point ratio may be admitted as pledges. Applications for membership are made a t the Registrar's Office a t the beginning of the semester in which the student is eligible. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college. student personnel services Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. Admissions Pre-college counseling, educational and vocational, is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. Prospective students are encouraged to visit the campus if a t all possible. Other information concerning admission and entrance requirements can be found in another section of the catalog. Counseling Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health, financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop more realistic conceptions of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems of adjustment. The Dean of Students and the Dean of Women are special counselors to the men and women, respectively. The counseling program is coordinated by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred to the Office of the Dean of Students or Dean of Women. A further referral may be made to the College Chaplain, in the case of spiritual problems, or to the College Physician, in the case of underlying emotional problems. The College Physician works with the Personnel Deans in the latter case. Testing All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupational goals. The Sequential Tests of Educational Progress (STEP) are given to all sophomores. Seniors take the graduate record examinations. Freshman Orientation Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. Records Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. The Student Health Service The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. Housing and Food Service In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development while maintaining optimal living conditions, active student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the Director of Residences for Women, the Head Residents, and Personnel Deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The Head Residents and Personnel Deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred to them. All women students and freshman men students not living a t home are required to live in college-operated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All students living in the residences and most students in off-campus housing take their meals in the college dining room. The college also provides two houses for women with a cooperative house plan. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required of all women students in Gerda Mortensen Hall. An optional linen service is available to other students. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $25 are required of all single students. This deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. Rooms for new students are assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present students must make room application prior to May 15 and submit the room deposit by July 15. After May 15, reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall are required to pay a $15 breakage fee a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and the furniture is satisfactory. Graduate Placement The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Jntervicws are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. Student Employment An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Coordination of Student Activities The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society. Liaison between the Student Society and Faculty and Administration is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept by the Coordinator of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the Commission on Student Organizations. I 4 registration Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is two weeks after the beginning of classes. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which-he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 18 credit hours is granted to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. change of registration and cancellation In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he obtains a form from the Registrar's Office on which he makes application. Approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar must be obtained before a change is permitted. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATIOP after the first week of classes. No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first six weeks of classes is followed by W. After the first six weeks and before the last four weeks of the semester a course which is cancelled is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the last four weeks of the semester. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. university courses By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. classification In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special students. pro bation and elimination The Committee on Admissions and Student Standing at the end of each semester, considers the status of students who have done unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, Juniors and Seniors .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester, are placed on probation. They are removed from probation when they obtain better than C average for a semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record. F class attendance Regular class attendance is required of all students in Lower Division Courses. Attendance in Upper Division Courses is voluntary for Juniors and Seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should present to their teachers a written report of the reason for absence. A student will receive a grade of F if the number of absences for which he has not presented acceptable excuses is excessive as defined by the instructor of that class. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. examinations Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse, may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination a t another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. comprehensive examinations Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 ($10.00 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office. grade values A - - - - - - - - - Superior, 3 honor points per credit B - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Very good, 2 honor points per credit Satisfactory, 1 honor point per credit C D Passable, no honor points per credit F Failure, minus 1 honor point per credit .. E Condition I ------ --- -- --- --- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Incomplete - - - - _ , - L - - - L L - - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - L - - - L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - u - - - - - - - - - - - 2 L L - - - - - - - - - conditions and incompletes A condition or an incomplete received a t the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester, or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. graduation requirements In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major. It js the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the deans, and the registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. general education requirements For a general college education and as a basis for study in professional fields, students are required to complete credits as indicated in the following fields: .. Religion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14 credits At least 8 credits in lower' division courses and 4 in upper division. A maximum of 3 credits from courses 51, 52, 54 may apply. For transfer students, the requirement is an average of 2 credits per semester of attendance. Freshman English - ---,,-,-,--- 6 credits from Eng. 11-12 -, --, ,,- - - - - - - - - 3 credits Literature or Philosophy - - - - Beginning Speech ,---- - - - - - - - - - -- -, ,--, ,2credits --Fine Arts -- ,-, , ,-, _-,-- - -- ,--:-- ,,-,,,,-, -- 2 credits Art 1, 83, 84; H.Ec. 3, 64; Mu. 4, 7; or Sp. 29 Foreign Language - - - - - ,----, ,--, ,- - - - - - - - 0-14 credits 0 - If four years of one language have been successfully completed in high school. 6 - If student has sufficient background in the language to enroll in the intermediate course. 14 - If student has only one year or less of a foreign language in high school. Students with two years of a foreign language in high school should normally be prepared to enroll in the intermediate course in college; if not, they may enroll in the beginning course, but will receive credit only for the second semester of it. Social Sciences .._ . -.- .... _ .. - _ - - - .- - - - - - _ _ - .- - - - - - 6 credits Hist. 1, 2; 21,22; Soc. 1 , 2 ; or Econ. 15, Soc. 2 Natural Sciences - - - _ - - - - - _ - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9 credits At least 3 credits must be in the biological sciences, and 3 in the physical sciences Physical Education - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 credit from P.E. 3 and 4 All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Where the demands of special curriculums prevent completion of the general education requirements in four years, exemption or modification of these requirements may be sought through petition. Major and Minor All students are required to complete a major for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in lower division courses. Application for major must be made to the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Business Education Religion Art Home Econo'mics Philosophy History Medical Technology Greek and Latin Sociology Biology English Social S'cience Physics German Psychology Chemistry French Elementary Education Natural Science Spanish Business Administration Mathematics Speech Economics Physical Education Music 1 Except with special majors such as music, business education, home economics, and combined natural science, students in the teacher education curriculums should complete a minor as well as a major. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. Electives Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. A maximum of 40 credits in one department is permitted to count toward graduation. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rJle, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least 36 credits in the Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Total Credits and Honor Points The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. I 1 Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. Residence Requirement To receive the A.B. degree, the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degree in residence. degree with distinction The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Distinction Honor point ratio Summa Cum Laude ,-, , -, - - -, - - ,-, --, - - - - ,- - - 2.8-3.0 Magna Cum Laude ,,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5-2.79 Cum Laude ,,,,,,-, , - -, -, - - -, , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.1-2.49+ To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record a t Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. + I courses onered Descriptions of the courses offered in 1964-66 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. numbering of courses IJ Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1, 2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semester without completing the other. symbols t Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. credits 0 Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses, the total COURSES OF STUDY credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester. divisional organization The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. Division of Religion and Philosophy Religion Philosophy Division of the Humanities Greek, Latin English, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art Division of the Social Sciences History, Political Science, Geography sociology Psychology Education, Library Science Business Administration, Economics Business Education Home Economics Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education division of RELIGION A N D PHILOSOPHY Mr. P. A. Quanbeck, Chairman Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is appraised of those realities which are central to the problem of human existence. The student is encouraged to seek to understand himself and his relation to the world within the framework of the Christian Faith. The goal is the development of an informed and integrated Christian person who is equipped to participate responsibly in the life of the Church and of society. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION Quanbeck, Mr. Sonnack, Mr. Helland, Mr. Halverson, Mr. Benson, Mr. Mandsager, Mr. W. Johnson, Mr. Strommen. Mr. P. A. The courses in religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible and an acquaintance with the life of the Church through the study of its history, its beliefs, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 14 credits in religion. Of these credits 8 must be in the lower division, and at least 4 must be upper division. Not more than 3 credits earned in any of the courses numbered 51, 52 and 54 may be applied to this requirement. Freshmen are required to take courses 1 and 2, and sophomores a r e required to take courses 3 and 4, Courses 1, 2, 3, and 4 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. A religion major is recommended as prcgn~.niion for cwecrs in parish education, parish work, youth work, m d paris11 administration. Majors must consult with the chairman of the department wgardlng their course of study. Major, 28 credits, Minor, 22 credits. Six upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major in religion. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 2, 2 crs, 1, 2, Basic Bible. Fr. I, It. A brief Inhoduct,ion to Ille Rilllc iollc)wed by a study of the Old Testament, inclucling the history of Israel and spccial ~tlentionto one .or two Old 'l'cslanlent books. 'l'hc second semester is devoted to the study of the Ncw Tcstan~ent with special nllcntion to two or three I m k s includi~lgRomnns. read in^ nssignrrle~~ts incllrd~1Re entile New Testament. Special sectron Fora st.ucIenls selected for the honors pmgram. 2 crs. 3. Church History. I. A survey of the institutional development of the Christian Church, with the purpose of creating a greater understanding of its historical foundations. Emphasis is on the Reformation. 4. Christian Doctrine. II. 2 crs. TIlc fundarnenla1 doct~jnesof the Christim Faith and the historical developo~en(of some of these doctrines. The si.gnillcance of the ecumenical creeds and the Lutheran confessional writings. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51. Principles of Christian Education. I. 3 crs. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, curriculum, and administration, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 52. Parish Work. II. 2 crs. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 54. Youth Work in the Church. II. 2 crs. A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 61. History of Religions. I. 3 crs. A survey of some of the major religions of the world. The origin and development of these religions and their influences today. Includes readings in the sacred writings of the religions studied. 62. The Mission of the Church. II. 3 crs. A study of some of the ways in which the church has sought and seeks to be the church and proclaim the Gospel in the world. 66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II. See course 66 under the Department of Music. 3 crs. 3 crs. 71. The Early Christian Fathers. I. The development of certain Cundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early c l ~ u r c h . 3 crs. 72. Protestantism in America. 11. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. 3 crs. 81. The Gospels. I. The nature of the Gospels. The life and \vork of Jesus. Particular attention to His teaching concerning the Kingdom of God. 3 crs. 82. Life and Epistles of Paul. II. A survey of the life and work of P a u l , with a study of some of the leading ideas that emerge from his writings. 3 crs. 83. The Message of the Old Testament. I. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of H e b r e ~ vthought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. 91. Introduction to Contemporary Theological Thought. I. 3 crs. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, a s seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 92. Christian Ethics. 11. 3 crs. The basic principles of ethics from a Christian point of view. Their application to selected personal and social moral problems. 3 crs. 94. The Christian View of Man. 11. The Christian doctrine of m a n and salvation. I t s uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Mr. Halversol~,Mr. Jolil~so~i The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements in the history of Western civilization, to cultivate a n understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as science, religion, and morals. Major, 27 credits. Minor, 18 credits. Courses 21, 23, 51, 52, 53 are required for the major and the minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 21. Introduction to Philosophy. (Offered both semesters.) Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. 3 crs. 23. Logic. (Offered both semesters.) A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief i n t r e duction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 51. History of Philosophy: Ancient and Early Medieval. I. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. 3 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical 52. History of Philosophy: Late Medieval and Early Modern. 11. thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. 53. History of Philosophy: Recent and Contemporary. 1. 3 crs. A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 1965-66) 3 crs. 54. Seminar in the History of Philosophy. Prereq. #. II. A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of primary source materials. (Offered 1965-66.) 73. Philosophy of Science. Prereq. #. 1. 3 crs. A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions, and p r e cedures. (Offered 1965-66.) 85. Philosophy of Religion. Prereq. #. 1. 3 crs. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. (Offered 1964-65.) 86. Ethics. Prereq. #. 11. 3 crs. An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourse. (Offered 196465.) 91, 92. Independent Study. Prereq. #. I, II. 1-3, 1-3 crs. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophi- 60 cal topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the head of the department. division of THE HUMANITIES Mr. Thorson, Chairman It is the purpose of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and t o assist the student in finding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire t o acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK AND LATIN Mr. Colacci The courses in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our Biblical and classical heritage. New Testament Greek is a tool by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries. ,Oombined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and'l4 credits in Latin. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. N e w Testament Greek ~ h o r 20 : credits 8 crs. 1-2.j Elements of New Testament Greek. I, II. 'l'kOr&tic&la d ,practical study of the grammar of the Greek language of the New Testarrreqt, Roadingsr and parsing of the Greek text from the &ape1 of Bt John and the huer d St, James. The manuscript & ~ b I f & I 0 n0f the Greek b x t of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51. 52. Advanced New Testament Greek. Prereq. 2, 1. II. 3, 3 crs. Selections from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. 53, 54. Greek Exegesis. Prereq. 52. 1, 11. 3, 3 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. Latin 1-2.$ Beginning Latin. Fr. I, II. Grammar and exercises in translation. 8 crs. 3, 3 crs. 3, 4. Intermediate Latin. Prereq. 2. So. I, II. Continuation of grammar and syntax. Selections from Caesar's Gallic War, St. Augustine's Confessions, and Medieval Latin writers. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH Mr. Thorson, Miss Pederson, Mr. Dahlen, Miss Lillehei, Mrs. Livingston, Mr. Nicholl, Mrs. Trautwein, Mr. Bergstrom, Mrs. Cherne, Mrs. Christensen, Mr. Lesher. The Department of Engltsh a i m Eo train students in the proper use of EwUsh in opal and written oxpn$$.qion; to increase proficiency in reading and fn anatyzlng; Ukefary texts; ta acquaint the students with the &@nnings of Wes@rn literature md i t s development, chiefly in England and fn America; and to Ustill a deeper uttderstanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary and elementary schools and for graduate study. All students, except those exempted from English 12, must complete Freshman English (courses 11 and 12) for graduation. Students of superior rating are placed in special sections of course 11; those superior students who achieve a high level of proficiency at the end of course 11 are exempted from course 12 and placed in course 40 the second semester. Satisfactory completion 'of course 11 is a prerequisite for course 12. Credit for course 11 without course 12 is given only to students in the affiliated nursing program and those superior students exempted from 12 who complete course 40. . Courses 35, 40, 41, or 42 meet the literature requirement for graduation. .All studenh must hmonstrate a proflclencgr in writing a t the upper di&lon level & q ~ w for y the A.3. &g&e. This requirement may be met by &&$wemen(on the s o p h o h m fighh test, a satisfactory junior &me test, or completion of course %,50,1or 55, Major : 27 credits above cowso 12, including 40, 41, 42, 61, 62, and 91. Additional courges peogrnwerded for those planning on graduate study: 50 or 55; 73 or 7s: 82; 84; 8 ; 88; 93; plus work in German, French, Latin, philosophy, and hlsbry. T e a m major for the sewbdary 6;ehool: 33 wedits above course 12, in~ludlnga5,40, Q, 42, 55, &1, 62, 84, 91: and %, 73, or 74. Strongly recommaded, in additIrm, are 9 cmlfts from th? fdbwing: journalism, speech, elemeneducation 63 ; lzbrrtrl scimae 99, 60, 88. Teaching major for the elementary school: 27 credits above course 12, including 25, 40, 41, 42, 91; 50 or 55; 35, 73, or 74; and 61, 62, or 84, Recommended, in addition, are library science 58 and speech 16. All majors must complete the intermediate year of Latin, German, French, Spanish, or Norwegian. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, and French. Minor: 18 credits above course 12, including 40, 41, 42, 91. Teaching minor, elementary or secondary: 21 credits above course 12, including those listed for the minor, plus 50 or 55. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1. Improvement of Reading. (Offered both semesters.) Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. 1 cr. 9. Communication. I. 2 crs. A course including reading of literary selections and practice in the skills of writing, speaking, and listening. For student nurses. 6 crs. 11-12. Freshman English. (Course 11 offered both semesters.) The study of language, composition, and literature. Superior students are placed in advanced sections of course 11. 3 crs. 14. Journalism. Prereq. 11. II. An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to editing and the mechanics of newspaper production. 25. Expository Writing. Prereq. 12. 1. 3 crs. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. 3 crs. 35. Literary Classics. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's classics from the renaissance to the modern age. 40. The Classical Tradition. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of the foundations of literature in the productions of the Greeks and Romans. The influence of the classical tradition in subsequent ages. 4 crs. 41. Medieval and Renaissance Literature. Prereq. 12. 1. The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from the ninth century 'to the age of Shakespeare. 42. American Literary Developments. Prereq. 12. 11. 4 crs. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 50. American English. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of the structure of Modern English. Grammar and problems of usage. 3 crs. 52. Creative Writing. Prereq. 12. 11. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 55. Introduction to Modern English. Prereq. 12. 1. The study of Modern English grammar, vocabulary, and sounds viewed in historical perspective. Acquaintance with some of the recent studies of language. Designed to give prospective teachers of English an understanding of structural linguistics. 4 crs. 61. British Literature, 1616-1800. Prereq. 40. 1. The principal authors from Donne through Blake. Discussion of literary works in relation to historical backgrounds. 4 crs. 62. British Literature since 1800. Prereq. 40. 11. The major writers in England in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. 3 crs. 71. American Literature, 1820-1912. Prereq. 42. 1. The development of romanticism and realism in nineteenth-century American writers. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 73. Modern American Literature. Prereq. 42. 1. Major American writers and movements since 1912. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 74. Modern Literature. Prereq. 40. 11. The important literary movements of the present century in Europe and in America. 3 crs. 82. The British Novel. Prereq. 40. 11. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their works. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 84. Shakespeare. Prereq. 41. 11. A study of selected plays, with attention given to Shakespeare's development, to dramatic technique, and to the Elizabethan Age. 3 crs. 86. Three Major British Poets. Prereq. 61. 11. A study of the major poems and selected prose works of Milton and two other British poets. (Offered 196S66.) 3 crs. 88. Chaucer. Prereq. 41. 11. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on the Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1964-65.) 2 crs. 91. English Seminar. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 1. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. A review of movements and terminology. 93, 94. Independent Study. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major with a grade-point average of 2.0 or better. I, 11. 1, 1 cr. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH Mr. Anderson, Miss Cole, Mrs. Olson This department aims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, theater, or speech pathology. All students are required to earn two credits in speech for graduation. Speech 11 is designed to meet this requirement, but other courses may be substituted where permission is granted on the basis of previous training or experience. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may use 16 to fulfil the speech requirement. Major: 24 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12, 29, 31, 32, 51, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required of all majors. Minor: 17 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12, 29, 31, 32, 51, and 66. In addition, course 76 is strongly recommended. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 11. Beginning Speech. So. (Offered both semesters.) 2 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Three hours a week. 12. Forms of Public Address. Prereq. 11, Fr., So. II. 2 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. Three hours per week. 16. Story Telling and Creative Dramatics. So. II. 3 crs. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. 21-22.t Intercollegiate Debate. I, II. Open to all students. 2 crs. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 29. Introduction to Dramatic Arts. Open to all students. I. 3 crs. An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. 31. Interpretative Reading. So. I. 3 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various kinds of prose, poetry and drama. 3 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. 32. Acting. So. II. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 51. Argumentation. Jr., Sr., I. Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. Participation in intercollegiate debates. It is recommended that students take logic prior to registering for this course. 52. Advanced Public Speaking. Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr., II. 3 crs. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 196566.1 56. Group Leadership and Discussion. Jr., Sr., II. 3 crs. Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. (Offered 1964-65.) 63, 64. Stagecraft. Jr., Sr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. First semester devoted to lighting and design; second semester to scene construction and painting. Students planning to take only one course should register for 64. 66. Stage Direction. Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. 76. Speech Pathology. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. 91, 92. Independent Study. Sr. 1, II. 1, 1 cr. Selected topics in drama or rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES Mr. Olson, Mr. Landa, Mrs. Kingsley, Mr. Hatchek, Miss Aaskov, Mr. Hansen, Mr. Cannon, Mrs. Johnson, Mr. Moreno, Mr. Balz, Mrs. Nashan This department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modern language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. I t also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. German Major: 24 credits above German 2. Minor: 16 credits above German 2. 1-2.t Beginning German. I, II. 8 crs. Pronunciation, grammar, reading, elementary composition and conversation. Audiooral exercises in laboratory required. 3, 3 crs. 3, 4. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II. Emphasizes pronunciation and comprehension. Grammar review, composition, and conversation. Required for teachers and minors. Students who have credit for German 5, 6 will not receive credit for this course. 5, 6. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Emphasizes reading and interpretation of texts in German. For students who plan to enroll in a theological seminary or graduate school. Students who have credit for German 3, 4 will not receive credit for this course. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3, 3 crs. 51, 52. German Literature. Prereq. 4 or 6. 1, II. Selected works of standard German authors. A survey of German literature and culture. 61, 62. Composition and Conversation. Prereq. 4. 1, II. 2, 2 crs. More advanced work in writing and speaking German. Required for teachers and minors. 71. The German Drama of the 19th Century. Prereq. 52 or #. 1. 3 crs. A survey of the field and reading of representative works. (Offered 1965-66.) 72. The German Short Story (Novelle). Prereq. 52 or #. II. 3 crs. A survey of the genre and reading of works in the field. (Offered 196566.) 74. The German Novel of the 19th and 20th Centuries. Prereq. 52 or #. II. 3 crs. Discussion and reading of representative works. (Offered 1964-65.) 90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.) 1-2 crs. Selected topics in German literature. Paper to be written in German. Scandinavian Language a n d Literature Minor, 24 credits. 1-2.t Beginning Norwegian. Fr. I, II. 8 crs. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3, 4. Intermediate Norwegian. So. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. 11. Scandinavian History. I. 3 crs. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 196566.) 16. Modern Scandinavia. II. 3 crs. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1965-66.) UPPER DIVISION COURSES 55. The Modern Scandinavian Novel. Jr., Sr. I. 2 crs. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerl~f,and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.) 56. The Modern Scandinavian Drama. Jr., Sr. II. 2 crs. The course includes dramas by Bj~rnson,Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.) 90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.) 1-2 crs. Reading of selected authors. Paper to be written in Norwegian. French Major: 24 credits above French 2. Minor: 16 credits above French 2. 1-2.t Beginning French. I, II. 8 crs. Pronunciation, conversation and elementary grammar. Oral, written, and reading practice. Laboratory work an integral part of the course. 3, 4. Intermediate French. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Further study of grammar involving aural-oral and written practice. Composition. Reading of representative works. Laboratory emphasis on the native voice. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51, 52. Survey of French Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, 11. 3, 3 crs. Study of French authors and literary movements. Lecture, reading, and reporting on literary works in the French language. 61. French Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1. 4 crs. Conversation and composition toward facility in the language. Vocabulary enrichment, organization, and correctness of expression. 72. Modern French Literature: The Novel. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Representative works of important French novelists of the modern period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196465.) 74. Modern French Literature: The Drama. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Representative works of important French dramatists of the modern period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196566.) 90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 52, and 61. 11. 2 crs. Selected topics in French Literature for the advanced student. Discussion and reports in French. (Offered on demand.) Spanish Major: 24 credits above Spanish 2. Minor: 16 credits above Spanish 2. 1-2.t Beginning Spanish. I, II. 8 crs. Aims to develop the ability to speak, write, understand, and read simple Spanish. Laboratory work an essential part of the course. 3, 4. Intermediate Spanish. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Further study of grammar; oral work; reading of short stories, novels, and plays. Further laboratory work. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51, 52. Survey of Spanish Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, II. 3, 3 crs. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish. Reading of representative works. Written and oral reports. Laboratory work. 61. Spanish Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1. 4 crs. Aims to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition. Laboratory work provides opportunity for hearing native voices. 72. Hispanic American Writers. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Representative works of Hispanic American writers. Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Offered 1964-65.) 74. Modern Spanish Writers. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Selected readings of modern Spanish writers. Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Offered 1965-66.) 90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 5 2 and 61. 11. 2 crs. Selected topics in Spanish literature. Discussion and reports in Spanish. For the advanced student. (Offered on demand.) DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Mr. Sateren, Mr. Savold, Mr. Thut, Mr. Johnson, Mrs. Thut, Mr. Gibson, Mr. Lane, Mr. Haugen, Mr. Karlen, Mr. Davenport, Mr. Gabrielsen The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Major: 40 credits, Excepting 4 and 66, courses 1 through 69, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 6 must be in private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At least 3 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and senior years. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors and seniors. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the monthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the monthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend. The workshops are student recitals which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical excellence. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together, at moderate speed; (b) a Bach two-part invention o r a classical sonatina; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. Minor: 26 credits. Excepting 4 and 56, courses 1through 58, and 6 credits in applied music, 4 of which must be in private lessons in vocal or instrumental music, and 2 in an organization. A maximum of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 4, 4 crs. 1, 2. Theory. I. Fr., So. I, II. A basic course in the materials of music: the principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and rhythms, and their application in written exercises, including the harmonization of figured bass and given melodies; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and partsinging. 2 crs. 4. Introduction to Music. (Offered both semesters.) A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement. 2, 2 crs. 7, 8. History and Literature of Music. I, II. An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. S u p plemented by musical scores and recorded performances. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4, 4 crs. 55, 56. Theory II. Prereq. 2. 1, II. Continuation of 1, 2, with advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. Course 55 includes work in strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and four-part writing in all the species. Course 56 gives special study to the form and structure of music. 57, 58. Conducting. Prereq. 2, or 2 cr. in piano, organ, or 2, 2 crs. equivalent. Jr. I, II. Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and community. Students in music education should take the course in junior year. 2, 2 crs. 61, 62. Instrumental Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I, II. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 2 crs. 63. Choral Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music. 3 crs. 66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II. Development of the music of the Christian Church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion. 2 crs. 69. Twentieth Century Music. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I. A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends. *Students taking Instrumental Technique are not required to take Choral Technique. Those taking Choral Technique must take one semester of Instrumental Technique. Applied Music Vocal and insburnenial Instruction is available to all sludents. Beginners must complek two semesters of private lessons In order to receive credit. Qtl~el~s wceive one crcdit for a minimurn of sixteen thirtyminute lcssons per semedcr. Occasional lessons alVe aavnilable without credit. For slatc~mentof ices see under Finnncinl Information. 1, 1 cr. Piano. I, II. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, accompanying. Music majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this kxamination has been passed apply toward the major or minor. 1, 1 cr. Organ. Prereq. Basic piano technique and #. I, II. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying. 1, 1 cr. Voice. I, II. Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. 2 crs. Ch0ir.t I, II. Concert Band. t 2 crs. I, II. Wood-wind Instruments, Brass Instruments. 1, 1 cr. Women's Chorus (Cantorians)t, Male Chorus, Collegiate Band, Orchestra, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble. 1/2 credit per semester These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Performance Workshop. I, II. 0 cr. DEPARTMENT OF ART Mr. Thompson, Mr. Molder Thc Department of Art endeavo~sto fustlier the student's technical nnd conceptual unrlersTenrling or art, Bcsides exp~rIence In the disciplines of dmwing, print rnnlting, painting, and sculplure, ernpltasis is ~ l v e n to the function of art In hjstory and religion. Recnusc 01 Ihe placr nrt hns in contcmpornry lib, s t u d ~ n t s are enenuraged to consider the areas of i~aching,grrrdiralc study, comrnsrrial. clesigning, and avocational art. In addition to the courses offered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence, problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass windows. The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples of student a r t work for exhibition purposes. Major: 32 credits, including 1, 7, 18, 21, 65, 66, 67, 83, 84 Minor: 16 credits, including 1, 18, 21 and 83 or 84 See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1. Basic Design. Fr. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. Theory and application of basic art principles in drawing, painting, sculpture, and design. 3. Art in Daily Living. I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3 crs. 7. Drawing I. Fr. I. 2 crs. Freehand drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. 18. Oil Painting I. Prereq. 1. 3 crs. Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life, landscape and portrait painting. (Offered semester 11, 1964-65; both semesters, 1965-66.) 21. Sculpture I. Prereq. 1. 1. 3 crs. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and animal forms. Ceramic design and plaster casting. 32. Water Color Painting. Prereq. 1 or 7. 11. 2 crs. Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. (Offered 1964-65.) UPPER DIVISION COURSES 64. History and Appreciation of Art. II. See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 crs. 3, 3 crs. 65, 66. Composition. Prereq. 1 and 7. 1, II. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. Semester I: Form and Space. Semester 11 : Vision. (Offered 196566.) 3, 3 crs. 67, 68. Print Making. Prereq. 1. I, II. Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Semester I : Woodcut and the silk screen process. Semester 11: Intaglio methods on copper. 3 crs. 76. Oil Painting II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21. Advanced oil painting. (Offered semester I, 1964-65; semester 11, 196566.) 78. Sculpture II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21. Advanced sculpture. 3 crs. 83, 84. Art History and Appreciation. Jr., Sr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in Western civilization. Semester I : Prehistoric to Renaissance. Semester II: Renaissance to Modern. 90. Independent Study. (Offered both semesters.) 1-2 crs. Supervised study in fields of special interest. Problems selected from studio disciplines and art history. Open to seniors with a major in art. division of SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Dl~rislock, Cl~airrnnl~ It is the general purpose olf the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE Mr. Chrislock, Mr. Kleven, Mr. Gisselqnist, Mrs. Jensen, Mr. Gustafson, Mr. Laue The work of this department is designed to give the student a n understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. History Major, 30 credits; minor, 21 credits. Students with a major or minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. F o r non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1, 2. Western Civilization. Fr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. A rapid survey of Western history from ancient times and up to the present. An effort is made to place the study of Western Civilization in a world setting. 3, 3 cn. 21, 22. United States History. So. I, II. A survey of the life of the American people and the development of their ideas and institutions. Special section for students selected for the honors program. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 52. England to 1832. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II. Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 53. History of Canada. Jr., Sr. I. The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 55. Contemporary United States. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. 56. American Diplomatic History. Prereq. 6 cr. in History or 3 cn.. Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II. The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 196566.) 57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. See course 57 under Political Science. 58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II. See course 58 under Political Science. 3 crs. 3 crs. 61. Ancient History. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 63. Medieval Europe, 300-1200. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I. From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 64. Medieval Europe, 1200-1500. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II. Medieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies, decline of the medieval papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the Italian Renaissance. (Offered 196566.) 65. Early Modern Europe, 1500-1648. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars. (Offered 1964-65.) 66. Early Modern Europe, 1648-1789. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XIV and its influence in Europe, contrasting political pattern of England, scientific developments and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1964-65.) 67. Commonwealth Countries of South Asia and the South Pacific. 3 crs. Jr,, Sr. I. A political and economic study of the transition from colonial to commonwealth status of India, Pakistan, Ceylon, Australia, and New Zealand in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 196566.) 3 crs. A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1965-66.) 68. China and Japan, 1850 to Present. Jr., Sr. II. 71. French Revolution and Early Nineteenth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. Political, economic, social and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to 1850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 1848. 72. Late Nineteenth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. 3 crs. Jr., Sr. 11. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism, and the background of World War I. 3 crs. 75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I. See course 75 under Political Science. 3 crs. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. 82. Twentieth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Sr. 11. 3 crs. 99. Seminar in Northwest History. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I. A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required. (Offered 1964-65.) Political Science Minor: 15 credits. 6 crs. American Government. I, II. A study of the Constitution; civil right; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. 41-42:F U P P E R DIVISION COURSES 56. American Diplomatic History. II. 3 crs. See course 56 under History. 57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. The emergence of the new national states in this a r e a ; their political and economic problems. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle East. (Offered 1964-65.) 58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II. 75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1965-66.) 82. Public Finance. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics 15 for Political Science minors. Jr., Sr. II. See course 82 under Economics. 3 crs. Geography 14. Human Geography. Fr., So. II. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 crs. Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Geography; Sociology 1, 2; Economics 15, 16; Political Science 41-42. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42; and 3 credits in Economics. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Mr. Torstenson, Mr. Nevasltar, Mrs. Belgnm, Mr. Nordlie The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service. Major, 27 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e History 1, 2, o r 21, 22; Psychology 5. Minor, 15 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e History 1,2, o r 21, 22. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1. Introduction to Sociology. Fr., So. I. 3 crs. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts a s they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. Social Problems. Fr., So. II. 3 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and communily disorganization a r e selected for special study. 8. Sociology. II. 2 or 3 crs. An introduction to the field of sociology. Designed especially for student nurses. 16. Modern Scandinavia. II. See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 crs. 21. Rural Sociology. So. I. 3 crs. The culture and social organization of American rural life in historical perspective; a n examination of social processes and problems of changing rural communities and institutions. 3 crs. 22. Urban Sociology. So. II. The culture and social organization of the city in historical perspective; including an examination of processes and problems related to the development of the modern metropolis. 42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.) See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 crs. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 53. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. I. Scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of socio-psychological data. Constructing of graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendencies, variability and correlation. 54. Social Research. Jr. II. Prereq. 53 or #. 3 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology; an examination of problems and procedures of social research; an analysis of research designs and techniques. 57. Fields of Social Work. Jr., Sr., I. 2 crs. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. 2 crs. 58. Introduction to Methods of Social Work. Jr., Sr. II. Principles and procedures of case work and group work. Designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1965-66.) 59-60.? Field Experience in Social Work Agencies. Jr., Sr., I, 11. 2 crs. Provides laboratory experience in the metropolitan community for students preparing for social work. To be integrated with Sociology 57 and 58 or 66. 63. Criminology. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. A study of thi nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment and prevention of delinquency and crime. 66. Public Welfare. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. A study of the development of public welfare in the context of historical changes in American society, and an examination of major concomitant social issues. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 1, Psy. 5. Jr., Sr. I. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such a s crowd, rumor, and audiences. 76. Race and Minority Group Relations. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. The cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group relations; major attention is focused on prejudice, racism and civil rights in the American setting. 3 crs. 78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. II. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 1965-66.) 81. Modern Sociological Theory. Sr. I. 3 crs. An examination of the nature and major types of contemporary soci* logical theories in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Mrs. Hinrichs, Mr. Armacost, Mrs. Anderegg The objectives of this department are: (1) to acquaint the student with the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior and (2) to enable the student to better understand the processes which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of man, so that the student may develop an understanding of himself and his fellow man. Major: 24 credits, including 5, 61, 62, 64, 81 and 86. In addition, Sociology 53 or Economics 54 is required. Students planning to enter graduate school in psychology should also plan to take Biology 1, 2, or 13-14; Chemistry, 5, 6 , or Physics 5, 6 ; and Philosophy 23 or 73. Minor: 15 credits, including 5, 62, See under Curriculufls for a suggested course of study. 5. General Psychology. So. or #. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general princi- ples and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit by students selected for the honors program. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. 2 crs. 7. General Psychology. I. A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined. For student nurses. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. or See course 53 under Education. #. 1. 3 crs. 60. Psychological Measurement. Prereq. 5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. A systematic survey of problems of data collection and analysis. Special attention given to measurement of achievement, aptitudes, interests, attitudes. 61. Psychology of Personality: Normal. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. 62. Psychology of Personality: Abnormal. Prereq. 61 or Jr., Sr. 11. #. 3 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. 64. Experimental Psychology. Prereq. 5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. An introduction to design, execution, and analysis of experiments in psychology. One two-hour lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. 71. Educational Psychology. Prereq. 5. Jr. I. See course 71 under Education. 3 crs. 75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 5 and Soc. 1. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. See course 75 under Sociology. 81. History of Psychology. Prereq. 9 hours in Psy. or #. Jr., Sr. 1. 3 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current points of view in psychology. 1-2 crs. 84. Topics in Psychology. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I, II. Independent study for students desiring to carry out individual research projects. Four credit maximum. 85. Counseling Psychology. Prereq. 61. Sr. I. 3 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. 86. Seminar in Psychology. Prereq. 15 hours in Psy. or #. Sr. 11. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. 2 crs. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Mr. Jollnson, Miss Mattson, Mr. Fardig, Mrs. Anderegg, Mrs. Hanson The Education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary o r the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further study in the field of education. Elementary Education Students planning for elementary school teaching a r e required to follow the prescribed course of study. See under Curriculum for Elementary Education. Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation and counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matler of the fields which a r e taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies m a y be required to take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. All students admitted to the Elementary Education program must satisfactorily complete Ed. 57, 58 (Group Activity), usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 51 and 56. Students in elementary education a r e required to take 3 semester hours in general psychology to be completed a s a prerequisite for Ed. 51. Major: 31 credits, including all courses listed under Curriculum for Elementary Education. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 51. Orientation to Elementary Education. Prereq. Admission to Dept. of Education. Jr. I. 4 crs. A study of the qualifications of teachers, the teaching profession, survey of American schools, philosophies, policies and practices. Includes observation of teaching situations. 53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. 3 crs. A study of the growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. 54. Methods and Materials: Art, Health, Physical Education, Music. 2 crs. Prereq. 51, 53. Jr. II. Principles, methods and techniques for health and physical education in elementary grades. Philosophy, methods and materials for teaching a r t and music in the elementary school. 56. Methods and Materials: Mathematics, Science. Prereq. 51, 53. Jr. II. 2 crs. Principles, aims, methods, techniques of arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. 0 cr. 57, 58. Group Activity. I, II. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection, with elementary education 51 and 56. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student. 61. Methods and Materials: Language Arts. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 1. 2 crs. Aims, methods and techniques of the language arts other than reading; language, spelling and handwriting. 2 crs. 62. Methods and Materials: Social Studies. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 11. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. 63. Teaching of Reading. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. I. 3 crs. Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. The methods and materials are studied in the context of learning theory. 65. Children's Literature. Prereq. 51, 53 or #. Sr. I. 3 crs. This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. It requires extensive reading and evaluation of books. 66. Seminar in Teaching. Prereq. Concurrent registration in 68. Sr. II. 2 crs. Deals with the practical problems of teaching a s they arise in the student teaching experience. 68. Directed Teaching in the Elementary School. Open to seniors in elementary education. II. 8 crs. Students spend eight weeks assisting the regular teacher and doing actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff. Secondary Education Admission to the secondary education curriculum requires a n application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is lo complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, and 1:O ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in a t least two subjects that a r e taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and a minor or two majors. All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must register for Group Activity, usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 7l and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see Curriculum for High School Teaching. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 7 1 . Educational Psychology. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. 72. Teaching in Secondary Schools. Prereq. 7 1 . Jr. II. 3 crs. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. Activity. I, II. 0 cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 71, 72. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student. 73,74.Group 76. Principles of Guidance. Prereq. 71. (Offered both semesters.) Sr. 2 crs. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 78. School and Society. (Offered both semesters.) Sr. 2 crs. A course designed to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. Included a r e a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. 79-95. Special Methods Courses 79 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they a r e given; applications of the principles of teaching a r e made in the specific field. Each student is required to take one course related to the major field to prepare for student teaching. Prerequisites a r e a major o r minor in the field and Education 72. 79. Teaching of Natural Sciences in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 81. Teaching of Business in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 83. Teaching of Mathematics in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 85. Teaching of Social Studies in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 88. Teaching of Music in the Elementary School. Jr. II. 2 crs. 89. Teaching of Music in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 91. Teaching of Home Economics in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 92. Evaluation and Adult Education in Home Economics. Sr. 11. 2 crs. 93. Teaching of English in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 94. Teaching of Modern Languages in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 95. Teaching of Speech in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 97. Student Teaching in the Secondary School. Prereq. 72. (Offered both semesters.) 6 crs. Student teaching is offered both semesters of the senior year. Two alternative experiences are possible: an eight-week, full-time teaching assignment; or one-half day of each school day for one semester. In addition, the student attends seminar meetings. 1-2 crs. 99. Topics in Education. Sr. (Offered both semesters.) Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each sttrdenl. does research and presents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conductucl largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. Library Science Mrs. Parker The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in Library Science. Preparation for selecting books and other library materials, efficient and effective management of library materials as well as the intelligent use of library resources from the standpoint both of the school librarian and the classroom teacher is given. While the minor in Library Science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of Library Science. Minor, 16 credits. Recommended elective, Education 65. 45-46.t Basic Functions of the School Library. So., Jr. I, II. 4 crs. To orient the student to the role of the library in the school and community. A study of library facilities, standards, book selection policies and buying guides. The second portion of the course concentrates on the organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation proceflnres. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 58. Elementary Materials. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. The chacteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. The student is directed through extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wise exposure to individual titles to a better understanding of the role books and related library materials play in the development of the church. (Offered 1964-65) 59-60. Secondary Materials. Jr., Sr. I. II. 6 crs. The characteristics and purposes of a secondary school library. Study of the adolescent and the guidance role of the librarian. The selection and use of reference materials is stressed, as well as a wide exposure to other books in various subject areas. (Offered 1965-66) 63. Library Materials in the Classroom. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. To define and study the role of the library as an instructional materials center in modern educational setting. Involves extensive study of curriculum needs and curriculum enrichment through teacher-librarian cooperation in selection and use of books and audio-visual materials. Library instruction units are included. (Offered 1964-65) DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, ECONOMICS, AND BUSINESS EDUCATION Mr. Hemmingson, Miss Lund, Mr. Budge The objective of this department is to help students gain a liberal arts background a s well as some specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major concentrates on accounting and provides basic preparation for careers in the accounting field. The economics major concentrates on fundamental analytical and policy matters and serves as a basis for advanced study in economics. Either of these majors can also provide the background needed for generay ~dminiskativecarcers in busfneas, government, or various public nnd privn1.e instJtutions. In particulnr, either major cauld Ile the bnsis for gt-aduate study in such fields as hospital or public ndrninistr~tion. The business education major and minor prepare students for teaching in secondary schools. Business Administration Major: 36 credits, including courses BA 1, 2, 53, 71, 72, 74, 76; Econ. 15, 16, 54, 57, 58. Minor: 18 credits, including courses BA 1,2; Econ, 15, 16; and six credits in upper division business administration courses. Majors will be required to demonstrate by means of a test a minimum ability in mathematics at the time of application for the major which will be ordinarily at the end of the sophomore year. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3, 3 crs. 1, 2. Principles of Accounting. Fr. I, II. An Intrcduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single prnpdetrship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of financial ~tatcmcnts;and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets three hours per week. UPPER DIVISION OOURSES 3 crs. 53. Business Law. Jr., Sr. I. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, p r o p erty and business organizations. 3 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, net income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, cash, receivables and inventories. 71. Intermediate Accounting. I. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. 72. Intermediate Accounting. II. Prereq. 71. Jr., Sr. II. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, with additional emphasis on financial statements and various measures of income and operations. 74. Cost Accounting. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and process costs. 76. Auditing. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. A review of internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. Economics Major: 30 credits, including courses BA 1, 2 ; Econ. 15, 16, 54, 57, 58, and nine credits from 78, 80, 82, 85. Math. 42 required. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 15, 16. Principles of Economics. So. I, II. 3, 3 crs. The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in econoniic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Course 15 designed for students taking only one semester of economics. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 54. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. II. 3 crs. A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. Considerable emphasis on statistical inference. 57. Intermediate Macro-economics. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. I. 3 crs. An analysis of the determinants of national income, employment and price levels with particular reference to aggregate consumption and investment. (Formerly Econ. 62.) 58. Intermediate Micro-economics, Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. II. 3 crs. An analysis of the behavior of business firms under competitive and monopolistic conditions, with particular reference to the firms' decisions in regard to production and prices. (Formerly Econ. 61.) 78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. 11. See course 78 under Department of Sociology. 3 crs. 80. Money and Banking. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. 82. Public Finance. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. 85. Economic Development. Prereq. 15 or #. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. An examination and analysis of the developmental problems and pros~ e c t sof the underdevelo~ednations includine: consideration of wlicies i o promote growth. ~ i s t o r i cpatterns of gro\;th and communist~versus non-communist approaches will be examined. Intended as an interdisciplinary social science course. Business Education These courses are planned to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Business education major: 37 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58; BA 1, 2, 53; and Econ. 15, 16. Minor: 27 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58; and BA 1, 2; or Econ. 15, 16. Seven credits less will be required on the major or minor, if the student can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in courses 1, 3 and 4. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1 cr. 1. Elementary Typewriting. (Offered both semesters.) A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 3, 3 crs. 3, 4. Elementary Shorthand. Prereq. 1. I, II. Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 3 crs. 8. Office Machines. Prereq. 1. (Offered both semesters.) The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mime* scope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Three hours per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4 crs. 53. Advanced Shorthand. Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation a t a minimum of 80 words per minute. Five hours per week. 3 crs. 56. Advanced Typewriting. Prereq. 1 or equivalent. II. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. Four hours per week. 3 crs. 58. Secretarial Practice. Prereq. 4. 11. Dictation, busincss Iettcrwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal iorrns, personality tlev@lopmcnl,writing applicntlon lellers, and r n a l r i n ~application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who incIudc IRis as n part of ille parish worker's course. Four hours pcr week. 60. Business Seminar. II. 2 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS Miss Segolson, Mrs. Peterson, Miss Sonsteng, Mrs. Tester Home Economics is concerned wRh ihe individud, the hmily, the home, and with the conditions of the society and Iheir impact on the individual, the family, and the home. It ~ e e k sto unify ltnotvledge from mmy fields in the solving of individual and home I l k pprot~l~ms.Study in home economics includes lenrning to use one's resources to attain values set up as most worthwhile in life and acquiring some techniques and skills needed in immediate personal and home living. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Graduates in Home Economics Education are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Non-teaching major: 36 credits; courses are 3, 5, 6, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46, 58, 66, 67, 71, 73, 74. Also required are: Chemistry 5, or 5, 6, or 5, 32; Physics 3 ; Economics 15; Sociology 1 ; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14, and 54; Psychology 5, and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teaching minor: 21 credits, including 3, 5, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46 and one upper division course. Teaching major: 38 credits above H. Ec. 3 ; courses listed for nonteaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the staff about details of the program when she begins her college work. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 3. Art in Daily Living. I. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. 5. Clothing Selection, Care and Repair. I. 2 crs. Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready-made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing and caring for clothing. Two class hours per week. 6 . Clothing Construction. II. 2 crs. Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of different fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory periods per week. 8. Elements of Nutrition. 11. 3 crs. A study of the nutrients necessary for maintenance of gmd health throughout all of life from prenatal needs through old age. Translating these nutrients into foods for everyday meals. Analyzing diets of class members. Three single class periods per week. 33. Color and Design. I. 3 crs. Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. ~ r a f f s .II. 2 crs. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 196566.) 39, 40. Food Preparation and Management. Prereq. 8 or #. I, 11. 3, 3 crs. Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service. Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory periods per week. 42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. Personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. 2 crs. 46.Child Development. Prereq. Psy. 5 or #. II. The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations ,in local nursery schools; a two-week play school is conducted at the college for ten to twelve children of preschool age. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 58. Textiles. II. 2 crs. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory hours a week. 64. History and Appreciation of Art. II. 3 crs. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1964-65.) 66. Home Planning and Furnishing. II. 4 crs. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 67. Family Health. .I. 2 crs. A study of health problems relating to the family, including: heredity, pregnancy, growth and development, mental health, aging, public health, communicable diseases, non-communicable diseases, safety and home care of the sick. Two single class periods per week. 71. Home Management Problems. I. 2 crs. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. 73. Home Management Laboratory. I. 3 crs. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of house and equipment. Emphasis is placed on management of time, money, and energy for effective family living. Six weeks residence in a home management house. One individual conference and one group meeting per week. 74. Consumer Education and Income Management. II. 2 crs. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. Advanced Clothing Construction. Prereq. 6. 1. 2 crs. Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 6. Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. division of NATURAL SCIENCES A N D MATHEMATICS Mr. Nash, Chairman It is the purpose of this division to provide training in methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to interpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of science and mathematics in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields; and to equip the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men. DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Mr. Nash, Mr. Urdahl, Mr. ~Mickelberg,Mr. Frosig, Mrs. Pederson The aim of this department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, and a t least 4 Upper Division courses. Also required are Chemistry 5, 6; o r 15,16. Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, and at least two Upper Division courses, preferably 51 and 64. For a science major and minor for teaching see page 111. 3, 3 crs, 1, 2. General Blology. Fr. I, If. of the W prlndples of biology to meet the needs of rt0n-den@ majors. l a w e s and one double laboratory period not count toward the major or minor. Week. Thfs wurse A S$U& 4 crs. 3. Human Anatomy and Physlololgy, Fr, I. A pmfissiond c m e in hmatomg and physiology with special a p h a & on structure. POT&dent nwms, Three lectures and three ~ D W 01 B lakortito pW week. Stuwho have credit for Biol. 4 will 7 not receive credit or Biol. 3. 4 crs. 4, Human Anert~myand Physiology. Fr. II. .& p*,~sfmal s W e in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on bOth structure and function. Three lectures and three hours of Itiwatoly per w k . Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 8. Mlcroblolagy. H. 3 crs. p e s&ldy of b d r i a , peasts, molds, viruses and other micro-organisms, tiidr ebaraeteristia, rOle and control, especially in the fields of sanitation a medlaine. especially for student nurses. Two lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 8 crs. 13-14.t General Zoology. Fr. I, II. A survey of the animal khgdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptatfm, and reproduction of type animals. Biological prlndphg are e ~ g b a d m d . Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 4 crs. 25. General Botany. So. I. A survey of the plant kingdom with special emphasis on the vegetative and reproductive structures of the various plant groups. Three lectures and two single laboratory periods per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4 crs. 51. Genetics. Prereq. 13-14, or 25. So., Jr. I. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. 4 crs. 56. Ecology. Prersq. 13-14, and 25. So., Jr. II. A survey of local oadlogieal sommtmitier, and a study of the general principles of biol&cd a~wiation succession. Two lectures and one double labwatoxy pePiod o= fiebl trip per week. (Offered 196566.) 3 crs. 58. General Entomology. Prereq. 13-14. Sr. II. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1965-66.) 4 crs. 64. Microbiology. Prereq. Chem. 6 or 16. 11. The study of bacterk, yeasts, ,molds,*use$ and other micr+organisms; their characttyi&m, Hle, and oofitrol in the home, medicine, agriculture, and industry. Two lectures and three lrrbocatory periods per week. 66. Taxonomy o f Flowering F;an.is. Prereq. 25. Sr. II. 3 crs. Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1964-65.) 11. 4 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 68. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. Prereq. 13-14. 71. The Cell. Prereq. 13-14, 25; and Chem. 6 or 16. Sr. I. 4 crs. The ultrastructures of the cell and their physiological processes. 91, 92. Biology Seminar. Jr., Sr. I, II. Required for the biology major. DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY Mr. A p e , Mr. Alton, Mr. Holum, Mr. Jorenby I t is the purpose of this department to give students a n understanding and a n appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides a n opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of manmodern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways .to handle certain types of problems. Courses in chemistry a r e offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: (1) high school teaching, (2) the study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing, and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. The chemistry department is certified by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning chemistry majors for pre-graduate training, high school teaching, o r pre-medical work a r e urged to consult with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time. Major: 27 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended a r e : Physics 5, 6; Mathematics 41, 42. Course 3 does not count toward the major o r minor. F o r those planning to teach chemistry in high school, the major will include Math. 13, 14; Physics 5, 6 ; Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) ; 53, 54; 61; 82, and one of 83, 88, or 91. A teaching minor must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete 16 credits. Chem. 32 and 61 a r e strongly recommended. Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 53, 54, 61, 82, and 83; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 53, 54; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 93, 94, 95, and 96. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3. Elementary Chemistry. Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #. 3 crs. Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. . 5, 6. Introductory Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis. Fr. I, 11. 4, 4 crs. Fdr prb-datal, hofie emnomi~e,elementmy education, medical *ohnoloaids, and other students not malorw in chemistry, U w s ,and thefihs . of chemistry and of non-met& and met& and their compounds, Qr&aqtc ~hemfstsy is cgnsidered, &%tenlath 6edmicro pafitaflve an&& of catbm is the mnin Iaboratory work t+ second s8lme&r. % w e lectms and four hours of Sabaratory per week. 15, 16. Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry. Fr. I, II. 4, 4 crs. For rnajolzt Irr chemistry,, including pr&medlcal students; others by p x d s s b p Of ItlWucmf. 4.n inteadve course. First semester devoted funclamentat prhciples and second fnotgmia chemistry and qwalil'crdve ana1~5is. Three lenlmes and four b d u s of laboratory per we&. Pmreg.: hQh qhml dheql-, elementary algebra, and geometry. 4 crs. 32. Elementary Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 5 or 15. So. II. Designed for medical technology and home economics students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 53, 54. Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 6 o r 16. So. I, II. 4, 4 crs. The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Correlations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures, one recitation, five hours of laboratory per week. 3 crs. 61. Quantitative Analytical Chemistry. Jr. I. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 72. Advanced Organic and Qualitative Chemistry. Prereq. 54, 61; some reading knowledge of German (or concurrent registration). Jr. II. 4 crs. Lectures stress mechanism of organic reaction. Laboratory is qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spectrophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 82, 83. Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and Math. 42 (or 4, 4 crs. concurrent registration). Jr. II, Sr. I. For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids. Three lectures and four hours laboratory per week. 3 crs. 86. Advanced Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 83. Sr. II. Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week. 88. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and 82. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. A laboratory course designed to acquaint students with some of the important optical and electrochemical methods of chemical analysis. Three hours lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. 91. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. Prereq. 61. 1. 4 crs. Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the periodic table, hytlridcs, and coordination chemistry. Prepamlions of inorganic compounds utilizing hot-tube reactions, air Crec .systems, and similar tecl~niqucs, Three lectures and three hours of laboratoly per week. 93, 94, 95, 96. Chemistry Seminars. Jr., Sr. I, II. 0 cr. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these informal weekly seminars to discuss topics of general interest. 97, 98. Chemistry Research. Sr. I, II. Cr. arr. During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry, may participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. By staff permission only. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Mr. Hanwick, Mr. Baker Recent developments in the field of physics make it imperative that excellent training be provided for those who intend to continue their studies in graduate school or who intend to pursue a career in the teaching of physics. I t is the aim of this department to assure the needed training for both of these groups and to provide the non-science major with sufficient background to make it possible for him to follow, with some degree of comprehension, the developments in the field of science as they come to him from the medium of semi-scientific publications. Major: 27 credits including courses 53, 54. Minor : 16 credits. Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 2. Descriptive Astronomy. Fr. II. 3 crs. A study of our galaxy with particular emphasis on the origin of our solar system and the distribution and composition of the planets and stars. The location of some of the more prominent constellations and the use of the telescope and spectroscope will be studied. Two lectures per week. Periodic evening meetings to observe the sky. 3. Principles of Physics. Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 3 crs. A lecture, demonstration-laboratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, heat, electricity, magnetism, light and sound. This course is intended for students in home economics and elementary education, and others who wish some basic information in the field of physics. Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory. 5. General Physics. Prereq. Math. 13 or concurrent registration in Math. 13. Fr., So. I. 4 crs. A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 6. General Physics. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. II. 4 crs. This course is a continuation of Phys. 5. and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 52. Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. 11. 3 crs. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "eV/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per week. 53. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. I. 3 crs. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits, electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week. 54. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 53, and Math. 42 or concurrent registration in Math. 42. So., Jr. II. 3 crs. Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory. 57. Optics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 42 or concurrent registration 3 crs. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1964-65.) 3, 3 crs. 61. 62. Mechanics. Prereq. 6 and Math. 41. Jr. I, II. Tni.rorluctinn to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a parliclc, molion of JI t'igid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one clilnension, motion in a conservative field. 63, 64. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration 1, 1 cr. in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. 65. Nuclear Laboratory. Prereq. 3 or equivalent, or #. 1. 1 cr. A trvc-tiour lnlmrain~y course d c n l i n ~wilh nlcltintls of detecting and measuring t'nciialions fron~rad~onctivesubstances. Experirnenis include l he usp of gcigcr lubes, windowless counicrs, scintilla1 ion counlcr. Measuri~~a cclulp~ncnti ~ ~ c l i ~ d 11 cvnricty s n l scaling ci~.cuits,electroscopes, and :i gatIutla ray spcctmmetcr. Open to all studcnls who hnvc had fit least u course corrcsrlm~dingto 1'1-inciples of Physics. 71. Heat and Thermodynamics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or 3 crs. concurrent registration in Math. 41. Jr., Sr. I. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and second laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered 196566.) 3 crs. 72. Mathematical Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41. Sr. 11. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 196566.) 73,74. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration 1, 1 cr. in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, II. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS Mr. Soberg, Mr. Haugsby, Mr. Follingstad, Mr. Johnson The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge and skill in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics, an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background for teaching and for professional and graduate study. Major: 15 credits above 42. For those preparing to teach in the secondary schools, courses 60, 71, 72, and 74 are required. Minor: 6 credits above 42. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 13, 14. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis. Prereq. higher algebra and placement test. Fr., So. I, II. 4, 4 crs. An analysis of algebraic, trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential functions. Derivatives and integrals. Introduces set and function theory, complex numbers, determinants, theory of equations, probability, and analytical geometry. Students in course 13 whose backgrounds call for additional work are placed in sections meeting five hours a week. 41, 42. Analytical Geometry and Calculus. Prereq. 14 or equivalent. So. I, II. 5, 5 crs. Study of analytical geometry and calculus. Includes some work in solid analytical geometry. Open to freshmen with four years of high school mathematics who qualify on the basis of the mathematics placement test. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 56. Foundations of Arithmetic. Jr., Sr. II. 2 crs. A treatment of basic arithmetical concepts and number theory. For students preparing for elementary school teaching only. 3 crs. 60. Basic Concepts of Mathematics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II. A study of the foundations of number theory, algebra, and analysis, with recent developments in these subjects. 3 crs. 67. Probability and Statistics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I. An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as tools for modern mathematical approach. 71, 72. Modern Algebra. Prereq. 41. Jr., Sr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. An introduction to abstract algebra, with topics including theory of equations, determinants, matrices, groups, rings, fields, and vectors. 73. Differential Equations. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential equations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. 74. Modern Geometry. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidian, projective and non-Euclidian geometries. Parabolic, hyperbolic and elliptic geometries are introduced using an axiomatic and analytic approach. 3, 3 crs. 83, 84. Advanced Calculus. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I, II. A study of the fundamental notions of Urnits, cwttnulty, differentiation and integration fm iwc~omof one or mare variables. Differentials and Jacobima, partial dlffe~enttation,trmsf&wdan of c u m h a t e s and of multiple Lntogr&, lhe and surface bite@&, valor ana$sis, infinite series and improper integrals. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION Mr. Ernest Anderson, Mr. Nelson, Mrs. Mr. Saugestad, Mrs. Schlorf, Mr. Gimse Peterson, Mr. Pearson, The atm of the Depwbent of Heath and Physical Education is to promote health Elnd physfaal l b m s through a well-rounded physical educadan pmgrm, to develop eharacm and g m t sportsmanship, to W e r the worthy use of leisure time, md to pmfde an efPective &elprogram for pm~pea*e waehers d health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major: 30 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 53 or 54, 71, 72, 73, 76, 78, 81, and 87. Biology 4 also required. Minor: 19 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 72, 73, and 87. Non-teaching majors and minors are not required to take 87. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. COACHING ENDORSEMENT : Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools as of September 1, 1966, will be required to have a t least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball. The following courses will meet the coaching endorsement requirement: Biology 4 ; P.E. 7, 71, 72, 85, and one of 83, 84, or 86. 3, 4. Physical Activities. Fr. I, II. $4, $6 cr. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. 7. Health and First Aid. Fr. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. 3 crs. 12. Individual and Dual Sports. Fr. 11. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week. 3 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week. 21. Team Sports. So. I. 22. Recreational Activities and Rhythms. So. II. 2 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. Four hours per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 53, 54. Swimming and Aquatics. Jr. I (Women), I1 (Men). 1, 1 cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming. Acquaints students with life-saving and water safety work. Open only to majors and minors. Two hours per week. 71. Kinesiology and Adapted Physical Education. Jr. I. 3 crs. A study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements. Analysis of functional and organic abnormalities. Suggested activities for atypical cases. 72. History and Principles of Physical Education. Jr. 11. 3 crs. History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. 73. Physical Education Program in the Secondary Schools. Sr. 1. 3 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. 76. School Health Education. Sr. It. Principles and curriculum of school health education. 3 crs. 2 crs. 77. Community Recreation. Jr., Sr. I. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. (Offered 1964-65.) 78. Instructor's Course in First Aid. Sr. II. 1 cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. Prereq.: evidence of a currently valid standard First Aid card. 81. Self-Testing Activities and Evaluation. Sr. I. 3 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Also a survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. Five hours per week. Men and women meet separately except one hour per week. 83. Coaching of Football. Sr. I. 1 cr. 84. Coaching of Basketball. Sr. II. 1 cr. 85. Prevention and Care of Injuries. Sr. I. 1 cr. 86. Coaching of Baseball. Sr. 11. 1 cr. 87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in the Elementary and Secondary Schools. Sr. I. See under Education 87. Separate sections for men and women. 2 crs. special programs of study Affiliation with Schools of Nursing Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish. Fairview, and Methodist Hosvitals in Minneavolis receive some of their' instruction a t Augsburg college. ~ ~ ~ l i c a tfor i o nadmission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. Medical Technology In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the two hospitals. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. Junior Year Abroad An arrangement has been made with the Uinversity of Oslo in Norway under which students entering their junior year in college may spend this year at that University. Students may also participate in other approved programs, such as those of the Institute for European Studies. Applications must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. The plan is available only to students with good scholastic records whose special field of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Some possible fields are Norwegian language and literature, history, religion, and philosophy. Corrective Therapy A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete a major in Physical Education at Augsburg. The program requires 250 hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. I t carries no college credit. Honors Program For superior students, special sections or seminars are offered in Basic Bible, Freshman English, General Psychology, and United States History. Students of high ability are invited to make application for honors courses, and are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. General Liberal Arts The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Basic Bible 2 2 Freshman English ....... 3 3 History or Sociology 3 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . 4 4 Natural Science . . . . . . . . 3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Activities . . . . . . '/2 I/! FRESHMAN ............. .... JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 2 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . . . Social Science or History Electives ................ 3 10 - 12 SOPHOMORE I Sem. Cr. Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Foreign Language .... 3 Social Scicncc . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . Natural Scicncc Electives ................ 9 SENIOR I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 9 I Sem. I1 Sem. Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 3 Cr. 14 3 14 - Pre-Seminary Curriculum Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended t o prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. ............. Basic Bible Freshman English Foreign Language Western Civilization Physical Activities Natural Science Electives ...... ...... .... ..... ........ ................ 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 3 'h 3 2 '/2 3 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR .. ................. New Testament Greek Speech History Sociology or Economics or Political Science ...... Electives ................ ................. Cr. 2 Cr. 4 3 3 3 3 3 5 4 4 SOPHOMORE I Sem. Cr 2 Religion 3, 4 ............ Fine Arts Natural Science ........ General Psych. ......... Foreign Language ....... History of Philosophy . Electives . ............... 3 3 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 - . . 35 ................ ~ SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr . ................. 3 .............. 3 ..... 3 . . 3 Electives ................ 5 Rcllglon Philosophy English T~lturnt~we Advanced N.T.Greck 3 3 3 3 4 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, Norwegian, or French. Parish and Church Workers The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the church, as teachers in vacation, weekday, and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The suggested schedule provides for a major in religion. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with the head of the Department of Religion. f Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN ............ ........ Basic Bible Freshman English ....... Natural Science Foreign Language ...... Sociology 1, 2 Physical Activities ........ ..... Cr. 2 3 3 Cr. 2 3 4 3 4 3 % 3 % JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Prin. of Christian Ed. .. 3 Mission of the Church . . 3 The Gospels . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Protestantism in America 3 Social Psych, or Urban Soc. Y Creits 2 2 ROCP.Aftlviiirw & Rhythms Electives 7 7 ........... ................... - ................ SOPHOMORE Religion 3 , 4 ........... Speech 11, 12 Foreign Language General Psych. ...... Natural Science ........ Story Telling Fine Arts Electives ................ I Sem. Cr. ............ ....... 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 ........... .............. - SENIOR I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 2 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . Youth Work in the Church Early Christian Fathers The Christian View of Man . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psychology . Literature and Philosophy Fields of Social Work Electives .. ................ - 3 3 3 2 6 2 2 3 3 6 Philosophy Major I Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English ...... Foreign Language ...... Western Civilization .... Intro. to Philosophy Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities ... ..... Cr. Cr. 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 3 3 - - 3 % I/z I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR Cr Religion ................ 3 History of Phil. 53 3 Philosophy Electives ... 3 Natural Science Electives 7 ..... . ......... ................ Cr . 3 3 10 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3, 4 ............ 2 2 Religion ...... 3 3 Foreign L a l l l f h l ~ g ~ .... Hist. of Phil. 31, 52 3 3 3 or 4 Natural Science ......... 3 or 4 3 Fine Arts .............. Beginning Speech 2 Electives 2 or 3 2 or 3 SOPHOMORE ...... - - ............... SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................. 3 Philosophy Electives .... 3 3 Independent Study ..... 1 to 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...I 0 to 12 10 - - Because of the non-vocational character of the Philosophy major, students with a major in this field are encouraged to complete a major or a minor in some other field as well. Greek-Latin Major 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Basic Bible ............. 2 2 Freshman English ....... 3 3 Beginning Latin ........ 4 4 Natural Science ....... S or 4 3 or 4 3 3 Western Civilization ... % % Physical Education . , . FRESHMAN . . I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 Advanced N.T. Greek Ancient History 3 Religion ..............,. 3 Sneech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Fine Arts ............... 3 Natural Science Electives 3 JUNIOR . ........ ........ ................ SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . Elements of N.T. Greek Foreign Language ...... Latin 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literary Classics . . . . . . . . The Classical Tradition . SENIOR Greek Exegesis .....,... History of Philosophy . . , Religion ................ Medieval Europe ....... Electives I Sem, Cr 3 3 3 3 4 ................ Sem. Cr. 3 3 3 3 4 English Major 1. Graduate Major I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr , 3 3 2 4 4 3 % FRESHMAN ....... ............. ........ ....... Freshman English Basic Bible Natural Science Foreign Language Western Civilization ... Physical Activities ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR British Literature English Elective Religion Electives ....... ....... ................. ................ Cr. 4 3 3 6 Cr. 4 3 3 6 I Sem. n.. SOPHOMORE c.r. Classical Tradition ...... 3 American Lit. Dev. . , . Med. & Ren. Lit. ...... 4 Religion 3, 4 2 Foreign Language 3 Beginning Speech 2 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Natural Science ......... Electives ................ - . .......... ...... ...... SENIOR English Seminar Electives Sem. Cr. 4 2 3 - 3 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 14 16 ......... ................ Students planning on graduate study should include in their electives: American English or Introduction to Modern English; The British Novel, Shakespeare, Chaucer, Three Major British Poets, Independent Study, and an additional course in American literature; and German, French, Latin, philosophy, and history. 2. In preparation for Secondary-school Teaching FRESHMAN Freshman English . . . . . Natural Science ........ Basic Bible ............ Foreign Language ...... Western Civilization . . . Physical Activities , I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr. 3 3 3 3 . . . 2 2 4 3 % 4 3 % SOPHOMORE Classical Tradition American Lit. Dev. Med. & Ren. Lit. . Expository Writing Natural Science .... Fine Arts ......... Relieion 3. 4 ....... Forsgn ~ a n g u a g e General Psych. . . . . Beg. Speech . . . . . . . ... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr 3 . 3 - 2 . JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. British Literature ...... Intro. to Mod. Eng. . . . . . English (Mod. Lit.) . . . . Educ. Psych. . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tchg. in Sec. Sch. ..... Group Activity Electives ................ ......... 4 3 3 3 0 3 4 3 3 3 0 4 -. -4 3 - SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 English Seminar . . . . . . . Prin. of Guid. .......... School and Soc. ........ Tchg. Eng. in Sec. Sch. . Stud. Tchg. Sec. School . Shakespeare ............. Health & First Aid ...... Electives ................ 2 2 6 - -3 3 10 At least nine hours of electives are recommended in speech, journalism, or library science. 3. In preparation for Elementary-school Teaching FRESHMAN Freshman English ..... Foreign ~ a n g G a g e General Biology Western Civilization Basic Bible ............. Physical Activities ...... Intro, to Music .......... Human Geog. ........... ...... ........ ... JUNIOR .... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 2 '/a 2 - 2 z / ' 3 I Sem. Cr . 4 3 Sem. Cr. - 2 Orient to Elem. Ed. Human Growth & Dev. . Meth. & Mat. (54) . . . . . . Meth. & Mat. (56) ..... US History Religion ................. Amer. Govt. Literary Classics ........ Brit. Lit. Since la00 Found, of Arith. ...... ............. ............ .... - - 3 3 3 3 SOPHOMORE Classical Tradition ..... Med. & Ren. Lit. ....... Foreign Language ....... Religion 3, 4 Prin. of Physics, Astronomy Basic Design General Psvch. ......... ~ m e r i c a n~ n g l i s h ..... Amer. Lit. Development I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. - SENIOR - 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. Pr Cr. English Seminar ........ Meth. & Mat. (Lang. Arts) Teaching of Reading . . . Children's Lit. Religion ................. Expository Writing . . . . . Health & First Aid Meth. & Mat.: Social Studies ......... Seminar in Teaching .... Directed Teaching in Elem. School ........ Beginning Speech . . . . . . . English 94 Independent Study ... .......... ...... - 3 ........... ........... ........... --.2 2 3 3 3 3 3 - - Speech Major for Secondary School Teaching FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. -- . -- Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English ..... Natural Science ........ Foreign Language . . . . . History or Sociology .... Physical Activities . . . . . . . 2 2 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 3 % '12 SOPHOMORE I Sem. -~ Cr . 2 Religion 3, 4 ............ Literary Classics . . . . . . . Foreign Language ....... Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech 31, 32 . . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ 3 3 2 3 3 - Sem. Cr. 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR .......... Argumentation Speech Pathology . . . . . . . Educ. Psychology . . . . . . . Teach. in Sec. Schools Group Activity . . . . . . . . . Natural Science Stagecraft .............. Dramatic Arts .......... Electives ................ ........ Cr. 3 Cr. 3 3 - - 3 0 0 - - - - 3 3 3 7 4 f Sem. SENIOR Cr. Religion ................. 3 Student Teaching ....... 6 Guidance ............... 2 School and Society ...... 2 Methods ................. 2 Stage Direction . . . . . .,. . Health & First Aid ..... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - I1 Sem. Cr. 3 Recommended electives: English, History, Social Science, Art. Major in German, French, or Spanish in Preparation rfi Teaching in a Secondary School I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr Basic Bible 2 2 3 3 Freshman Esbllah 3 3 History or Saclology ... Beginning Foreign Language ............ 4 4 Natural Science ........ 3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Activities % % SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 2 2 Intermediate Foreign Language 3 3 Natural Science ......... 3 ..... General Psychology 3 Literary Classics . . . . . . . 3 3 Fine Arts ............... Health & First Aid ..... 3 Electives ................ 3 6 JUNIOR SENIOR FRESHMAN . .............. ..... ...... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 Teach. in Sec. Schools 0 Grtlup Aclivlty .......... 0 Germall :I, U1 or Fr~nuli51, D l or Spnnlsh 51, 131 .......... 5 or 7 Bdt~clffanalppychology ., - - GPrn!nn. 52. 52, 73, or Fl.encll 52, 72 or Spn111sll 52. 72 Elcctl\'ee ..... , ....... , .. ........ 7 or 9 5 or 0 8 ............ .............. 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. ....... ....... 622 ..... 23 - - 3 - 2 6 Student Teachine school & s o c i e t y . Prin, of Guidance ....... Teaching of Foreign Language Religion ................. German, French, or Soanish 74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ i r m a n French, , or Spanish 90 . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives ................ Cr. 3 2 Teaching Major in Music FRESHMAN I Sem. P r -A. ............. Basic Bible 2 Freshman English 3 History or Sociology ... 3 Foreign Language 4 Natural Science 3 Physical Activities ...... % Applied Music .......... l. or 2 ...... ....... ........ JUNIOR I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 4 3 2 'l 1 or 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. CT Cr. 3 3 0 ................ Religion Education 71, 72 . . . . . . . . Education 73. 74 . . . . . . . . Music Theory 55, 56 . . . . . Conducting . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choral or Instrumental Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teaching of Grade School Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid . . . Applied Nusic ......... 1 4 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 2 2 14 oreien Ln!li?un~e 3 3 3 ~ e n e y a l I'syct~olbby .... 3 Natural S r j c i ~ c e .., Music Theory 1. 2 . . . . . 4 4 Historv & it: of Music ................. 2 2 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 1 or 2 ........... ...... ..... - SENIOR I Sem. Cr. Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . Education 78 Education 97 . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy 3 Beginning Speech 2 Relieion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ~ e a L h i n gof High School Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Twentieth Century Music 2 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ - Sem. Cr. 2 2 6 ....... 2 2 - or 2 - - 1 or 2 Major in Art FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Drawing I .............. Basic Design ............ Basic Bible ............. Freshman English ....... Foreign Language ....... Western Civilization Physical Activities Elective .... ..... ................. Cr. 2 2 3 4 3 % 2 Cr. - SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Oil Painting I ........... 3 Sculpture I ........... , . . 3 Print Making I 3 Relieion 3. 4 2 2 Fore>gn ~ a n g u a g e....... 3 3 Social Science ........... 3 Natural Science ........ 3 or 4 3 or 4 Electives 3 3 ......... ............ ................ I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . Art History . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . . . Social Science or History Natural Science . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. Cr. 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 5 - 3 or 4 2 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr . 3 3 SENIOR Oil Painting I1 . . . . . . . . . . Sculpture I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Independent Study . . . . . . Printmaking I1 . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - -2 12 - 3 3 8 History Major FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. .............. 2 ...... 3 ... 3 ....... 4 ........ 3 or 4 ..... % Basic Bible Freshman English Western Civilization Foreign Language Natural Science Physical Activiities 2 3 3 4 3 or d % I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr 3 3 JUNIOR ReUnIon ................. Bcgfa~aingSpeecll ...... ....... ................ Fnrliign Lrmgrln~c HIS~L!I'Y A m ~ r i c a nQovcrnment . . Literature or Philosophy . - SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 Foreign Language ...... 3 3 U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 Natural Science . . . . . . . . 3 General Psychology . . . . 3 Sociology 1, 2 ........... 3 3 Prin. of Economics . . . . . 3 3 SENIOR ............... 3 I Sem. Cr. 3 3 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Fine Arts Electives - Sem. Cr. 3 - ................ 11 6 3 3 Combined Social Science Major for Teaching FRESHMAN ............. Basic Bible Freshman English Western Clvllixalion Foreign Language Natural Science Physical Activities ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 % % ...... ... ...... ........ JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. ".. Cr. Lr, Religion ................ Educational Psych. ..... Teaching in Secoildnry Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity ......... History .................. Health & First Aid . . . . . . American Government Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Minor . ..... 3 0 3 3 2 6 3 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3, 4 ............ Foreign Language ...... U.S. History ............. Natural Science ........ General Psychology ... Sociology 1, 2 ........... Economics 15, 16 ........ SENIOR Cr. 2 3 3 Cr. 2 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 - I Sem. Cr. Religion ................. 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . 6 Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 School and Society ..... 2 Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Literature or Philosophy Human Geography . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Minor . . . . . . - 3 Sem. Cr - . - 3 3 3 3 5 Major in Sociology in Preparation for Social Work A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years .has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immedate employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate training, and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education and the National Council on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all such students. In consultation with the department head, students may obtain a sociology major without the social-work sequence. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . Western Civilization .... Foreign Language . . . . . Introduction to Sociology Social Problems ........ Physical Education 3, 4 2 2 3 3 4 3 . % I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Soc. 57, 59. Fields of 3 Social Woyk .......... Soc. 58, 60, Methods of Social Work ........ Fine Arts Beginning Speech 2 Intro. to Statistics 3 Social Research ......... Electives 5 JUNIOR .............. ..... ..... . I Sem. Cr SOPHOMORE Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . American Government . . Natural Science . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . Principles of Economics Rural Sociology . . . . . . . . Urban Sociology . . . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . . . 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 I Sem. Cr. SENIOR Sem. Cr. - Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crinainology . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Psycla. 62, Abnornanl . . . Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Upper Division Courses ............... 10 - Sem. Cr. 3 + + 3 3 ................ Major in Psychology FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 . .............. Basic Bible Freshman English Western Civilization Foreign Language General Zoology Physical Activities ...... ..... ...... ........ ...... JUNIOR 4 % I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro, to Statistics Psych. of Personality ... Experimental Psych. ... Psych. of Measurements . Electives ..... 4 % ................ 7 3 3 4 SOPHOMORE Relieion 3. 1 ............ ~ o r z g nLanguage ...... General Psychology Chemistry or Physics Sociology 1. 2 Beginning Speech Logic .................... Fine Arts I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 3 3 .... ... 4 ...... -32 ............... ........... 2 3 4 3 3 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. SENIOR History of Psych. ....... Social Psychology Topics in Psych. Seminar in Psych. ..... Electives Cr. 3 ..... 3 ........ - ................ 10 Cr. - + 1 to 2 2 12 Elementary Education Students planning for elementary school teaching are required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated, substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are possible. Since the optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. The major in this program is Elementary Education; each student is required to take a minor in a t least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 Basic Bible .............. Freshman English ...... Western Civilization .... Modern Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Science . . . . . . . 3 Selected from Physics, Astronomy, Chemistry 5, Physical Activities ..... 4 or 4 6) ?h a 4 or 4 % I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR . - Cr Religion ................. American Government . . 3 Ed. 51, Orientation . . . . . . 4 Ed. 53, Human Growth & Development ......... 3 Ed. 54, 56, Meth. & Mat. 0 Group Activity .......... Basic Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Intro, to Music . . . . . . . . . Foundations of Arith. .. 4 Electives in Minor . . . . . Cr. 3 3 4 0 - 2 2 3 SOPHOMORE Religion 3. 4 .. ,. .. , ..... General Rlology ........ General Fs'r;ycholOgy Human Geography ...... U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . . Modern Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid ... Electives in Minor I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 .... ..... 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - 3 I Sem, I1 Sem, SENIOR Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed. 61, Meth. & Mat. Ed. 62. Meth. & Mat. . . . Ed. 63. Tchg. of Reading Children's Literature . . . Ed. 66, Seminar in Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed. 68, Directed Tchg. Literature .............. Beginning Speech ....... Electives in Minor . . . . . . ... Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 3 Cr. - 2 - 2 B 2 - High School Teaching Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota a t the junior and senior high school level. The same prgram will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission t o the Education curriculum during his sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such as music, home economics, combined natural science, and business education, students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain teaching majors or minors include English, German, Spanish, French, speech, music, art, history, social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry, natural science, mathematics and physical education. 'Minors are also offered in Scandinavian language and literature, political science and library science. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 Basic Bible Freshman English ...... 3 History or Sociology 3 Foreign Language 4 Natural Science 3 or 4 Physical Activities % FRESHMAN ............. ... ..... ...... ........ SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr Religion 3, 4 2 2 Foreign Lzulglt~ge 3 3 General Psycholum ,, 3 Natural Sctcl~cc 3 or 4 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid , 3 Electives ................ 5 . ............ ...... .. . .. ......... - . JUNIOR Religion ......... Education 71. 72 . Education 73, 74 Beginning Speech Electives in Major or Minor ...... Sem. Cr. - .. I Sem. I1 Sem. SENIOR Cr. Cr. Religion ................. 3 Education 76 ............ 2. Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . . 2' 4S ~ e c i a lMethods . . . . . . . . 2 or - Cr. 3 3 0 ducatio ion 97 - ........... 6. - Literature or Philosophy Electives in Major or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 'May be taken I1 Sem. - 3 Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 3 credits. On the recommendation of their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing, they may secure exemption from one or more of the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits; fine arts, 2 credits; natural science, 3 credits; social science, 3 credits; foreign language, 6 credits. (At least one year of foreign language must be taken in college, unless the student completed four years of a language in high school.) To be valid, approval of exemption must be filed in the Registrar's office prior t o registration for the junior year. Major in Business Administration FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. -. . 2 Pr Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English ...... 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . 4 History or Sociology ... 3 3 Principles of Accounting Physical Activities ..... % JUNIOR P r -a. 2 3 4 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr Intermediate Accounting 3 3 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 Economics 57, 58 ........ 3 Intro. to Statistics ...... Science .................2 or 4 Fine Arts ............... Z or 3 Auditing or Cost Acc. 3 Electives ................ 3 to 5 3 . - r Sem. Cr SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ............ 2 Foreign Language ....... 3 Prin. of Economics ..... 3 Natural Science ........3 or 4 ...... Beginning Speech Electives ................ I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 2 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion Auditing or Cost Acc. Business Law .......... 3 Literature or Philosophy Electives ................ 15 SENIOR - - Major in Economics FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. --. 2 ............. 3 ...... ...... 34 Cr Basic Bible Freshman English Foreign Language History or Sociology . . Principles of Accounting .......... Physical Activities ..... 3 % C r. 2 3 4 3 3 I12 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. - Cr. Religion 3, 4 2 2 Foreign Language 3 3 Prin. of Economics ..... 3 3 Natural Science ........ 3 or 4 3 or 4 Beginning Speech ..... 2 ................ Electives 3 6 ............ ...... - JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. - . Religion ................. 3 Literature or Philosophy 3 Economics 57 58 . . . . . . . 3 3 Intro. to Statistics . . . . . 3 Natural Science ......... 3 or 4 Intro. to Math. Analysis 4 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 SENIOR I Sem. R e l i ~ i n n ................. Anal. Umm. nnd Calculus -6 Cr. -- ..............2 or9 3 Sem. Cr. 3 5 Fine Arts Electives ................ Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, History. Major in Business Education in Preparation for Teaching in Secondary Schools E FRESHMAN Basic Bible ........... Freshman English Foreign Lnnguagf ... History or Sncinte~y Physical Acilr+lllcu ... Elem. Typewriting Natural Science .... Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. . ...... JUNIOR ....... ..... ................ ..... I Sem. I1 Sern. Cr. Cr. 2 2 . ... Prin. of .Economics . . . . . Adv. Shorthand ......... Educational psycho log^ , Teaching in Secondary Schools ............... Group Activity .......... Business Law .........., Fine Arts ............... Adv. Typewriting Health & First Aid Electives SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ....... Gen. Psychology ... Prin. of Accounting Elem. Shorthand ... Foreign Language Natural Science . . . . Beginning Speech . Office Machines . ... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 4 3 0 3 - - - SENIOR ....... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Student Teaching Speclnl Methods Prln. of Guidance School and Society Rcll~Inn Lllerniura or Phflnao~hy Sectmctnrlal Prncttce .... ~ u s l l l r ! ~ Seminar n ...... E1cr:Hves ........ 26 ...... ..... 22 ................ -3 ................ - - - - 3 Home Economics Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to equip students for the teaching of home economics in high school, to prepare them $forhomemaking, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. A curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home economics departments (Smith-Hughes) . Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 % '12 FRESHMAN .............. Basic Bible Physical Activities Freshman English Soclolo~ry ............... RLoIop!: 1-2, or 4 or 18-14' 0 A r t i n Daily Living .... Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clothing Selection Clothing Construction Chemistry 5 or 5, 6 or 5, 32' ................. ..... ...... ................ ...... . 3 3 3 3 .... . 1 Sem. Cr. 2 ........ ........ 3 2 - Sem. Cr. 2 3 4 3 ......... or 4 3 3 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 JUNIOR Religion ................. Foreign Language ....... Beginning Speech ....... Prin. of Economics Color and Design ........ Home Planning & Furnishing . . . . . . . . . . . . Family Health . . . . . . . . . . Textiles ................. Educational Psycholog?/ Teachina i n Secondaru Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity ......... Clothing Construction . . . SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 .......... Gen. Psychology Foreign Language ...... Prin. of Physics Marriage & Family Relationships Child Development ..... Food Preparation & Management .......... Electives ................ 2 3 3 2 3 0 2 4 2 - SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem, Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . . Education 76,78 . . . . . . . . . Education 92 . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Teclclting . . . . . . . Home Management Prob. Home Management Lab. Consumer Educ. ......... Teaching of Home E c . 2 - Cr. Cr. 2 2 2 3 3 4 6 2 3 2 2 3 0 - "Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition, foods, textiles or equipment, as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offering special training in dietetics. These students may take the biology course in the sophomore year. Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose program prevent the c~~mpletion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. Biology Major The following course o'f study is recommended for a major in biology. Physics 6 and Chemistry 54 are strongly recommended for students who plan on graduate work in biology. I Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN ............. ...... Basic Bible Freshman English History or Sociology ... General Zoology Foreign Language ...... Physical Activities ........ Cr. 3 3 4 4 '12 ..... JUNIOR Cr. 2 f Sem. I1 Sem. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 5, 6 or 15, 16 Literature or Philosophy Genetics ................. Biology 64 or 68 . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. Cr. 3 3 4 4 4 3 2 3 - -42 SOPHOMORE f Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3 , 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech ...... General Botany ......... Human ~ n a t o m y. . . . . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Foreign Language . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SENIOR Cr. 2 2 4 - Cr. 2 4 4 3 - I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Taxonomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Cell ................ 4 General Entomology .... Physics 5 , 6 or Chemistry 53, 54 . . . . . . 4 Biology Seminar . . . . . . . % Electives (upper division) 8 Cr. 3 Biology Major for Secondary School Teaching I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 FRESHMAN ............. Basic Bible Freshman English ...... History or Sociology General Zoology ........ Foreign Language ...... Physical Activities ..... .... 4 4 4 4 =/2 JUNIOR Biology 64 or 68 ......... Genetics ................ The Cell Educational Psych. Tchg. in Sec. School ... Biology Seminar Group Activity .......... Health and First Aid , Beginning Speech Electives I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. - ................ ..... ........ 4 4 3 0 .. ....... .................. 6 4 3 % 0 3 2 5 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. - ----. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4 General Botany . . . . . . . . Human Anatomy ....... Foreign Language 3 General Psychology .... 3 Chemistry 5. 6 or 15. 16 4 Electivcs ................ 3 ...... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr 3 SENIOR Cr. ................. 3 ............... - Religion Flne Arts ........ - Biology 58 or 66 Tch~:. of Nnttlrnl ScIcnces Fl'iti. CII Guldance Sclhool & Society ..... ....... 2 2 2 Slkldcnl Teocl~ing ....... 6 Litcrnturc nr Philo~ophs Birsloay Scrnltlr~r' '/2 Elcctlvt* ........ ................ - . 3 3 - 3 '/a 4 Chemistry Major The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree a t Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan t o do graduate study in chemistry. Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological science and the second year of a foreign language. FRESHMAN I Sem. C r. Chemistry 15. 16 . . . . . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . History o r Sociology Physical Activities ... ..... JUNIOR I1 Sem. 4 4 2 3 3 2 3 3 % ' / 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 4 Chemistry 61, 72 . . . . . . . Physical Chemistry (82) Chemistry Seminars (93. 94) Beginning German 'Advanced Calculus .... 'Physics 53, 63, 52 .... Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 'Recommended .............. ..... - 4 0 0 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 I Sem. SOPHOMORE Cr. 4 4 - PW Organic Chemistry (53, 54) Anal. Geom. & Calculus General Physics (5, 6) . Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy . -4' 5 4 2 2 - I1 Sem. -.4 . P . . 5 4 2 3 SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Physical Chemistry (83. 86) 4 3 Adv. Anal. Chemistry (88) 3 $dv. Inorg. Chemistry (91) 4 Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . . Arr. Arr. Chemistry Seminars (95. 961 .............. 0 0 Religion ................ 3 3 German or French . . . . 3 or 4 3 or 4 - The summer following the junior year is frequently spent on chemical research under departmental sponsorship. Physics Major FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . History or Sociology . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis General Physics (5. 6) . Physical Activities . . . . . 4 4 1/2 4 4 'h I Sem. I1 Sem. Pr Cr. 2 SOPHOMORE --. Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Anal. Geom. and Calculus 5 Intro. Atom. & Nuclear Phys. . . . . . . . . Electr. & Magnetism 153. 54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .Optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 German or French 4 ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Fine Arts .............. Differential Equations . . Mechanics ............... Adv. Physics Lab. (63, 64) ............... Literature or Philosophy German or French . . . . . . Chemistry 5 , 6, or 15, 10 Beginning Speech ....... 3 3 1 3 3 4 - I Sem. SENIOR Cr. 3 3 3 Advanced Calculus ..... Religion ................. *Heat & Thermodynamics Adv. Physics Lab. (73. 74) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mathematical Physics . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sern. Cr 3 3 . 1 6 *Offered alternate years Combined Science Major for Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry 5, 6 (or 15, 161, 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in upper division courses. Science minor for elementary school teaching: 3 credits each of physics, astronomy, chemistry; 6 credits of biology; and 9 additional credits in one area of science, at least 3 of which must be in upper division courses. Mathematics Major The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree and is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in Mathematics. X Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 4 4 Intro. to Math. Analysis Freshman English . . . . . . . 3 3 Beginning German ..... 4 4 Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 History or Sociology . . . . 3 3 Physical Activities !/z % FRESHMAN ..... JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Modern Algebra . . . . . . . . Probability and Statistics Basic Concepts of Math. Religion ................. Biological Science . . . . . . 3 Literature or Philosophy Electives ................ 3 3 3 3 3 3 or 4 - 4 3 4 - I Sem. SOPHOMORE Cr 5 4 3 2 Anal. Geom. & Calculus General Physics . . . . . . . . Intermediate German . . . Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts ............... Beginning Speech . . . . . . . . 2 - I1 Sem, Cr. 5 4 3 2 2 I Sern. I1 Sem. SENIOR Advanced Calculus ..... Differential Equations Modern Geometry ..... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Cr. 3 Cr. 3 Mathematics Major for Secondary School Teaching FRESHMAN I Sem. Cr. 4 3 4 2 3 Intro. to Math. Analysis Freshman English . . . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . . Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . History or Sociology . . . Physical Activities ..... JUNIOR '/2 I1 Sem. Cr. 4 3 4 2 3 % I Sem. I1 Sem. Modern Algebra ........ Advanced Calculus . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psych. . . . . . . Teaching i n Sec. Schools Group Activity . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 3 3 3 0 7 Cr. 3 3 3 3 0 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. SOPHOMORE Cr. Anal. Geom. & Calculus Natural Science . . . . . . . . . Foreign Language ...... Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . General Psychology Beginning Speech 5 4 3 2 .... ...... SENIOR 3 - Cr. 5 4 3 2 2 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Student Teaching . . . . . . . Teaching of Mathematics School and Society .... Prin. of Guidance . . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Concepts of Math. Modern Geometry ...... Natural Science . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 6 2 2 2 3 - Cr. Health and Physical Education Major The following course of study is designed to prepare students for teaching health and physical education in the secondary schools, for working in the related fields of health and recreation, and to assist in qualifying them for the field of corrective therapy. T Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English Historv or Socioloav -- . . . . ~ e n e r a lzoology . . . . . . . . Physical Activities . . . . . Health and First Aid .... Individual & Dual Sports ..... Cr -- . 2 3 3 4 % 3 - Cr. 2 3 3 4 =/2 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr. Religion ................ 3 . 3 Foreign Language 3 3 *Educational Psychology 3 'Teachina in Sec. Schools 3 *Group Activity ........ 0 0 Swimming and Aquatics 1 1 Kinesiology & Adapted P.E. 3 Hist. & Prin. of P.E. 3 Electives in Maior or Minor .............. 4 4 JUNIOR ...... - *Not required for non-teaching majors. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. SOPHOMORE 2 4 3 - ~ e g i n n i n g Speech .... Human Anat. & Physiology . . . . . . . . . . Team Sports . . . . . . . . . . . Rec. Act. & Rhythms . Electives in Major or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 Literature or Philosophy 2 'Prin. of Guidance 2 'School and Society 6 *Student Teaching . . . . . . P.E. Program in Sec. Sch. 3 School Health Educ. . . 1 Instructor's First Aid . . s e l f - ~ e s t i n g Activities *Methods in P.E. and Minor Fine Arts ...... .... ......... ............. Medical Technology Students may complete a course leading t o the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work a t Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. The following program prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology, and it includes the requirements for the degree. Students planning to enter this program should take higher algebra in high school. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . Chemistry 5, 6, or 15, 16 History or Sociology . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Beginning Speech Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities Sem. Cr. 2 Sem. Cr. 2 3 4 3 ....... ...... JUNIOR I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr . Cr. 3 Relieion ................. 3 ~~Microbiology ............ 4 3 Foreign Language ....... 3 Quant. Anal. Chem. (61) 4 ~ i o l o g yElective . . . . . . . . 4 6 'Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 *Physics strongly recommended. Other sciences, arts, humanities. - I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ........... Elem. Organic Chem. 32 General Zoology Foreign Language . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy 'Electives ............... ........ - 2 4 4 4 3 3 4 2 4 SENIOR Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........................32 recommended electives: English, social In the senior year, students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as a t the affiliated hospital. Medicine Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students usually find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical scho'ol to which he plans to apply. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman Enalish . . . . . . Chemistry 15; 16 . . . . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Physical Activities . . . . . History or Soc. Science JUNIOR ................. Religion Intermediate German . . . Quant. Anal. Chem. (61) General Physics (5, 6) L~terature or Philosophy Chem. Seminars (93, 94) Elective Pr Pr 2 2 3 3 4 4 % 3 4 4 'h ................. - - 0 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. ...... .... 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 3 0 SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ............ Beninnina German ~ e i e r a -zoology l ....... Organic Chem. (53, 54) *Mathematics 41. 42 SENIOR Pr Pr 2 4 2 4 4 4 5 4 4 5 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr 3 3 3 Social Science or Hist. Fine Arts Beginning Speech ....... Genetics ................ General Psychology , Electives ................ Chem. Seminars (95, 05) 'Physical Chem. (83) ,. , . . ............... - .. . 2 4 7 0 - 'Recommended Dentistry Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission t o most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. The Department of Chemistry is prepared to offer assistance in placing qualified students in dental school. FRESHMAN ...... Freshman English Basic Bible .............. Intro. Chem. & Qual. Anal. (5, 6) Intro. to Math. Anal. .. General Zoology Physical Activities ... ........ ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 2 2 4 4 4 % SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Physics (5, 6) . 4 'Organic Chem. (53, 54) 4 . 4 4 4 % 'Chem. 61, 32 may be substituted for Chem. 53, 54, but the latter is recommended. Nursing Many hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have a t least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. FRESHMAN I Sem. Cr. Basic Bible ............. Freshman English ....... Foreign Language Sociology ............... Chemistry 5 Psych. or Geography Art or Music ............ ....... ............. ... 2 3 4 3 4 Sem. Cr. 2 3 4 3 - Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Minneapolis, take some of their course work a t College. Applications for admission to this program made directly to these hospitals. Lutheran Hospitals, Augsburg should be Law Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years of prelegal education a t the college level. The student is advised t o select a broad program of study including courses in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. A suggested three-year curriculum is given below: Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . Freshman English . Foreign Language Western Civllization Natural Science . . . . Physical Activities 2 3 . JUNIOR 2 3 4 4 3 4 '12 3 4 '/z SOPHOMORE ............ I Sem. Cr. R c l l ~ l o n3. 4 &nR!isll 2:. '10 ........... Foreign Language Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Social Science .......... Natural Science ........ Electives ................ 2 3 3 Sem. Cr. 2 ....... 3 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Rallglnn ................ Beginning Speech ...... ............... Plnc Arts Electives ................ Cr. 3 Cr. 3 12 10 - 2 2 Engineering A student may take two years of pre-engineering a t Augsburg before transferring t o a school of engineering. The following curriculum is recommended. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr . Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . Anal. Geom. & Calculus General Physics . . . . . . . . Social Science . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities ...... SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . English 40. 42 . . . . . . . . . . . ~ d i a n c e d Calculus . . . . . Physics 52, 53 . . . . . . . . . . Differential Equations . . Inorg. & Qual. Chemistry rr. rr Students who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology a t the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. It is recommended that these be taken in summer session a t the U. of M. Secretarial Work The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. A Secretarial-Work Certificate is awarded on completion of the two-year program. FIRST YEAR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr 2 2 3 3 1 3 Basic Bible .............. Freshman English ...... Elementary Typewriting Office Machines . . . . . . . . Elementary Shorthand . . Physical Activities ..... Electives ................ . - 3 % 8 3 1/2 6 SECOND YEAR 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3, 4 ............ Beginning Speech Advanced Typewriting . Advanced Shorthand .... Prin. of Accounting . . Secretarial Practice ..... General Psychology ..... Electives ................ Cr. 2 .... 4 3 3 5 Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 PERSONNEL THE BOARD OF REGENTS Officers of the Board . . Mr. G. S. Michaelsen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman Vice-chairman The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. R. F. Pautz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. R. E. Myhre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term Expires 1964 Mr. Jerome Formo, Minneapolis, Minnesota Plastics, Inc. The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service Mr. Herbert Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Investors Syndicate Life Insurance and Annuity Company Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Education, University of Minnesota 116 The Rev. David Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope .Secretary . .Treasurer The Rev. Harry T. Sorenson, Bellevue, Washington Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd The Rev. Erling Tungseth, Rochester, Minnesota Pastor, Bethel English Lutheran Church Term Expires 1965 Mr. R. F. Pautz, Minneapolis, Minnesota Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company Mr. Philip C. Helland, Willmar, Minnesota Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota Mr. U. W. Tervo, Rochester, Minnesota Personnel Director, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota Term Expires 1966 Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota Education, Northfield Public Schools, Farming Mrs. George Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice-President, Gamble Skogmo, Inc. Term Expires 1967 Mr. R. E. Myhre, Minneapolis, Minnesota Manager, South Side Insurance Agency Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice-President, Northwestern National Bank of Minneapolis ADMINISTRATION Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President Clifford M. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development Martin Quanbeck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager Peter Armacost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Gerda Mortensen . . . . . . .Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students. Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant to Dean of the College Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the General Faculty Mrs. Jean Christian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant . Registrar Karlis Ozolins (on leave 1963-64) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian Mrs. Mariorie Sibley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acting . Librarian 1963-64 Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hielmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relations Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Director of Admissions Arthur Nelson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supervisor of Plant Services Richard 1. Berg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comptroller Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services Bjarne Landa . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archivist . Vernon Chilgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Housing Service Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Special Events Mrs. Ruth Gamm . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . Director . of News Bureau Mrs. Jacquelyn Gimse . . . . . . . . . Director of Women's Residences Frank A. Gruver, M.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .College Physician COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY President's Cabinet: 0.Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost, Fosse, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel, Mandsager Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, Thorson, Chrislock, Nash, Hanwick, R. Anderson, Halverson, Miss Pederson, Armacost Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Lundeen, M. Quanbeck, Saugestad, Miss Cole, P . Thompson, Budge Student Personnel: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Torstenson, P. Quanbeck, Mrs. Hinrichs Teaoher Education: E. Johnson, Dahlen, Agre, Miss Mattson, Miss Segolson, Miss Cole, Savold Library: Mrs. Sibley, Sateren, Colacci, Mrs. Jensen, Alton, Benson Athletics: Soberg, Kleven, Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold *Convocations: Urdahl, E. Johnson, Miss Pederson, Thut, Ecklund Faculty Personnel Policies: Budge, Sonnack, Mrs. E. Olson, Thompson, Fosse, Holum Institutional Studies: Holum, Pearson, Mrs. Anderegg, G. Johnson, Chrislock *Religious Life: Mandsager, Sonnack, Gisselquist Social Functions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Lillehei, Miss Sonsteng, Hatchek *Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, M. Quanbeck, Follingstad, Mickelberg *Student Conduct: E. Nelson, Mrs. K. Peterson, Thut, Miss Lund Nominations: Kleven, Urdahl, Hammarberg Administrative: 0. Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost, Fosse Foreign Students: Miss Joel, Hansen, G. Johnson, Miss Segolson *Joint Student-Faculty Committees THE FACULTY Ruth Aaskov, A.M., lnstructor in French (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Augsburg College, 1963; A.M., Middlebury College, 1960. Additional study: University of Grenoble, Boston University, University of Wisconsin. Teaching: High School, 1954-60. At Augsburg 1960-63. Courtland L. Agre, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1937; Research Chemist, 193740; U.S. Army, 1940-41; Research Chemist, 1941-46. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1946-58; University of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. Earl Alton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., University of Michigan, 1958; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching: Teaching Fellow and pre-doctor instructor, University of Michigan, 1955-58. At Augsburg since 1960. Lyla Mae Anderegg, A.M., lnstructor in Education A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., Northwestern University, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago, California. Teaching and Counseling, High School, 194546, 1951-53 ; Teaching : E a s t Washington College, 1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior College, 1954-56; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. Ernest W. Anderson, M. Ed., Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, 193741. U.S. Army, 194146. At Augsburg since 1946. Oscar A. Anderson, LL.D., President of the College A.B., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Additional study: Union Theological Seminary. Pastoral work, 1942-48, 1954-63; Executive Secretary, Young People's Luther League (ELC), 1948-54. At Augsburg since 1963. Raymond E. Anderson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. Peter H. Armacost, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Dean of Students (on leave 1961-63.) A.B., Denison University, 1957. Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963. Additional study: Union Theological Seminary. Teaching Assistant a t University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959. Manmohan S. Arora, M.A., Instructor in Economics B.S., Ranja's College, India, 1957; M.A., Delhi School of Economics, India, 1959; Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Leroy A. Baker, A.B., lnstructor in Physics A.B., Northwest Nazarene College, 1960. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Research Physicist, Minneapolis Honeywell. At Augsburg 196&62 and since 1963. Emil Balz, Akad. Geprufter Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Spanish Abitur, Friedrich Schiller Oberschule, Germany, 1937; Akad. Geprufter Ubersetzer, Heidelberg University, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Prof. Language School, Germany, 1949-50. At Augsburg since 1963. Waltraud Balz, Akadem. Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Modern Languages Abitur, Victoria Oberschule, Germany, 1942; Akadem. Ubersetzer, Heidelberg University, 1947. Teaching: private lessons, 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Merrilyn Belgum, M.S.W., Instructor in Sociology A.B., University of Minnesota, 1946: W.S.W., UnlveiUsityof Denver, 1956. Qlisago County Welfare, 1948-49; Lutheran W ~ l f n r eSociety, Iowa, 194952; Depnrtmcnt of Public Welfare, Anchmbage, A I ~ s k a ,1952-54; University of Denvcr, Field Inaiructor, 195657; Denver Public Schools Social Worker, 1957-60,At Augshurg since 1960. John Benson, M.A., lnstructor in Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., Columbia University, 1961. Additional study: Columbia University. At Augsburg since 1963. William Bergstrom, M.A., lnstructor in English B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel College, 1950-55, University of Minnesota, 195563. At Augsburg since 1963. Nelly T. Blackburn, B.A., lnstructor in French B.A., Earlham College, 1949. Additional study: Oberlin College. Teaching: Macalester College, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Oscar Blegen, Jr., B.A., Assistant Football Coach and Head Wrestling Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1961. Teaching: High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Bruce P. Budge, M.S., Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., University of Idaho, 1953; M.S., 1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Idaho, 1955-57. Weyerhauser Company, 1953-55, 1957-60. At Augsburg since 1960. Harold Cannon, B.A., B.S., lnstructor in Spanish B.A., B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1961-62. At Augsburg since 1962. Jacqolyn L. Cherne, A.B., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1958. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg 1960-62 and since 1963. Carl Chrislock, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 193944; Tracy Junior College, 194748; Augustana College, Sioux Falls. S. Dak., 1948-51. At Augsburg since 1952. 120 C. Winston Chrislock, M.A., Instructor in History B.A., University of Minnesota, 1962; M.A., Indiana University, 1964. At Augsburg since 1964. Bernhard Christensen, Th.M., Ph.D., Professor of Christian Education (on leave 1962-64) A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 192225; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin G~ttingen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, N. Dak., 1925-26. Pastoral work, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President 1938-61. Gracia Christensen, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Hunter College, 1932; A.M., Radcliffe College, 1935. Additional study: University of Chicago. At Augsburg 1959-60, 1961-62, and since 1963. Nadia Christensen, B.A., lnstructor in Spanish B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota, University of San Carlos, Guatemala. At Augsburg since 1963. Mario Colacci, Th.D., D.Litt., Professor of New Testament Greek and Latin Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching : Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40 ; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 194149. At Augsburg since 1952. Ailene Cole, A.M., Associate Professor of Speech A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, 1936-56. At Augsburg since 1956. K. Berner Dahlen, A.M., Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; CrosbyIronton Junior College, 194041. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1941. Kenneth L. Davenport, M.M., lnstructor in Strings B.M., Hamline University, 1932; M.M., Minneapolis College, 1938. Teaching: St. Olaf College, Carleton College, Gustavus Adolphus College; St. Paul Public Schools; Anoka Public Schools since 1953. Member of the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra for 14 years. At Augsburg since 1962. Sheldon Fardig, M.M., Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., Northwestern University, 1952. Additional study: University of Minnesota; Dalcroze School of Music, New York. Teaching: High School, 1940-46; Olivet College, 1949-54; Moody Bible Institute, 1954-56; Bethel College, 1956-62. At Augsburg since 1962. Henry G. Follingstad, B.E.E., C.D.T. diploma, lnstructor in Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1950. Additional study: Rutgers University, University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 194748; U.S. Armed Forces Institute, 194546; Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1948-62. At Augsburg since 1962. Burton P. Fosse, B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U.S. Army, 194346. Industrial Engineering work, 1949-53. At Augsburg since 1953. Stephen Gabrielsen, B.A., Director of Male Chorus B.A., Augsburg College, 1963. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1963. Daryl Gibson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934; A.M., 1941; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44. Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943; University of Montana, 194748; Gustavus Adolphus College, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1954. Jacquelyn L. Gimse, B.S.N., Director of Women's Residence and Social Coordinator R.N., Moline Public Hospital, 1957; B.S.N., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960, Moline Public Hospital, 1957-58; Gustavus Adolphus College, Assistant Dean of Students, 1960-61. At Augsburg since 1961. A. Malcolm Gimse, B.A., Instructor in Swimming B.A., Macalester College, 1962. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Orloue Gisselquist, A.M., Assistant Professor of History A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956. Teaching: Bethel College, 1954-56. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1956. Frank A. Gruver, M.D., College Physician and Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of New Mexico, 1954; M.D., University of Utah, 1959; PARS Certificate, Union Theological Seminary, 1963. Private practice, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1963. Donald R. Gustafson, A.M., lnstructor in History (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Additional study: Indiana; California, Berkeley; Minnesota; Wisconsin. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960-61. At Augsburg 1961-63. William H. Halverson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., Princeton University, 1959 ; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching : Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957-59. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959. Carl R. Hammarberg, A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Director of Placement and Testing A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53. At Augsburg since 1953. Leif E. Hansen, A.M., lnstructor in Modern Languages A.B., Concordia College, 1947; A.M., University of Min~esota, 19%. Additional study: Michigan, Stetson University. Wisconsin. Teachjng : High School, Norway, 1959-60; University of Wiscot~sin, I9GO-61. At Augsburg since 1961. lrene Hanson, M.S. in Ed., Assistant Professor of Elementary Education B.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1946; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1948. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 194649, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Theodore J. Hanwick, Ph.D., Professor of Physics B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1933; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Teaching: Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937-38; New York University, 193% 42; U.S. Naval Academy, 194246; Rutgers University, 1946-56. At Augsburg since 1956. George W. Hatchek, LL.D., lnstructor in Modern Languages LL.D., Law School of Vienna, Austria, 1938. Additional study: University of Minnesota, Middlebury College. Interpreter a t United States Surplus Depot, France, 194446; Teaching: International Institute and YWCA, 195460. At Augsburg since 1960. Ruben G. Haugen, M.M., lnstructor in Woodwinds B.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1950; M.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1951. Additional study: University of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, 1950-52; Breck Military Academy, 1952-55; MacPhail School of Music since 1950. At Augsburg since 1958. Orvald B. Haugsby, A.B., Assistant Professor of Mathematics A.B., Wisconsin State College, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1953-56; Wisconsin State College, 1956-59; University of Minnesota, Teaching Assistant, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961. Melvin A. Helland, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion (on leave 1960-63) A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Addiional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 193&10 and 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1941. A. Robert Hemmingson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Economics and Business Administration (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Nebraska, 1956-57. At Augsburg since 1957. Grace Hinrichs, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963. Teaching: Wisconsin State College, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1962. John R. Holum, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. Additional study: California Institute of Technology. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1950-52; University of Maryland, 1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 195SF9. U.S. Armed Forces, 195557. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. lrene Khin Khin Jensen, Ph.D., lnstructor in History and Political Science A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University, Burma, 1949-50. At Augsburg 1 9 5 5 5 6 and since 1959. John Jensen, A.M., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. U.S. Navy, 1957-61. At Augsburg 1956-57 and since 1961. Mildred V. Joel, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1947. Clifford Johnson, C.T., Vice President in Charge of Development B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939. Pastoral work, 1939-1953, 1954-1962. At Augsburg 1953-54 and since 1962. Einar 0.Johnson, Ph.D., Professor of Education A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Wnsklngtnn, 1950; Ph.D., 1961. Additional study: University of Oslo, Nalsvny. Teaching: Elementary and High School, 193M0; Universil,y of Washin@on. 1953-9; Luther College, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956. Glen W. Johnson, B.S.E., B.D., lnstructor in Mathematics and Philosophy B.S. Engr., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. James Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Piano A.B., University of Minnesota, 1956; A.M., Julliard School of Music, 1958. At Augsburg since 1961. Mary E. Johnson, M.A., lnstructor in French B.A., Smith Collw~,1947; M.A. in Christian Education, Columbia University, 1950. Additional study: Michigan, Oslo, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 19G2. Dean of Women, Luther College, 1954-55. At Augsburg since 1963. Winfield Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Religion A.B., St. Olaf College, 1939; C.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1943; A.M., New York University, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Donald E. Jorenby, MS., lnstructor in Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; MS., University of Minnesota, 1962. At Augsburg since 1962. Robert Karlen, A.M., lnstructor in Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1959. Additional study: Berkshire Music Center, Massachusetts; Morzarteum, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools, 1950-53; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-59; University of Minnesota, 1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959. 124 Mimi B. Kingsley, A.M., Associate Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 194647. At Augsburg since 1947. Bernhardt J. Kleven, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 1922-35; Wheaton College, 194647. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947. Bjarne E. Landa, Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Languages A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching : High School, 1930-31 ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42 ; Fisk University, 1945-47. U.S. Office of Censorship, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1947. Dennis Lane, B.S., lnstructor in Organ B.S., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1943-46; University of Minnesota, 1942-43; MrcPhail School of Music, 194551; private organ and piano instructor. Church organist and choirmaster. At Augsburg since 1960. Richard Laue, M.A., lnstructor in History B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., 1955. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Huron College, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Frederick Z. Lesher, M.A., lnstructor in English B.A., Carthage College, 1958; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1962. Teaching: Luther College, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Bertha Lillehei, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia. At Augsburg 193740 and since 1957. Lorraine K. Livingston, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., University of Minnesota, 1930; A.M., 1932. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1932-35; 1952-60. At Augsburg since 1960. Gertrude S. Lund, A.M., Assistant Professor of Business Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching : High School, 194345; West Central School of Agriculture, Morris, 194547; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 194849. At Augsburg since 1950. Orlin L. Mandsager, B.D., Campus Pastor and lnstructor in Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. Teaching: High School, 1959-61; Pastoral work: 1956-58, 1961-62. At Augsburg 1960-61 and since 1962. Martha M. Mattson, A.M., Associate Professor of Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1932. Additional study: Boston University; University of Wisconsin. Teaching : Elementary Schools, 1922-36; Elementary Supervisor, 1939-60. At Augsburg since 1960. Erwin D. Mickelberg, A.B., Assistant Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956. August Molder, LL.M., Artist in Residence and lnstructor in Art Graduated, University of Tartu, Estonia, 1935; Master of Law, University of Tartu, 1944. Teaching: University of Tartu, Estonia, 1942-44. At Augsburg since 1963. Ernesto E. Moreno, Dr. en Pedagogia, Instructor in Spanish Diploma, Escuela Normal P a r a Maestros, Cuba; Dr. en Pedagogia, University of Havana, 1945. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Rural school, Cuba; Chandler College, Cuba, 1947-59; Havana Military Academy, 1951-60; High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Gerda Mortensen, A.M., Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students with Rank of Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35, At Augsburg since 1923. Arthur Nash, Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army Air Force, 1942-46, Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. At Augsburg since 1922. Emma L. Nashan, A.M., lnstructor in German A.B., Duke University, 1953; A.M., Indiana University, 1963. Teaching : Sweet Briar College, 1956-57. At Augsburg since 1964. Edor C. Nelson, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach of Football and Baseball A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. Glenn I. Nelson, A.M., lnstructor in Sociology A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Grier Nicholl, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Wesleyan University, 1951; A.M., Columbia Teachers College, 1956. Additional study: University of Minnesota, University of London. Teaching: High School, 1954-55; Southern Oregon College, 1955-57; University of Minnesota, 1958. At Augsburg since 1960. David Nordlie, A.B., lnstructor in Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Esther J. Olson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., 1945; Ph.D., 1956. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 194556; Luther College, 1956-60; Luther Theological Seminary, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1960. 126 lver B. Olson, A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 193944. At Augsburg since 1945. Karlis Ozolins, A.M., Th.B., Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University of Marburg, Germany. At Augsburg since 1955. Patricia A. Parker, A.M., lnstructor in Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; A.M., University of Michigan, 1952. Teaching: University of North Dakota, 1949-51; University of Michigan, 1951-52; University of Minnesota, Librarian, 1954-56; Minneapolis Public Library, 1956-59. At Augsburg since 1960. Howard E. Pearson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. At Augsburg since 1956. Anne Pederson, A.M., Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School, 194546; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. At Augsburg 193244 and since 1946. Katherine Peterson, MS., Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa, 1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-56. At Augsburg since 1956. LaVonne Peterson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: Universities of North Dakota, Minnesota, and Montana; MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg since 1950. Martin Quanbeck, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Dean of the College A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933; Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minnesota, 1929.36. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean, 194246 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938. Philip A. Quanbeck, Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion h.~. Augsburg , College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 1951; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1958. Pastoral work, 1951-53. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, 1951-57. At Augsburg since 1957. Lawrence Rogers, Laboratory lnstructor in Astronomy University of Minnesota, 1942. Diploma, Cal Aero Technical Institute, 1948. At Augsburg since 1962. Leland B. Sateren, A.M., Professor of Music A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39. Music Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian Puhlic Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 194143 and since 1946. Edwin J. Saugestad, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education and Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959. A. Mayo Savold, M,Mus. Ed., Associate Professor of Muslc A.B., Luther College, 1911: M.Mus. Ed,, MncPhail School nf Music, l9t;l. Additiont~l study: M f i r t l ~ Unkola, Minncsota. Tenchina: Renson County Ag~*icult urc! :mtI Training School, hrlridtlock, N, Diilc., 1934-37'; L a m h ~ r t u n Public Schools, 194142 and 3 9.IB4S. U.S. Arrncd Fol*ces J94%45; GIcnwond Pul,lic Schools, 194R-52. At Augshwg since 7952. Donna L. Schlorf, A.B., lnstructor in Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1954; Additional study: Minnesota, Colorado, Oslo. Teaching: Junior and Senior High School, 1955-61. At Augsburg since 1961. Ruth Segolson, M.S., Professor of Home Economics B.S., '- University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study : Minnesota, Syracuse University. Teaching : High School, 192528; University of Minnesota, 192844. At Augsburg since 1944. Marjorie H. Sibley, A.M., Assistant Librarian (Acting Head Librarian, 1963-64) A.B., Unfversity of Illinois, 1942; A.M., 1943. Additional study: Minnesota. T c a c h i n ~ :Elementn~~y, 3840-41; University of Illinois, 1945-46; Acquisitions Librm-iun, Macalcster College, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961. George Soberg, A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926. Ruth Sonsteng, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics A.B., Ausburg College, 1954; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: University of Oslo. Teaching: High School, 195556; Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57. At Augsburg 1957-60 and since 1961. Merton P. Strommen, Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augshurg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951; A.M., University at Mlnncsdn, 3955: Ph.D., 1960. ~ , 1944-60; Pastor : Mora, Minnesota, 194447. Yooth D i ~ r c l o (~LFC) Director, Lutheran Youth Research 1961-. At Augshurg since 3947. Olaf H. Swenson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 194749, 1950-51. Probation Office, Hennepin County, 1951-. At Augsburg since 1953. Agnes B. Tangjerd, A.M., Archivist A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 192228. Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. Librarian, Augsburg College, 1940-1960. Joyce Tester, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., 1959. Teaching: High School, 195557; University of Minnesota, 1957-59 and spring quarter, 1963. At Augsburg since 1963. 128 Phillip J. Thompson, M.F.A., Assisfan?Professor of Art A.R., Concordia Collcg~,1955: M,F.A., Sfnle University of Town, 1958. Teaching: Stntc University fif Iowa, 1957-58; Kokoma Rxlenslbn of Xncliann University, 1958-59. A t Augshtlrg sincc 1959. Paul G. Sonnark, Th.B., A.M, Frofesfor of RellgTen A.R., Augslwg Col I g42; C.T., Augshitrg Theoln~icalSminnrgr, 1945; Th.B., 1$187; h , M . , Univmily of Chicago, 1960. P R S L O M~m, ~ eLalce, Mime- Gerald H. Thorson, Ph.D., Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1957. U.S. Army, 1943-46. Additional study: Grenoble, Oslo, Wisconsin. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. Visiting Professor, University of Raykjavik, Iceland, 1961-62. At Augsburg since 1946. John Thut, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Goshen C~Ilege,1923: R,Mus., AInPric~nConservatory of Music, 1929: M.Mus., 1936. Addilionnl sturly: Minnesota, Northwestern University, Privnte work in singing wilh Rollin Pensc, Charles LaBerge, Eksel Schioiolz. Special studlcs with Theodore Hnrrison and Martial Singher. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 1931-44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1947. Vera Thut, B.Mus., lnstructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music, and Minnesota. Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti, Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 192646; Colorado State College of Education, 194647. At Augsburg since 1947. Joel S. Torstenson, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D., 1959. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 194547. At Augsburg 193S42 and since 1947. E. Margaret Trautwein, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg 1950-54 and since 1961. Erling J. Urdahl, A.M., Associate Professor of Biology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. Jesus Zarandin, A.M., lnstructor in Economics B.S., University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1956; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Wauneta Blackburn, A.M., Assistant Professor of English A.B., Milton College, 1930; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1942. Additional study: Pennsylvania State University. Teaching: High School, 1930-46; Stout State College, 1946-61. At Augsburg 1961-63. Mary A. Hinderlie, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., St. Olaf College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1937. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1937-39. At Augsburg 1961-63. Kathryn Jurkovic, B.S., lnstructor in Logic B.S.,St. Olaf College, 1957. Additional study: Northwestern University, Drake University, University of Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63. 1: Harold M. Kambak, A.B., Director of Public Relations Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota; American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of Public Relations, Augustana College, 1956-58. At Augsburg 1958-63. A.B., Benjamin T. McClure, Ph.D., lnstructor in Physics B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1952. Teaching: Research Assistant, Harvard; Teaching Assistant, Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63. Rod Myers, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education A.B., University of California, 1955; M.A., Reed College, 1960. Additional Study : University of Minnesota. Teaching : Elementary schools, 195461. Research Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1961-62. At Augsburg 1962-63. Kristoffer F. Paulson, M.A., lnstructor in English A.B., St. Olaf College, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway; University of Heidelberg, Germany; George Washington University; Minnesota. At Augsburg 1960-63. Jack Ross, M.S., lnstructor in Sociology B.S., University of California, 1949; M.S., George Williams College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant, Minnesota, 1960-61. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1961-62. Social work, 1952-60. At Augsburg 1962-63. Robert T. Sandin, Ph.D., Lecturer in Philosophy B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; Ph.D., 1963. Teaching: Bethel College, 1952-55; Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1955-57; University of Minnesota, 1957-58. At Augsburg 1958-59 and 1962-63. Donald G. Shamblin, A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish A.B., Marshall University, 1952 ; A.M., Universidad Nacional, Mexico, 1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1954; Colegio Mexico, 1955; University of Minnesota, 1958-61; Macalester College, 1961-62; NDEA Institute, summers 1961, 1962. At Augsburg 1962-63. John M. Stensvaag, Ph.D., Professor of Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1939; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins University. Teaching: Augsburg Seminary, 194Z59; Dean, 1953-59; Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1945-46. At Augsburg 1942-62. Talvryn Tischer, B.A., Teaching Fellow in Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. At Augsburg 1962-63. Harold Tollefson, A.B., M.Th., lnstructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1953; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1955. Additional study: University of Heidelberg. At Augsburg 1959-63. A. Bruce Wrightsman, B.S., lnstructor in Mathematics and Religion B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1958. Additional study: Luther Theological Seminary. Teaching: University of Wisconsin, 1957-58. At Augsburg 1960-63. GRADUATES AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1 962 With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts Aadland. Marlin Bennie Stronafield. Sask. . . ~ n d e r s o n ,Barbara E. .......... Roseau Anderson, Garry B. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Anderson, Mercia Joy . . . Rockford, 111. Anderson, Robert W. Elroy, Wis. Arneson, Frederick W. . . . . . Minneapolis ...... Baker, Jerrold W. . . . . . ,,. . Minneapolis Barney, Jerome C. ............. Stewart Bauman, Philip Quentin . Minneapolis Anoka Bengtson, Judith Anne Minneapolis Bergly, Richard N. Bostad, John Clayton Minneapolis Minneapolis Brown, Wendell John Brude. Joanne ............. Minneapolis Brynildson, Donald E. .. New Richland . .......... .... ..... ......... ....... Minneapolis Carlson, Bonnie Mae Christensen, John W. Cleven, Harry Thomas ......... St. . DeForest, Paul Wis. Coltvet, Sherman P. Cook, Barbara Helen Dyrud, Loiell Estherville, Iowa ........ Newfolden 0. . . . . . Thief River Falls .. Minneapolis Yvonne Lerfald James F . ........... St. Paul Marilyn Ann Brainerd Marjorie Adele Gatzke rickso on', Kenneth Neil Cambridge Evavold, Earle Roscoe Battle Lake Egertson. Ekstrand, Ellingson. Engevik ...... ...... ...... ..... ...... Fellrath, Mary Lee Fisher, Roger LeRoy Whitehall, Wis. . . . . . . . Minneapolis .... Geldert, Daniel Thomas Minneapolis Gildseth, Bruce L. ........... Hoffman Grover. Paul Ralph . . . . . Rochelle, Ill. unders son, Paul ~ e r t r a n d Sioux City, Iowa 1 Haack, Harlin H. ........... Minneapolis O'Brien, Sharon K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Milaca Haglund. Lyle W. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olsen, Diane Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Halverson, Frederick S . .... M i n ? + f c ~ ~ ~ o l lOlson, s Kenneth H. . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson Hanenburg. Kay L. ............... IWnfr~ Olson. Marilyn Carol .. Lacrosse, Wis. Hanse, Bonnie Jean . , . . . . . . . . . . Morris Olson, Roger C. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hanson, Dale Edward ...... Minneapolis Oppegard, Milo M. ......... Albert Lea Hanson, Patricia K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aitkin Osberg, J o h n Wilson . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hassing, Joan Eileen Minneapolis Ose, Julia E . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls Heikkila Alice J. ........ Pelkie. Mich. Ost, David H. ........... Parkers Prairie Helgeson, Rodney A. . . . . . . La?nbel.ton Overmoen, Sonia R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Helland, Claire Elaine ...... Minneapolis Ovikian, Michael 0. Jerztsalem, Israel Hoversten. Lorna Lavonne Radcliffe, Iowa Patton, Jeanne A. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hovland, Peter C. ............... Morn Paulson, Betze Karen . . . . . . . . . . . Halls Hugo. John Robert Minneawolis Paulson. Kermit Earl .. Claziton. Wis. New ~ r i i h t o n Pedersen, Elaine Ruth . . . . . ~ i n n i a ~ o l i s Hunt, Duane R. Peterson, Donna M. ........ Minneapolis Ilstrup, Robert J . Minneapolis Pierson, Waldo Allen . . . . . . Minneapolis Pommerenke, James Warren . . elg grade Jacobsen, Cynthia Ann Scarsdale, N.Y. Johannsen, Clair A. Hzintley Quitno, James Charles . . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, David William Manitowoc, Wis. Johnson, Jennelle Kay . . . . . . Minneapolis Ring A n Louise . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Johnson, Judy D. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis ~ o l l d f f%lizabeth , I. . . . . . . . . . . . New Ulm Joing, Roger Harry . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Ronholdt, Tamara A. Murdock ...... ......... .......... .......... .. ........... ........... King. Charles W . . J r . . . . . . . Minneanolis ~ n G s o n ,Lois ~ n .n. . . . . . . . . . .~ u n i u r g Korsmo, Gayler Leland Northwood, N. Dak. Kronstad, Ingolf Berge . . . . . Minneapolis Kubota, Cynthia . . . . . Gun Chiba, Japcin Kuszler, Karen R. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Kuyper, Jerrold E. ......... Northfield Kyllo, Eunice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Sather. Arne C. ............ Minneanolis ~ c h m i d t ,Marilyn F. ........... ~ a k w i n Scholten, Harold Bernard ...... Holland Schwartz, Roger Dudley ...... St. Paul Scott. Ronnie Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneawolis soberg, George, J r . . . . . . . . ~ i n n e h o l i s Sorensen. Mary Ann E. . . . Hutchinson Sorenson, John David . . . . . . Eleva, Wis. Stahlke, Richard D. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Stierna, Gale Melodie Bloomfield Hills, Mich. Stockman, Earl Allyn Stewart Strand, Eugene Mathias ........ Braham Stuber, Sally Marie . . . . . . . . Manneapolas Sundquist, Lewis J . Minneapolis Minneawolis Svendsen. Karen Elizabeth Swanson, Paul Steven ...... ~ e r k h b v e n Larson, Budrow C. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Larson, Dean Ernest . . . Fargo, N. Dak. Larson, Marilyn Virginia . . . . . . St. Paul Lasley, James George . ...., Faarmont Lerstad, Judith Ann Mi~tlrenpnlis Lindeman. Ronald ............. F1oz)kfnr ~ l n d s t r o m ,Richard Milton ...... I;lre#cll Lorents. Olivia Gordon . . . . . Minnenpolls Lystig, J . David . . . . . . Minnecc~~olis Taylor, Kathleen Ann Shell Lake. Wis. Willmar Tengwall, Sandra Joan Tjon, Twylah Ann ... Rugby, N. Dak. Madison, Ina J o . . . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly Tracy, Kay Frances . . . . . . . . . Hutchinson Malmsten, Theodore R. .... Minneapolis Tveite. Allan Peter ......... Minneapolis Matson, Elizabeth Joyce . . . . . . Virginia Tweiten, Roger Allen . . . Fargo, N. Dak. Mattison, Phillip LeRoy . . . Lamberton Molldrem, Ariel Robert . . . . Minneapolis Veien, Richard D. ........... Ellendale Mortenson, Gerald W. .... Minneapolis Vomhof, Daniel W. Tucson, Ariz. Nelson. Kendall Peter . . Minot. N. Dale. Nelson, Ronald C. ......... ~ i n n e a p o l i s Wallin, Mary Ann C. ...... Minneapolis Newsum, Edwin L. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nordin, Rose Marie . . . . . Lake Lillian Zahl, Carol J e a n Minneapolis ........ ....... ...... . ........ ..... ........... graduates AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1963 With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts Almlie, Vernon Edward . . . Minneapolis Alstead, Jerry A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior Amundsen, Duane George . . Minneapolis Anderson. A. Lois Grossman . . St. Paul ~ n d e r s o n ; Carol J e a n . . . . Minneapolis Anderson, Helen Elizabeth ...... Clzmax Anderson, Luther Alfred . . . . . . Hoffman Anderson, R. Charles . . . . . . Minneapolis Apold, Carol Ann D. . . . . . . . . . . . . Austin Arndt, Charles Fred . . . . . . . . . . . Cosmos Bagley, Carol J e a n Bailey, David Arnold ........Zimmerman ........... St. Paul Bakken, Faith Elizabeth . . . . . . St. Paul Batalden, Joyce Ann . . . . . . . . . Lamberton Batalden, Paul B. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Beckman, Ronald R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Beglinger, Barbara J o y . . . . . . . . Moorhead Berglund, Kenneth Lee . . . . . Minneapolis Bevis, Roger A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior Bjurlin, Morris A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Farwell Bloomfield, Nancy Helen . . . . . . . . . lsanti Botten, Einar Nelvin . . . . . . . Minneapolis Brecht, Dwayne Elwood . . . Minneapolis Brown, Earlene L. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Bryan, Constance Jean Wicklund Minneapolis Carlson, Kenneth Joseph . . . . . . Willn~nr Carlson, Richard Melvin ....... Willmcir Carlson, Wendell E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Colcnlo Carlstedt. Linda Marie ..... Minnenpolis Christensen, Mary Thorynne Minnecil~olis Christiansen. Wayne G. . . . . Minneapolis Clauson. Reta R. . . . . . . . . . Yorkville, Ill. Cowan. William Owen . . . . . Miitneapolis DeBar, Bernard Edwin ......... St. Pa111 Deen, Erinon Louis .........Mi?uaeopolis Detjen, Ronald Dean .............. Wells Donald, James Marr Minnecipolis Droegemueller. Beryl D. ... Mi?anenpolis Dygert, Robert V. .......... Min?aeapolis ....... Farmer, Lannell J o h n ... Madiso?~,Wis. Franzen, Richard Keith . . . . Minneapolis Marks, Myra . . . . . . . . . . . . Lestev Pl'nirie Meena. Joshua Sisia . Moslti. Tnngrn~?lilia Meffert. Robert Lee . . . . . . . . . . . Ga?llord Meister. Jerelvn Hovland . . . . . . St. Paul Mjo~iess, ~ l l e ;Orlaine ~ .... Minneapolis Monson. Paul S. ............... Savage Mortrud. David Lloyd . . . . Minneapolis Nelson, Andre Jon . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Pan1 Nelson, Carol Ann Erickson . Mi~zi~eripolis Nelson. Dallas S. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nelson. Lola Mae ............. Roseall Nelson. Richard Cris . . . . . M i n n c a ~ ~ o l i . ~ Noe. Ronald LeRoy ....... ~ i n n e a i ~ o l i f i Nygaard. Jon I. . . . . . . . . . . Minneal~olis Olson, Gordon Hanley . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, LaVonne Marie C I L I I L ~ L 'Wis. ~~~~L~L~, Olson. Robert James . . . . . . . Minneapolis Osterberg, Russell D. . . . . . . . . Watkins Pankuch. Leonard Edward .. Minnea]~olis Paulson, Gary Ward ........ Minnenpolis Garvin Peterson. Glenn D. Peterson, Jeffrey Gordon Minneapolis Peterson. Marilyn R. ....... Kerkhovela Petrik, Diane Marie ........ Minnenpolis Petroskey. Yvonne Marie . . . . . Virginia Min?aeawolls Petterson. Jerome Glendoa Proctor. David D. .......... Minneapolis ............. ... Gabrielsen, Stephen ............. Fcrvtilt? Gans, Carl W. ............. Mi!u~{!ctpciliu Gilomen, C. nonnld ........ filinrrru~rt>lls Gjerde. Phlllr, 0,............. Sul~rll~nrrl GjcstJcld. Donald Milton SF. Pit117Prrl'l: Rasmussen. Paul E. C~lnaberl<t?td.Wis. Grululer. David C. Blaitcl~nrlll)illt!. Il'is, Raymond. Lloyd Edward . . . . . . . . Jasper Gultlcn, Dean B. ............ MI~~!IC?I~IDI.I.Y' Reynolds. Susan Loclre . . . . . . St. Paril c Gustafson, Joyce Marion . . U ~ r m i f P-nlFs Rinde. Richard Andrew Wlaite Bear Lake Rnlmck, Jnmcs D. . . . . . . . . . . . fi~i1irmatswtIs Hagen, Joyce Marilyn ...... Minnenpolis Rcrchlrt:, Lclir~td M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . St. P<ltrf Hagenson, Ronald Thomas 110th. Rlch:lrtl I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hlrfl~ton St. Louis P a r k ntvl, Jert1111c M ~ v l f i. . . . . . . . nfknric.rrfwfis Halvorst~n. Sara J a n e . . . . . . Rucl~cstc~. Rt~!rl?. D11roJd C. . , . . . . . . . . . - , . . . T'fr~l'!~ Hanson, G c o r ~ eOrdean . . . . . . Srn~~lyd! Rtiurl, Hullr A I ~ ~ I P. . . . . . . . . M+n~lc~(~lri)ll!i Hanson. Harlan E. . . . . . . . . . Mlftltcoin~lls Rgstri, dctlun F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cl~nskfl ~ a n s o . 1 ; Mary M. ...... P a ~ k e r sPI.-ciirie Heggen, Gaylen K. .. Estherville. IozUct Sandbo. Hans Knutson . . . . . Minneapolis Helmstetter, David W. ......... Newport . Minneapolis Sandgren. Carol Ferris Henrickson, Brenda Joyce . Htitclainson Sandgren, David Peter ..... Mii~nenpolis Hermstad, Richard P. . . . Ar~rovn, Colo. Sather, Ruth L. ............... Franklin Heryla. Peter T. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minnec~polis Satter. Allen A. ............ Min?~errpolis Hess, J u d i t h A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N o ~ t l ~ l i e l d Schober, Albert G. . . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale Holm, Paul B. .............. St. Pnzll Schroeder. Arvid C. . . . . . . . . Mznnaapolis Holt, Bradley Paul W i l l m n ~ Sch\valm. Clair Jerome .... Minneapolis Howe, Lauralee Kathleen ... St. Pnzll Sidncy. Philip Oliver . . Graflo~a.N. Dak. Hughes, David Lester ...... Mi?~?leupolis Soice, Virginia Mabel ...... Mi?znenpolis Humphrey. Linda Elaine Minneclpolis Soli, Robert Francis . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Spjut, Paul Leander ........... Roseau Jeckell. Carol Nancy . . . . . . Lanabe~ton Staff, Clarice . . . . . . . . . . New York, N.Y. Jensen, Harold C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vining Starkey, Ronald Harry .... Minneapolis Jerve. Rochelle Francene . . . . . . Watson Steenson, David K. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Minneclpolis Jiran, William Rudolph Stinson, Patricia Louise Colunabia Heights Johnson, Carolyn E. ........ Alexandl'ia Stromberg. Paul William . . Minneapolis Johnson. Grace Hilma . . . . . . Sandstone Szepanski. Donald Michael . Minneclpolis Johnson, Linda Margaret ... Beloit. Wis. Johnson, Trudy Ilean . . Shavon, N. Dak. Tangen, Karen M. .Mi?aneclpolis Jones, Carolyn Margrethe ... Minneapolis Taylor, LaVonne Helen Minneapolis Joubert, Nancy M. . . . . . . . . . Mi?~neapolis Teppen, Frederick A. Minneapolis . . . ............ ... .... Kallestad, William Bruce . . . Minneapolis Keller, Lee Elmer . . . . . Neillsville, Wis. Koss, Kenneth Francis . . . . . . Minnec~polis Lading. David William . . . . . Robbi?asclclle Lapham, James Sigurd . . . Flushing. N.Y. Larson, J e a n R. . . . . . . A?nherst Jct., Wis. Larson, Wallis N. . . . Cunaberland, Wis. Lassila. Bonnie Elaine , . . Minneapolis Lee, LeRoy Edward . . . . . . . Minneapolis Legaarden, Elaine Louise . . Montevideo Leverentz, Alice J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Lielkoks, Anna J. . . . . . . . . . . Minneclpolis Lillestol, Judith C. . . . . . . . . Mi?uaenpolis Lindberg, Diane L. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Linden, Charles L. . . Gvantsbzirg, Wis. Lindquist, Sheryl J o y . Pnrkers Prnivie Lower, Mary Margaret . . . . Minneclpolis . ...... ..... ...... Ross ...... Minneapolis Thompson. Alan Thompson, Steven John .... Minneapolis Torstenson, Ordean L. ........ Dawson Triden, Karen Gayle ........... WfLyZata Tufford, Robert David, J r . .. Minneapolis . Vaala. John Leland Stuart . Minneclpolis Velde, Ellen Ida . . . . . . . . . . Granite Falls Wagner, Christopher Ross La Mirnda, Calif. Wanglie, Ruth Martine Katherine Minneapolis Wanner, John E. . . . . . . . . Almena. Wis. Weigman, Roland Charles, J r . Minnenpolis Wilkins, Doris May Rochester Wilsey, Duane N. .............. St. P a u l Wockenfuss, Lois Irene .... Minneapolis ......... Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1962 With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology Almquist, Paul Hempel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Spicer . Shizuoka-Ken, Japan Ichiyama, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moen, Thomas Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nelson, Hubert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nystuen, Joseph Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Northfield With the Degree of Graduate in Theology Peterson, Eugene S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jackson . . Svanoe, Rennard Gale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1963 With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology Haller, James Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo Husfloen, Richard Lowell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fargo, N. Dak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cloquet Juntunen, Wayne Roger Ose, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls Parker, Keith Clyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seattle, Wash. Pederson, Wallace Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,... . . . . . . . . Willmar With the Degree of Graduate in Theology Christianson, Harlan Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hatland, Kenneth Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Philip Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Stevens, Robert Clark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Summary of Graduates Seminary Graduates Graduates Graduates - 1870-1961 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693 1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 710 College Graduates Graduates Graduates Total - 1870-1961 .......................... 1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................ 281 1 130 171 31 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3822 enrollment summary Augsburg College. 1962-1 963 Class FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Women Total Men Women Total Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . 102 50 115 83 162 134 207 204 44 29 0 44 0 47 0 27 0 76 630 703 . . . . -- Total Academic Year Class Men Women Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 124 167 224 54 0 0 0 0 - 60 86 137 210 40 45 49 27 76 - 671 730 . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . Total 162 210 304 434 94 45 49 27 76 1401 Augsburg Theological Seminary. 1962-1 963 SEM. I SEM. I I TOTAL Men Men Men Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Firstyear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .............................. 10 13 4 5 32 9 12 3 4 28 10 13 4 5 32 Total Student Enrollment. 1962-1 963 COLLEGE Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 1401 1 SEMINARY Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Augsburg College. 1963-1 964 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Women Total Men Women Total Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 73 101 134 183 38 42 46 40 92 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646 749 . . . . - - Total Academic Year Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Men Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683 . . . . Women Total 166 74 260 106 281 138 424 186 98 42 43 43 46 46 40 40 92 92 . 767 92 154 143 238 56 0 0 0 0 - Total Student Enrollment. 1963-1 9 6 4 Men Students . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . .......... Deducting those counted more than once . . 683 767 1450 Academic Administration . . . 47 Accounts. Payment of . . . . 18 Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . . . . . 117 Administration Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Advanced Placement . . . . . . 28 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . 28 Affiliation . . . . . . . . . 2. 8. 98 Aims and Obiectives . . . . . . . 8. 9 Alumni Association. The . . . . 10 Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Art. Department of . . . . 71. 103 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Attendance. Chapel . . . 31 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . 49 Audio-Visual Center . . . . . 13 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Biology. Department of 89. 109 Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . 16 Board of Regents . . . . . . . . 116 Bookstore . . . . . . . 10 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Business Administration . 83. 107 Business Education . . . . . 85. 108 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 . . . . 31 Campus Life Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Chapel Service. The . . . 31 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 91. 110 Church Workers . . . . . . . . . 100 Classification of Students . . . 48 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Coaching Endorsement . . . 96 36 Co-curricular Program . . . . Committees of the Faculty . 118 Comprehensive Examinations . 50 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . 98 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 55 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Business Administration . . . 107 Business Education . . . . 108 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Church Workers . . . . . 100 Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Economics . . . . . . 107 Elementray Education . . . 106 Engineering . . . . . . . . . 114 English . . . . . . . . . 101 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 General Liberal Arts . . . 99 German . . . . . . . . . . 103 Greek-Latin . . . . . . . . . . 101 Health and Physical Ed 112 High School Teaching 106 History . . . . . . . . . 104 Home Economics . . . . 108 Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Medical Technology . . . 112 Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Parish and Church Workers 100 Philosophy . . . . . . . 101 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Pre-Seminary . . . . . 100 Psychology . . . . . . . . 105 Secretarial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Social Science Combined . . 104 Sociology . . . . . . . . 104 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . 102 . Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 . . . . . . . . . 2, 140 Development Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . 113 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Distinction. Degree with . . . 53 56 Divisional Organization . . . . Dramatics . . . . . . . 37. 65 I index Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . 84. 107 Education. Department of . . 79 Education. Elementary . . . 79. 105 Education. Secondary . . . 81. 106 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Eligibility Requirements . . . . . 40 Employment . . . . . . . . . . . 25. 45 Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 English. Department of . . 62. 101 Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Entrance Requirements . . . . . 27 Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Home Economics . . . . . . . 86. 108 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 53 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . 41. 53. 98 Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . 98 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Humanities. Division of the . . 61 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . 39 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . 98 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16. 17 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . 18 Financial Information . . . . . . 15 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68. 103 Laboratories. Natural Science 13 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62. 101 Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . 114 Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 99 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. 3 General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates-(1 870-1963). Summary of . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements Grants-in-aid . . . . . . . . . . Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guaranteed Tuition Plan . Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99 Mathematics . . . . . . . . 95. 111 Medical Technology . . . . . 98. 112 Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . 113 Membership in Educational Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Ministry. Preparation for the . 100 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Modern Languages. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 66 Music. Department of . . . 69. 103 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Musical Organizations . . . 38. 71 . Health and Physical Ed . 96. Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . History and Political Science . . . . . . 73. 112 43 106 7 104 Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 55 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses 114 index Objectives and Aims . . . . . . 9 Organizations. Student . . . . . 36 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Parish Work. Curriculum . . . . 100 Part-time Students . . . . . . . 16. 48 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 18 Personnel Services. Student . . 41 Philosophy. Department of 59. 101 Physical Education . . . . . . 39 Physics. Department of . . . 93. 110 Placement Service for Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . 10 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . 100 Prizes and Scholarships . . . . . 20 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Psychology. Department of 78. 105 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . 32. 34 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . 116 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Registration. Change of . . . . . 47 Religion and Philosophy. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Religious Program . . . . . . . . 33 Residence Requirement . . . . . 53 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Scandinavian Language and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . 20 Secretarial Courses . . . . . 85. 115 Seminary. Summary of Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Social and Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Social Sciences, Division of the 73 Social Sciences . . . . . . . 76, 104 Sociology, Department of 76, 104 SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 103 Special Programs of Study . . 98 Speech, Department of . . 65, 102 Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 34 Student Government . . . . . . 35 Student Personnel Services . . 41 Suspension of Students . . . . 48 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Teacher's Certificate . 79. 81. 106 Teaching Curriculums . . . . . . 106 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43. 50 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . 16 University Courses . . . . . . . . . 48 Upper Division Requirements . 53 notes Augsburg College is now in the "centennial phase" of its development program, pointing toward the 100th anniversary of the college in 1969. The centennial phase program, covering the years 1964-1969, is the second phase of a 20-year development program begun in 1959 in which objectives are timed to five-year phases. The college has the following centennial goals for the current five-year period: Facilities - TO construct an art building, a 600-bed high-rise dormitory and a college center; to remodel Science Hall, Old Main, and Memorial Hall; to complete Si Melby Hall and to acquire additional athletic field space. Enrollment - To increase enrollment to 1600 students. Faculty - To increase by ten the number of full-time faculty members. Tuition - To maintain tuition a t levels judged to keep the cost of education a t Augsburg within the range of its constituency. Library - To increase the holdings of George Sverdrup library by 50%. - Budget To increase the educational budget to $2,000,000. Student aid - To increase expenditures for scholarships and grants to $209,000. Endowment - To establish a fund of $50,000 per year for endowed scholarships. DEVELOPMEN1 PROGRAM
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog
1980-82
Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus
Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour
to Augsburg, Germany
2/Campus Map
,
Augsburg
Minneapolis, Minnesota
_--
.
.
-t
-
..,
.
,
Campus Guide (9/79)
1. Admissions House
2. Libr...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1980-82 Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour to Augsburg, Germany 2/Campus Map , Augsburg Minneapolis, Minnesota _-- . . -t - .., . , Campus Guide (9/79) 1. Admissions House 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. O l d M a i n 5. Wcsl Hall 6. M o r t r n s o n Towrr 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music- Hall 11. Psychology Building 12 Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Slage II Thrdter 15. Lillle Thrcitc,r 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Studrnt Parking C. M a i n ~ntrance-Tunncl/Ramp/ Skyway D. Quadrangle E. Facul~y-StaffParking F. M u r p h y Square G. Practice Field H Fairview-St. M;lry'~ Parking Ramp -..-... + ' - , , . . - , .,\: ,. -.:+, . ( Campus Map/3 Driving to Campus on Interstate 94 East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign. West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the Mississippi River and then turn right o n t o Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Contents 2 Campus Map 5 Introduction 7 8 12 16 24 30 44 45 128 139 140 142 Facilities Admissions Costs Financial Aid Student Life Academic Information Brief Facts Course Descriptions Registers Communication List Index Academic Calendars Philip Thompson, Art Department chair, checks a student project Fall sports include foorball, soccer, and women's volleyball Dorm artistry flourishes in Urness Tower at Homecoming Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts coll~gescombine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the Mission stat ern en^ adapted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents In 1377. Mission Statement Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin City metropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely o l Lutheran orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, cultwral and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness to the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in academic program. Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal anB free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is prirnarity committed ro providing opportunities for a broad back round in a variety of subject areas as well as personal clevelopment. The college cha lenges students with a porrion of the knowlcd e and thought which has been formative within human history and culture throu a wide variety of idear, disciplines and selected prolessional and pre-professions programs; assistsstudents in dcvefoping intellectual skills as well as in selecting a carcer; and encourages within students the atritudes and skiIls necessary to prepare them to be learners throughout their lives. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is a cran~~nued goal of the college, f P$ Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world is God's, entrustedto us for care, exploration and understanding. As a Christian communitv the college embraces a wide range of reliaious exwression and participation, As pa'rt of its a&dcrnic program Au ;burg se<ks to giic all its studentsan informed understanding of the Christian fail and heritage as well asan opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In addition to this intellectual task the aim of the college is to helpstudenrs understand I ~ Christian P faith a5 relevant for their own experi~nceandlor particlptttion in the commitrn.ent to 11ie role of the Christian community in the modern world. a Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The quality of Augsburg's education i s enriched by the pcople, culture and educational resources provided by irs location. However, the college is also aware that i t has a responsibility to contribute to rhe larger camrnuni~y.In doing this, the college directs several of i t s programs specifically at the rnerro olitan setting, provider arcas of study not nvnilnhle eircwhere in the area, and oRerr itself nr ao educational resource for a variety of new student populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was thc firs2 s~minaryfounded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Luihrrans i n Augshurg, Germany, in '1530.Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,as A~rgsburg'shome three years later, in 7872. Thc firs! college students were enrolled i n 1874 anrl the first college graduation was in 1879. Tllc school was officially namcd Augsburg College in 1963 when i t s forrncrsponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with She American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with L u t l i ~ rTlicalogical Seminary in St, Pau! that samc year. Continuing ties, w i ~ hlhis heritage are reflcctcd in the College Center's Augsburg Room and in replication of l h e original sign for O l d Main. Frnn? Fjord L OFrccway, centennial history by A ~ ~ ~ s b u r gCarl ' q E. Chrislock, is available in the College Bookstore for a candid vicw of the College and i t s people during the first 100 years. Location and Campus Au~sburg'scampus is lorated in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, t he firs1 of 155 parks in theUCity of Lakes."The Univenity of Minnesota West Hank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, arc adjacent t n the campus. Downtnwn Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and past via lnterstat~94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Citics i s easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St Paul International Airport include American, Braniff, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus . or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activilies and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the individuals listed in the Communications Directory on page 139 nr to he Director of the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The Council on Social Work Education The American Chemical Society Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) Minnesota Private College Council Lutheran Education Council in North America Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities a n d student housing at Augsburgare conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects t h e t o w e r dormitories a n d t h e five buildings o n t h e Quadrangle, w i t h street level access f r o m 21st Avenue South. Admissions House, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrboms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960. Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other de artments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, O l d Main combines energy efficiency with arcEitectural details from the past. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. UrnessTower, (1967) named in honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third residents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student Eousing. Music Hall, (1978) newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building. Melby Hall, (1961) named in honor of I. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace in the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accomodations for students, faculty and staff. Admissions 9 Freshmen Students Early Decision Early Admission 10 Transfer Students 11 Former Students Special Students (Non-Degree) International Students 8 Admissions House - at 728 275t Avenue South Campus Hub, the College Center, and Urness Tower I' Moving in - often a family affair Ir: . . 4 Admissions Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will cnable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college community. Each ap licant is judged on individual merit without regard for race, creed, scx, age, llan icap, and na~ianalor ethnic origin. cP Augsburg maintains an admissions office staffed with trained admissions counselors. visit prospective students in their schools, assisting rtudano and parents wit[ college planning. Persons seekin admissions services slrotrld write or phone the Admissions Office (612)330-1001.Tae Admissions House i s located on the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Whencves possible, the Prospective students and their parents are invited and encouraged to visit the Augsburg campus. The Admissions Office will arrange a campus tour, class visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is normally open weekdays from 8:3Qa.m. ro4:30 .rn. Group tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitorsareaskr? to write or call the Admissions Office prior to the visit so that arrangements can be made. f Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Frcshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their mast recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduatfon. Graduaic Examinarian Degrec scores (G.E.D.) may bc presented instcad of t h high ~ school transcript. 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affeaed the applicant's reuious academic performance, it may be included wilh ihe application or &curred personall with an admissions counselor. Addttional rcr.omrncndations may be required y the Admissions Committee beforc an adnliss~onsd~cisioni s made. g 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. 6. Completion of Admission An accepted student i s asked to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon request by the Admissions Office. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary collegr! choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scorcs, and tecommenrlation5. Early Decision candidates applyin for financial aid are encoura ed to complete the Au rhurg Early Decision ~inanciaFi\idApplication, which enah er our Financial Aid 0 d c e lo compute a preliminary award. Canadidates will be notiliecl of their award by January 3. This application i s available in the Admissions Office. f A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit is required by January 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptionat ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granled adrnissioii to begin full-[imp work toward a degree lnllowin corn letion of their junior year or ( i iernertcr ~ of the senior year of high i r l i o o f hpph-ants for early ndrnirrion must complete the normal proccdurcr for freshman applican~s, submit two recomn~encfationsfrom the high school principal or counselor, an3 arranRea personal intcrvicw wit h a college official. Inquiriesshould go lo he OIficc of the Associate Dean of the College. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having com leted work at 01her accreditetl colleges or universilies. College credit is granted for iberal a r i s coursessatisfaaorily co~npIeteda t accrcclited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit far courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to granl provisional crcdit for work ~ a k e ndl unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses 6c taken at Augshurg. P A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous work from four year colleges; from two year colleges, a GPA of 2.5 is required. Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5 average and complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an a plication for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with t k non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the college(s) you are transferring credits from is required. Transfer student applicants who have attended colle e for one year or less must also have an official transcript from their high sc77 ool sent to the Admissions Office. 3. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious college performance, it may be included with the application or tscussed personall with an admissions counselor. Additional recommendations may be required Ly the Admissions Cornmillee before an admissions decision is made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissfons drcision wrthin two weeks after the application file is com lete. An ~ ~ r i l 1 arcepird rluricn, is asked to makc a$SO non-refundable tuition deposit or within 75 days of linancial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon request by the Admissions O f f i c ~ . py Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendanceat A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes 10 return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A sludent who has attended any other insiitution s) during the ahsc~lcefrom Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from eac one to the RegistrarlsOffice. Return~ngstudentsdo not pay the application fce, b Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree) and granted ihe privile e of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time student, heor she may su sequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. 5 Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult the information available from the Admissions Office regarding admissions procedures for applicants who are citizens of other nations. Financial Information 13 Costs 1980-81 14 Deposits 15 Payments Refunds Financial Aid 16 Application 17 Gifts 18 Loans Campus Work 19 Sponsored Scholarships 12 Melby Hall - site for registration, Chapel, games, Commencement Gymnasts praclice for competition Music Hall entry invites a lineup Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1980-81 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1980-81 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment) ......................................$3,660.00 Thls rate applies to ail full-time students entering in Septernber,1980. Students are considerpd lu [I-time when they ta kc three or more courses durin the semester tcrrns for a total of revcn or more courser in rhc rchool year. The cRarge includer trrition, generdl fees, facilifies fees, subscription to student puhlica~ions, and admission lo college-sup otled events, conceris and lectures. The amount is pilyahlc i n two equal inslir/;menlr ar lhr beginning ol each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ............................ 510.00 This rate applies tostudents taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ......................... 255.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone). .................................... 957.00 Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. Full Board (19 meals a week) ............................... . ...... 880.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Payable by Check/Cash Fees Billed on Student Account Late Registration (per day after classes b e g ~ n ) . . . . . . . . . . $ 5.00 A d d a course (after first three days of class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Cancel a course (after first three days of class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 .... ......... ......... ... 20.00 ....... 5.00 Nursing Admission Test Introduction t o Cinema Arts 35.00 Film Making (Interim) 70.00 Life Drawing (Interim) Application (new and/or special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00 20.00 Medical Technology (Senior Fee) ................. 510.00 Locker Rental (for commuters) Student Parking Lot Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Transcri t Fee (per copy after fPrst, w h ~ c h is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Special Examinations (Schedule o n file in Registrar's Office) Music Therapy Internship (one course c r e d ~ t ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510.00 Student Teaching .............. 35.00 Study Abroad ( i n approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00 10.00 Private, Interim, per lesson Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 70.00 ... Psychology of Music 10.00 Radio-Television ........... Production . . . 10.00 .. 35.00 Theater Technical Production Books and Supplies These costs are estimated t o range between $175 - 225 per year Deposits Tuition (non-refundable) ............................................ $ 50.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. Housing ........................................................... 100.00 Required of all residcnt studcnts at the time of signing a contract, to rcscrvc a housing assignment. hpplicd to [he room charge. Newmntracts may he terminated for Fall or Spring Terrn by notilyin t h ~0ffrt:e . of Slurletit I.if~in wr~lingby the lint day nf r e g i r ~ r u ~ i oThc n . resident w f l hc r c s p ~ n r i b lfor r all costs i n i u r r r d dur l o late cancella~ionor lack of proper n a ~ i f i c a l i o nI.f the new conlract is cancellctl prior l o july 1 for F a l l semester or January 1 for Spring Sernesler, $35.00 will be forfrited from [he $100 deposit as a s ~ r v i c echarge. Thc entire dcposit will be l n r l c i ~ ~ irf f cancellation is alier these dates. Breakage and Fine ... . ... . ... . . . .. . ... . , . ... . .. . ... . , ... . .., , .. . .. 25.00 Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; [2) Scmcst~r Payments, due August T O and January 20 as billed: (3 Payment Plan - upon aprrllcatlon ant1 aflcr College approvat, a thrrc-mont plan i s available each remestel. Details are included w i h~ the Estimate of Charges letter. ( 4 ) Defcrrcd Paymcnts, a n individual conrrda with a privatc comrncrcial agency which operates l single year contracts are indepenclently of the Collrge. Multiplr yrar as w ~ l as r brochure will be miiilcd. availdble. An inlnrmatinn l c t ~ c and b Tilitinn is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal Installments at t h bcginnir~g ~ of each semestvr. Registrdtion i s pc?rmitled on1 if the student's awount for a previous tcrm is paid in full. Augrburg College wil not retease aradcmir transcripls 11ntiIall sritdcni accouryts are paid in (1111or, in ~ h tasc r of loan Iunds~drninis!ererlI>y the C o l l e g ~ (Nalional Bircct/Drfensc Studcnt Loans-NDSL), arc current according to established repaympnt schetlulcs. r Refunds Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% - Ihrough the firsr five (lays of classes. 90% from ilit' sixth 111rc)u~h 10th day of cla~srs. UO','G.- Irom t h I~l ~ lhrnu#h h 75th clay ofclasses. ;(Ii;:, - from the 16th through 20rh day of r-ldssrbs. 60'L - from ttrc 2151 thru~rgh25th dav ot clar~cs. 5U'!:, - from thc 26th day or rlnsws thruugh the mid-point of thr rprrn. - No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. t to Students w h n e f ~ c lto o m i t an intcrimor tograduate in Decembcr a r e ~ r oentitled a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students wliu parlicipale in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply lor a board reft~ncland room sub-lease. Details and request forms arp avail:~lllr~in the O f l i c ~of Student Life. Canrrllatlan (rom College forms arc available in the Registrar's Office. All refunds of charges will be a plied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines an8deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. IG/Financial Aid Financial Aid The financing of post-sccandary education may w ~ l bl r one of ihe more significant investments t hat an individual or a family will make i n an entire lifrtimc. Bccause this i s thc casr, proper pldnning and wisp choices arc important, nor only i n theselection of an instilurion, but also i n the methods trtitired in payrng t h c relatrtl expenfes. Augsburg College, ~ h r o uh its Office of Studen[ f'inancial Services, i s r o m m ~ t t c dto hcl rturlen~ran! their families will1 t h r ncrdecl arrirrancr, boll1 monetary an advisury, t h a t will protcct acceqr tn a qualily education i n spitc of increasing costs. 9 Financial assistance awardcd t h r o u ~ hAugsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and parr-rime work opportunities. 'The Collcgc coappratcs with Federal, State, church, and private ag~nciesin provirlin various aid rograms. For the academic ) I P J ~1979-110, approximil!ely 82'1, of all STUC entr at Augrgurg received scliolarshtp~,grants, loans and part-lime crnployrn~nttolalling over $4,500,000 from all aid sources. \ The primary responsibility for financing a colfege education rests upon the student and family, financial aid is intended to supplrmeni student enrl family resources. The amount of a s s i s ~ a n clor ~ which a stt~dentis cligible is determined with the hetp and analysis of tlie Family Finanrial Sta~cmenr(FTS) of the American Collear Tcqting Program (ACT) or lhc Financial Aid Form (FAI:) of thc College Schatarqhip Servirt(CSS). These analyses estimate t h c amaunr a stirdcnr and family can provide tor c o l l ~ g cexpenses, taking into account such family financial factors as c~lrrent incame, assets, number of dependents, orher educational expenses, drbrs, retirc- men1 needs, and special ronsidc~atians. How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made untiythe student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aicl form (FAF) from a high school or rollege financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to t h e processtng agency after january 1 but before March I for priority considcration. Minnesota residents must cornplcte the FF5 wliich includrs the application for the M i n n e s ~ l aState Schotarship/Grm"trogram. To bc oonsid~red,code 6500. Augsburg's code on thp FFS is 2080. f o r non-Minnesota residents u ~ i n g[he FAF. Au~sburg'scode is 6014. 3. Within three to four w ~ e k saugsbrtrg , will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for adrnissfon, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the students' financial aitl packagc. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended. Financial Aid/l7 New Students - Early Decision This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. Early Decisi<>nCandidales applying for financial aicl may wish to complete the Augsburg Early Derision Financial A i d Applica~ion,availableby writing or calling the Admissions Office. This e n a b l ~ sour Financial Airl Office to compute a preliminary award hefore thr Farnlly Financial Stnremenl i s Illcd. Candidates will be notified of their awarcl by January 1. 2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after 1980 income information is available. This is after January I, 1981 but before March 1,1981. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in eneral rather than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid avaifable are listed here for inkrmation only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are ur cd to inverti~ate rhe poiiibility of rcholarrhipr, grants, and loans rhnt might beavaicble in rhcir own communities. I t could he wortliwhile to check with churches, ihe company or husinessemploying parentsor rpouses, hl h schools, service clubs, and frarernal organizations lor information on aid availab e to students meeting rhcir requiremenrs. In adrlirion to these sources, somc sfudents are eligible lor aid through Vocational Rrhahilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Ohildrcn, and others, "i Gift Assistance - Available to students who have shown academic Augsbur Tuition Grant r,olrnliarilnrl ~ ~ J V(inancis1 E need. A grant may ay up to full tuition and fees. A r;~urlen~'s scholas~icstantling,test scores, and hig school and community involvement are taken into consideration. 1 Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. They range from $100 to $1400. All applicants from Minnesota are expected t o apply before the priority deadline of March 1. St~pp!emenh~Educa#ional Opportunity Grant - A federal program administered by thc C o l l ~ g e .To Ije rligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent rcsicl~nt; (2) have sufficient financial necd as defincd by the program and demonstrated by the KFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining good academic standing at the Cnllege; and (4) be accepted (or admissicln. 18/Financial A i d Basic Educational Opportanity Grants - A fedcral program that provides Basic Grant awiirrls l o st~trlrntsw h o atrend eligiblc insti~ulionsof highcr education, The maximum grant rligibility for eacli siudcnt lor 1980-81 is BIAOn, minus thc. amount . grants are hilsed on need the studcnt and fam~lycan be expcctcd to contri b u ~ eThe as d e t e r r n i n ~ dby the program u i d ~ l i n c sApplicntion . is made by f i l ~ n gthc FFS (or and requesting on ihe appficnlion form thnt i h r nererrary information be rrnr to the appropriate BEOG officc. mF) Loan Assistance National Direct Stt~dentLoans (NDSL) - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program nclminisrrrerl r hrou h the Cnllegc, for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans s r e i n t r r e i r f r c c i l u r i r ~ g your education. Noinlrrrslaccruer nor do a mcnrs have to be m ~ d on c the principal at any lime yo11 d r e enrolled at least l 4.:) and rcpa mcnt of rhc fnri-iimr. Bc inning October 1,1480, simple i n ~ c r e iol minimurn of830 a ~manih) b r .in six tnonths a l l r r yclu cave school. principal (a1 t R~paylncntmay be cxtendcd up to 10 yrJrr. T e loan carries a teacher cancellation claus~.The maximum which may be barrowcd for undcrgraduatc study is $6,0fl0. f: 'h Y Guaranteed Student Loan {CSL) and Minnesota State Student Loan - Programs backed by e i ~ h c r~ h lcrferal c or stale g o v e r n n i ~ n it,- o d n funrls are obtained directly from a lucal lendcr or state gnvernmrnt in qtareq which provide such proarams. W h r l ~the sturIeni is atlending at least hall-timc, there i s no interest tharge, Rrginning lanudry 1, 1901, simple annual i n ~ r r c s !of 9':i) o n the loan balancc and rcpayrnent of the principal begin six monr hs after you (pave srhool. Repdyrnent may be e x ~ ~ n d up e d to 10 yedrs. Thc maximum loan is62500 per year with t h ~cumula~ive ! . arc available at thr?callcge, samc ~1ndr1rgra~luate maximum ~ f $ ' l 2 , 5 0 0 Applications banks, and the Minnesota State S t u d ~ n tLoan Oflice. You mily obtain this loan without demonstrating financial eligibility. Nursing Student Loan - Fcdcral program with provisions similar to thc National ~ denrolled in Direct Student Loan program, but rmtricted to applirants a r r ~ p t or the program leading to the baccalaurcatc d ~ g r c e In nursing, Kccipienrs [nust have financial need and be registered full time. U p to 85% of t h e total horrowcd may bc cancelled, depending upon the type of work donc afrer graduntion. The maxinrum loan is $2500 per year. Campus Work Augsburg College provides work opparlunities for studenfs with proven financial need who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Assignrncnt is made on the basis of need and potential cornpctencc in pcrformlng the dtitics arsignccl, Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, j u s ~ as scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours nl on-ca~npus~tmploymenl per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with t e College to provide some part-time work opportunities. 1 Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Personnel Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. These scholarships are available to students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. General Scholarships Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship deserving junior/senior students. - awarded annually t o t w o M. I. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. David J. Formo Scholarshi established i n 1979 by members of his family. One or more scholarships will be a w a r B e d a n n u a ~ ~t yo a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and hasachieved excellence in academicand extracurricular performance. Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education. Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established in 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund -established i n 1963 by a bequest of JohnG. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students w h o without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded t o able and deserving upperclassstudents. Tozer FotmdaHon Scholar~l1ip5- u p to $1000 each - swarded on I ~ basls P of scholarship, p ~ r % r ~ n , ~ l i l y , ,n~wn ct lf Wrrrners must be juniororseninrsturlrin~r w l ~ o a r ~ r e s l d e n t sthe o f State nl M l n n r m t , ~bur not r r ~ i d r r i nf ~ r Plne, Kanabec orW,~\hingtclnCauntre~~Separate application required ol scnii-Tin.ili~~3 rt*lt,c~tvlby the scholarshir~mmmilrre. F I S must be sent t o Tozer I r)unrldtron {code h577) Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship -awarded to able and deserving students who are policy holders with Lutheran Brotherhood. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior. Minority Student Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded annually to Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. Minnesota Minin &Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 to be awarded to a Blaca student. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically to a Black American student. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to upperclass Oriental students. Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) i n the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship -awarded Christian service. on the basis of need, character and interest in The Reverend Olal Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Morris C. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a juniorhenior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. OnesimusScholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. awarded annually to an able and Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshi deserving junior/senior student recommended by treLholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. Departmental Scholarships Art Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. Athletic Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving malestudent on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education. James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player on basis of financial need. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~ i n athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need and/orl'of h i h Christiancharacter".Theathleticscholarshipisfora malecandidateonly,with a preference for basketball. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarshi s are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, wit[ preference vested in the wrestling program. Biology Biology Scholarships -established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. Business Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship interested in the field of business. - awarded to one or more upperclass students Reid Scholarship - awarded toone or more upperclassstudents who are interested in business and/or education. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship -One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to a junior or senior majoring in Business Administration. Chemistry Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. Manhaid Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Carl Forse Memorial Cliemlstry Scholarship. Federirk C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Schnlarship. Dr. W. M. Sandslrom Chemistry Scholarship. Waltcr Cordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Wallcr C. Tl~waitc,jr. Mcrnorial Cl~~mislry Scholarship. Covey Hentlrirksnn M~mtlrialChcrni~tryScholarship. Education David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the field of English. Foreign Language M i m i Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring i n a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. Foreign Travel Scholarship -available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, to help with travel expenses. A special application is required by the Foreign Language Department. Health-Related Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarshi students preparing for a career in medicine or h e a d . - established in 1978 for upperclass History awarded annually to students majoring in history H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshi with preference given to those who p t n a career in the field. Library Science Library Science Scholarship -established is1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. Mathematics Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/ senior students majoring in mathematics orthe sciences on basis of need and academicability. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student i n the field of mathematics. Music 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship- awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude i n stringed instruments. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award i s "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Political Science Political Science Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students pursuing careers in political science. Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. - Student Life 25 Religious Life Student Government 26 Athletics Student Activities Student Services 27 CSD Intercultural Center 28 Health Service Food Service Residence Life 29 Student Rights All roads (and ( h e skyway) lead to the College Cenler Ready for Christmas - afler finals Classes are small, so you get to know faculty and students Li ~b 7 .. Student Life/25 Student Life Your expe~iencesin the classroom are the prirnar aspect of your colte e life, but learning anddevelopment also occur in formal andlinformal activities of r ieCollege and t l l r ~rnc~rnpotitanarea, Wl~ethcryou are a resident or commuter student, you will find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your edura~ion. !' Religious Life As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different rrligious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness o f tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel reams, plannin rornrnitrecr, ret rears, P ~ a r eand lustice forums, Hun er conferences, ronrcrtr, an! plays and movies arc cxsrnpler of ihc wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, W~dnesrlay,and Friday to give thanks and hear he Word proclaimed by a number o f speakers. Each Wednesday night some 200 stuclents garher for I-loly Communion. We seek 'to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to gradually change and ctiscover the ifts that God has iven them. As a colle e of the church, we encouragestudents to Porm their own vakes which will be thetasir for the kind and quality o f life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Student Government Student ovcrnmcnt is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationrEip and h e l m understanding wilh the arlrninirrrillion and faculty, and providr? input into the decision-malcina process a t Augfihurg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protcctsstudcnt rights, and provides the means (oxcliscuaions and aclion on all issucs pertaining to sti~dentlife at Augsburg. Student government i s or anized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Aectionr a r c held in ihc spring except for freshmen who elect r heir represenralives in the fall of their firn yedr. Many kinds of involvement arp possibl~! from program plannin to writing or erliling tn service op ortunit ics If p. ..:-. you want to get involved, contar, i f e Prerid~ntor Vice President in t letr ofl~cpqIn the College Cenlcr. Social, Cultural, and Recreational Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as we1pas in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. 26/Student Services The College Ccnler is the foeus of leisure-lime acriviry on campus. Offlces for the C o l l ~ g encwspapcr, theArlgsbrir,y Echo. and the yearbook, ~ I i e A us l ) u r ~ i a narPon , i unite ciarrronm or nnn-i%rsroorn relstrd the lower lcvrl. Many of I ~ rPl r ~ bthat inlerpsrs meet ill (he Centcr. KCMR, student-oper,~ted non-proli~ratlio station v, serving thc nccds o f Augsburg and t h e surrounding Ccdar-Kivcrsidc c o ~ n t n u n i ~is lucatcd i n M o r t ~ n s e nTower. There are seueral opportunities for partici ation i n music and drama. In addition to appearing on cdmpur nntl in ihc cily, i l ! ~ Ahr~gsburgChoir, Conrert Band, and Orchestr,~perform on national and international tourh. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical SIVIP~and previous musical rxpericnce. Several plays are given on campus pach year under thc clirec~ionof the theater arts depart rnent. Intercollegiate Athletics Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota lntercolle iate Athletic Conference (MIAC) a n i is a member of the National Association o Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). M e n annually compete in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. B Augsburg is a member of the Mlnnesata Women's lntcrcollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for I~itcrcollegiateAthletics for Women (AIAW). Women annually compete in volleyhall, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Women also h a w joined the golf team. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in somc activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program providrs cornperilion i n a variety of team sports as well as individual performdnce activiries. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check s r h ~ d u l e sfor times when them is open usc of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services Augsburg College is concerncd with educating the whole person and recognizes that t ~ pconiext . in which lcarning takcs place i s a critical laclor In acliirving oplimal growrh. Knowlcd c grows from morv than intellectual cnclenvorr. Expanding relationships, exp orirrg valucs, id~nzilyinglife stylcs, developing autonomy and interdepentlence, finding purpose and cornmitrner~l-all corn bin^ w i ~ h intrllectual conten1 and skills to producc t h c dcsirrd cdr~cationalimpact of the college o n its students. F: The Division of Student Affairs has bcen crcatcd to sup ort this task. During the summer before your freshman ycar,orar the time ol trans er, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a Colleg~ErEucatior~.This book will help you assess the possibilities in your d u r a t i o n , choicrs to make, directions to consider and different destinations lor which tn plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a sort of road map for you. P CSD, l ntercultural Center/27 Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. , and staff as well as You and your parents get ac uainted with classlnates f with the campus. You stay in %e dormitory, attend evenlr in t e metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. "'""6 Career Plannin and Placement. You may be unmrtaln about where you want to be when you finis I your undcrgrdduatc experience, wheiher your life style will he a I~alancedone. how work will provlde opportunily Ior service and fulfillment. htlgsburg has a four-year career d e v e l o p m c ~ ~ plan t to liclp you assess yourself, explore possibilities, tcst realities and prcparc for entry into the next phasc of your lifr. ,411 new ~trtdentswill h a v a~ c l l a n c ~to review their interests with a counselor. B Human Develo ment Seminars. A series of informal "mini-uourses" are offered each year to P II p yo11gr0w III und~r5tandinga l ynurself and your relationship to fli hers. Such topirs as PEER (Positive Eclucatiot?al Exp~ricnccsi n Relationships), lsrues i n Mgn'sand Wonien's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Sceking,and Sexuality arc availahlr?.Information on current nfferings ancl opporlunily to register are providecf several limes d u l i n ~the year. P Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-takin , and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. You also wil have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. 7 Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle elfet:rively disrussing thin s with someone who has moreexpertise. c h a l l r n g ~mare \ Couns~lorsarc available to hclp you thin through how you can handle major or minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy anrl procedure. f Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in thc city, commincd to the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy anrl counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators. faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentratr i n two major areas: American Indian Programs. Augsburg offen an American lndian student support program to meet tJle special nreds of lndian students. The American lndian community Programs Counselor provides recrui~~nent,cnurscs.supportiveservices, service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. 28/Residence Life The other facet of Augsbur 's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in stujying in other countries, and in planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member whoservesas Director of International Programs tocheck on the many opportunities available. lnternationalStudents. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed International Student Advisor. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Srniley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across thestreet from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, ancf prescriptions are availabl~ thraugh the Fairview Pharmacy at rasr. Be sure to check our family health coverage to determine if you are included; if not, a student healti inrurunrr plan ir available. Food Service The Commons, sitttated on the top floor of the College Cenrer i s the main foodservice facility, fnr sluclenrs, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy S uarc. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan w\o live in residence halls ear their meals i n the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg providesa variety of board plan optionsfor those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsbusg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, i n art, upon his or her living conditions,a variety of housing alternatives ir provided. T[c rcridcnrc hall program i s designed ro promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision-ma king. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the proccss of group living as well as discuss personal cuncerns wii h individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. Students engage a roam at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New studenrs receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All residcnt students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1 will be provided housing only if space is available. Student Rights/29 All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstor high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 studients, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall livin . It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 uppercfass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a uniqueopportunity to try group tiving. Croir s of upperclass rnpn or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooring. Hourer are located in the carnpur area. Onc wa maximize the living-learning aspects or your housing situation is to avail yoursc Iof the opportunity to bid lor a house as a Special Interest FIouse. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Sinlplilied Life Styles, and Scandinavian Sludics. Yo Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Rights The Colle e has adopted a staternem of student rights and responsibilities and has provided or due process in matters of disciplinary action. grievances, and grade appeal. The judicial Council is elected by sludents and faculty and serves toconduct hparings and review matlers of concern. Any studrnt who wishes to idcntify a p ropriate proc~duresfor complainl should contart the Vicc Prcsidenr for Student ~fEir5. 7 t h e College operates in compliance with the family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Sf udenrs have thc right to inspect all official records, filcsand data which pertain la them and which are rnaintainrd in the office o l thc registrar and the placement office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceplions are parents' financial records and confidentii~llcttcrs and siaternents placed in the record before January 1, 1975, or placer1 undcr conditions where students have signed a waiver o l right of access. Students have the right to experience erlucation ( r ~ efrom di5t:riminatfon based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Academic Information 31 Degrees Academic Calendar Faculty Library & Audio-Visual 32 Divisions 33 M a j o r s & M i n o r s Teaching Licensure 34 Certification Programs Pre-Professional 35 Inter-Institutional Programs 37 Study A b r o a d 38 H o n o r s Program Internship C o n t i n u i n g Education Academic Policies 38 39 40 41 42 Registration Graduation Requirements Grading A u d i t i n g Courses Grade Point Average Classification Advanced Placement Advanced Standing Probation a n d Dismissal Dean's List 43 Graduation w i t h Distinction Independent/Directed Study Veterans 44 Brief Facts 45 Course N u m b e r i n g Prerequisites Psychology Building, Norwegian class, Music Therapy class Academic Information/31 - Academic Information Requirements for a de ree from Augsburg C n l l e g ~provide students with a broad liberal arts backgroun! i n the hurnaniticr, t h c natural sciences and the social sciences - and conrentrated major rlurly in onp o r more fields. Students are c of faculty advisers. encouraged to plan their o w n course n l study with ~ h help Augsburg gi-atJuales are expecred to b~ able 10 write effectiv~t tn hr knnwledgeable alloilt urban concerns, a n d to have some unclers~;~t~ ing ' of c ~ r l ~ u r e s outside the unired States. Cclicral rccrcational activit~escourscs acquaint sturien IS with and P uip Ihrm lor lifetimesports, Cnurses i n religion assist in reflection on tlir meaningo?lhc Chrislian Church r h r a u g h r ~ u d yof i t s b ~ l i ~ b , r r r i p t u r e , amission. ~~rl rY Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therap , Nursing and Social Work. Majors i n music may select the program for the Bacheror of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with 15-week Fall anrf Spring semrstcrs separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses ~ a c h semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of t h r e r coirrses can Ire earned i n the t w o annual summer sessions, one of four weeksanrloncofsix wcek5. The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can takecourses o n another campusduring the regular term. (See Registration). j a ~ ~ u a Interim ry is partirularly inter~cledta be a time (or b o l h studentsand faci~ltyto employ styles of teaching ~ n learning d and to invest~gatcquestions ant1 rnpics in places and ways no1 p ( > s ~ i ldurinf: ~ I ~ lhe rprular term. Thc Interim ciltnlog, pobiirhrd in rllc fall of tach year, i l rlirtrihutPrblo all rtvden~sand i s availat,lt* by c o n tact in^ thc lntcrim Office. I n a d d i t ~ o nto classes offercd on canlpus, Ihcrc arc a v a r i ~ r yo l !ravel opporti~nitieswithin the Unttetl Statesand abroad. / n r l ~ p r n c l ~or nt rlircr~edstucly and internships are aenong thr many Interim options. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 13 to 1. Faculty m e m b r r s s e r v ~ a sacadrmicadvisers and are available for help o n individual problems. All ~ t i i c l e n l rarp asqigned a faculty adviser t o help i n planning their programs and apprnving (heir choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental Irrting, with further information i n the Augsburg College Faculty section. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books eriodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide gbraries are located within the departmental areas. 32/Academic Organization Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipmentsuch as movie and slide rojectorsand ta e recorders ma be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliograpEies and other a g i c e on materiarr selection are available. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The colle e curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Marie 0. McNeff (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors, Licensure/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concenirations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross acadcmic disciplines. Some rtudrnrs decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Othcrs te5t a variety a{ diwi l i n ~ sbefore deciding. Normally a major should l ~ cel e c t ~ d by the enrl ol the fourt I semester and earlier in some disciplines. Dctails of majors and minors arr i n thc coursc description section. P Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, lnternational Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Church Staff Work Communication Arts Corrective Therapy East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-Business Administration Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages (Chinese,' French, German, Japanese,' Norwegian, Russian,' Spanish) History International Relations Mathematics/Computer Science Medical Technology3 Metro-Urban Stud~es Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philoso hy PhysicaPEducation (& Adapted PE) Ph sics PoLtical Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies' Social Science/Social Studies Social Work Sociology S eech TReater Arts 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching liccnsure pro rams are d f e r r d at Augsburg in Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early C h i l t h o o d ~ducation,andi h e w fields in Secondary Education: Art, Biology, Chemistry, Earrh Science, English-Languagt. Arts, French, German, Healrh, Hiszory, t i l r Scicnce, Mathematics, Middle School Science, Music, Natural Science, Norwe ian, Physical Education, Physical Science {Chemistry or Physics Emphasis). Socin'f~cicncc,Social Studies, Spanish, Zprech, Thcaler Artr, h minor is olfcrcd i n Library Science. Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in he Educa~iondcparlment and thearea of their academic major(s). 34/Certification, Pre-Professional Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth: Certification in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Women's Studiescertification -may be earned by completin six interdisciplinary courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individual y planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women, Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark. 7 Church Staff Worker Certification - is designed ro prepare for full-time specialized lay work in thc Lutheran Church. I t consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses i n psychology, sociology, speech and ph slcal education. The pro ram is designed to meel clr exceed criteria used in Tr7 e American Lutheran C irrch certification program. ~nterestedstudents sl~ouldcontact the Religion Departmen1 Chairperson. a - Program Evaluation Certification Provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvemen~s.Students are required to complete a group of fivc psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For futher inf~rrnation~contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the coirrsenf study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available i n each field to assist students in their planning. It i s recommended that stud~ntswho want to plan a pre-professional program consult with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry a t the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; General Psycholagy,l course. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering i n rooperation with the Washington University of Engineering and Applied Science in St, Louis, Missouri,and the Michigan Technological University in Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for information on thc course requircmcntr in this Three-Two Plan of studies. I nter-l nstitutional/35 he-Law - Studcnts planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published hy The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, Students may wish to take the poIi~icalscienrp coursp, Law in the Uniled States, to help tleterminr whpthpr they possessan inlerest In law. Since law schools encnuragc sludents to maintain a high gradc palnt average, the pre-law studcnt should be aware that many graduate rcliools consicl~rihe grade P givcn for a course as a C. he-Medicine - Many metficaf schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to reparc lor study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology anti chemistry departments [ s v r majors rpecirlly dcrigncd for pre-medical s~udentr.Both require Chernirtry 115, 116 (or 705, 1061, Mathematics 124, 125; and I'liysics 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires Chemistry 353, 361, one advanceti course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The Hiofogy major alsa requires Biology 111,1t2,491 and one from each r,l ~ I i r c e groups (351, 353, 3611, (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 47G),with 353 recornmencled, Des~gnetlto meet the Univcrsity of Mtnnesola requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, at othcr medical schools may including psychology and sociology. R~guirements vary. Sti~dcntsate encnurag~dto consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,352; Economics 122,123; English 111 and a second course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several d i f f e r r n ~majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Rccornmcndcd preparation include5 Religion 111, 221; at least two scrncstcrs of history (Western Civiliration); one or rnore courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum retluirernent~of the College of Veterinary Mcdirine a1 [he University of Minnesota, these courses are recorn* mended: English, 2courses; Math~matirs 724; publics eaktng, 1 course; Chemistry I l 5 , l l l (or l05,1(16/, 351,352. 351; Biology I l l , 312; Plyiicr 121,122; Fconomicr, 1 course; 2 courses in art, li~eralure,music, humanities, theater, or uppcr division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political sci~nce,psychology or sociology courses to fulfill rhe rest of the distribution requiremrnts. Requirements at other universities may vary, Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. 36/l nter-I nstitutional Associated Colleges of theTwin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. ROTC - While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Study Abroad/37 Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries areselected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. - Semester or Year Abroad Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs. Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each s ~ r i n afor the followina lanuarv. 38/Academic Policies Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified s t u d ~ n t sto purque an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, hnnors sludent lorurns and options in completing the general eductl~ionrequirements are all part o l the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director. Internship Program The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related t o their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augshuxg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since continuing ed~tcationcourses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length fram four weeks to fourtecn weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's conttnuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer Students normally register tor four courses a semester and one course in the intrrim. Sti~dcntsregistered for three or rnorfcourses i n a semester are classified as full-time sturlents. To regislcr For mare than 4.5 courses, students must contact the registrar1<otficc to petition the Committecon Admissions and Student Standing for permission. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Se arate catalo s of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer Sclool Office or those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. f Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms lnterim Office, Memorial 230, lnterim Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School Graduation Requirements/39 Frcshmen and translersrudents have an opportunity to pre-register during summer (or courses i n ~ h cfall, Atl currently enrolled students have a n opportunity to pre-re istcr during the fall for the spring and during [he spring for both the fall and the f o l k w i n g spring. Ail students must confirm their registrarion .tihe beginning of each semestcr and c o m p l ~ t efinancial arrangements. Although a student may re ister u to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at t e regu arly scheduled time. Fees are charged for late registration and for cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of a semester. 8, P Students are urged nor to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the alficial record. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from C o l l r g ~must b e done in tlic Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in account5 are elfective as of the date the c of the Registrar. completed Cancel from College form i s returned ro ~ h Office Graduation Requirements 1. Completion of 35 courses. At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except as listed i n approved majors under departmental headin s Thr course rural rnusl inclutle ihrce Interims for students whose complete a c a j e k i c work ir a t hugrburg. For trnnricr rturients, the course total must include one l e a interim coursc than the numbcr of yPnrs at Augsburg. No more than these maximums may be applfed toward the 35 total courses re uired: 4 Conservation of Human Rcsourccs (CHR courses; 2 courses by in ependent/{lir~cledstudy; 4 courses o l internship; ant B r a u r ~ e swith a gradeof Pass (P). Non-traditional rading ( P ) i s limited to two in the major and onr in thc minor ilapproved by the ( epartrnent chairperson and is not available for majors or I 4 7 minnrs In Elementary Educa~ion. Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirementsfor a second bachelor's degree. 2. Completion of a major. Requiremenbfor each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or co-major is not required, but is encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required. 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. 40/Evaluation, Grading Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biolog Psychology-Socio ogy English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Y Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Forei n Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Au s%urg.Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one adBtionai course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies -Three approved courses in religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns - A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports -Two sports. lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. MOSIC O U ~ ~ Care ? S oflercd wlth gradln options - traditional grading o n a 4.0 to 0.0 scaIc or the Pass/Credit systpm, i n w ich P means a grarl~of 2.0 nr better and N mtZanFno credit anti gratlc of lesq than 2,0. Students are c ~ u t i o n e tto l use the P/N gri~de0 tron with care sincr romc gradt~aleand professional schools do no1 look ldvorabr on u large number of P-grarird rourrcr, nr rank each ns .I "CPi.For graduation lrom Augshurg, a s~urlcnrmay count a rnsxilnum of eight courses of P. I f aplsrovetl 11 the clel)artmen~rhairpprson, two rtlurscs in the malrjr anti one in the minor m a y ge on ihr P/N system, cxccpt in Elcmcntary Educat~nn. % Certain cnurscs are offered n n one grading system only. Sociology 383and several ~ radccl only on the P/N grading system. Some education interim C O U ~ S Carp courses are grarled On y oh [he P/N system or only on the ~rarlirionalsystcm. English 111 is grildecl P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses a r e gradetl only P, 1.0, N. 1 Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their re istration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice ofgrading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. \, Grading, AuditingMI Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N ( N o credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete i s a temporary grade indicating that the student has been authorized by the Academic Dean t o complete work in this course by a specified time. The grade i s changed t o 0.0 if work i s not completed by the agreed upon date. Seniors must have any incompletes from first semester and interim removed by April 1. An incomplete ,radc may be giver? only in the case of extrp~ilePmcrgcncy. 'TO receive it. a Stur en1 mu51 file a p r t i t i o n with t h e Committcp o n Admissinns , ~ n d Student Standing stating he reasons for the rpqupst*the plan and dare l a r rcrnoving il, ant1 colnmcnh from t h r instructor. If permission i~granleri, the i n t . o m p l c t ~mu\! h~ removed t+uri~.rgthc following semeswr, or i t bccomcs ~ h ~c r a d strbrnittcd r hy ~ ~ l i cteaclicr along will, t h incornplere. P A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain o n the record. A rour&in w h i c h a gradc o10,1.0,1.5, N, I, ar X has heen received may be repeated lor credit. Coirrses In which higher grades have I w ~ earned n may not be repeated for ~ ~ ~ l bj ui t tmr7y , h r rrudiled. All courses takprj r e r n i n o n the academic record. d s r r o n r l time a r r counted toward graduation O n l y thr rreditsand g n r . 1 r~n~r n ~ thp and in ~ l i grade c p n i n l average. A course is given a grade of W when it i s dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation o n the record. Auditing Courses Stud~ntswho wish to takp courses without crcdir or grade m a y d o s o by r q i s ~ c r i n g (or Audit (V). Full-time ftudents may aurlit a course without ct~arge.Thr chargr for part-time students is lister! under Exper~ser,S t u c l ~ n ts who ;lucfil a coursr 5110i11~1 confer with the lnstrilctor within two wceks of tlic beginning ol t h r tcrm to dptprmine expectaliuns, altenrlancr anrl any oiher r ~ q u i r c m e n I~f .e x p ~ c t a t i o n s l i h e transcripl as having b w n audiicri. I f have bee11me!, ~Jlecourse will Ile l i ~ t e ton cxpcrtations havc not been met. the corlrsc will ~ I P listctl w i t h a gradc o l W (Wii hdrawn). 42/Classification, Probation Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based o n final rades for all work at Augsburg. I t does not include credit and grade points for w o r t transferred from other colleges. Courses taken o n the P/N grading option are recorded, b u t not computed in the GPA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points Advanced Placement Advanced placement i n courses beyond the beginning level i s granted to students with scores of 3,4, and 5 o n the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Advanced Standing College credit isgrantrd to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course ilnd w h o have scored high o n the Advanced Placement Examinations. hugsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received o n the College Level Exnminirlion Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Probation and Dismissal A studenl will be placrd o n schalastic probation at the end of the term if his or her t has been o n probation two or more a c h i c v ~ l n ~ is n tunsatisfactory. A s t u r l ~ n who ir s u b j c r ~10 dis~nissalat the end of the term. Dismissal from c o n ~ e c u l i v sPrne5crrs r the College i q not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee o n Admissions and Stpdrnt Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly adviqetl to withdraw betorc the end o l the term. A student who has been o n probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission t o re-enroll. A student will be placed o n probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 grade average or 2 zero grades, having taken 6 or fewer courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 to 15 courses. Junior - below 1.9, having taken 16 t o 24 courses. Senior - below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semesrcr i s 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three f u l l courses, or equivalent, graded o n the traclitional grading system, with n o incompletes i n courses offered for credit. f he Dean's List is included i n a College publication and each student o n it receives a letter of rec:ommendation. Study Options, Veterans/43 Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average Magna cum laude 3.6 - 3.79 grade average Cum laude 3.3 - 3.59 grade average To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. IndependentIDirected Study Manydrpartrnen.ts offer opportunities forcanscien~iousstudentswho demonstrate ~ufficlenthackgrounrl and prepara~ionIn a given field to carry out upprr d~vision departmenz5al5ooffer a11opportuniry for lcvel work nn an indcpendcn~ba~is.Sorn~ (Iirrcted s~udyon a lower division Icvcl. h student who rcgistcrs for dirccted or indcpcnrlenr study should normally exper1 to complete i t i n one semestpr but may exterid ir inro thc ncxt tprm by permi5sirmof ~heinstructnr.In such casrs,agradrof X is givrn at the end of the firs[ term. ant1 t h e s t ~ ~ i ewill n t r c g i s t ~again r tor t h e c o u r s ~ to rrceive the final grade. Students inrerestetl in registering for directed or independent study must first securr! permishion from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses i n fndcpcndent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses reqi~ircrllor he degree. Students may cross-registcr for inde endrnr studies at another ACTC school only when the major field i n which ihp inApendrnt study is proposed is not available on tlieir liorne rampus, ant1 will bc charged by the host campus for an special costs attached. R~questsfor cxccption to this potrcy should be made direct y to their own academic dciln. Y Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is a roved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans s h o u k n s u l t with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. V e f ~ r a n swill be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms i n which the did not earn at least threc courses er lcrm, he minimum for rlursification as {ull-time students. It is the rPrponri&llty of each veteran to repor1 any change in registration and/or academic load to thcOfficc of the Registrar, as i t is for all students. A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below threecourses wil be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. 7 44/Brief Facts Facts & Figures about Augsburg College Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota, since 1872. Founded in 1869. Affiliation - The American Lutheran Church. 57% of students are Lutheran, 16% other Protestant, 14% Roman Catholic. Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, Council on Social Work Education, National Association of Music Therapy, approved by American Chemical Society. MemberTwin Cities Associated Colleges of the Enrollment (1979-80) - 1,576 from 26 states and 20 nations. Graduates - 1870-1979,7627. Class of 1980,288. Faculty - 90 teach full-time, 89 parttime. Class size averages 25-30. Campus - 14 major buildings, 8 new since 1961. Major renovation 1979-80. Library - Over 160,000 volumes, access to over 5,000,000 through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Majors - 40 in 20 departments. Special offerings include International Relations, Medical Technology, MetroUrban Studies, Music Therapy, Corrective Therapy, Scandinavian Studies. Off-Campus Programs - Program in Global Community, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), Study Abroad, and extensive internship program. Athletic Affiliation - Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW), Minnesota Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (MAIAW), Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). Policy - Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. School Year - September to May, 4-1-4 calendar. Two summer school sessions. ~ugsburgCollege 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Departments, Courses/45 Departments, Course Descriptions Course desctiplians. arr listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and rlarification of content and requirements for individual courses, the student should consult the instructors of the courses. subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and Spring terms, unless anolhrr frequency is specified, The Schedule of Classes published each spring lisls oll'eringr and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Desrri tions and schedules for cottrses offered i n January Interim and Summer Schoorare publirhpd in scparare c a r a l ~ g ~ . Courscs and terms listed arc A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit, are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must betaken before enrolling in a higher level courseare listed in the course de5cription. A student may enroll in a course when a rerequisite has not b e ~ fulfilled n iI t here is prior a proval of a professor teaching t e course and of the academic atlviser. Consent o f t e instructor is indicated in some course descriptions by this sign: (#) t: t: Departments and Courses 47 Art/Art History 49 Biology 53 Business Administration & Economics 55 Chemistry 58 East Asian Studies Education Elementar /Kindergarten Early Chidhood Secondary Library Science 68 Engineering 69 English 72 Foreign Languages Chinese French German Greek Japanese Linguistics Norwegian Russian Spanish 81 Geography Health and Physical Education 84 History 87 International Relations Mathematics/Computer Science 90 Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies 93 Music and Music Therapy 98 Natural Science 99 Nursing 101 Philosophy 103 Ph sics 106 Poitical Science 109 Psychology 112 Religion 115 Russian Area Studies Scandinavian Area Studies 117 Social Science Social Studies 118 Social Work 120 Sociology 122 Speech, Communication and Theater Arts 126 Transdisciplinary Major 127 Women's and Minority Studies 46 Chemisrry lab, Science Hall from the Quad XB FWF- - I . . ART Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson Studio Art Maior: 9-13 studin courses with Foundations 102, '107,225; 3 art history coirrses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (110,223,360) and one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Founclatians, although advallced placement is possible with portfolio on approval by thc Art taculky. Teaching Major: Foundations 102,107, 225; Studio 118,132, 150, 221, 223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificatein Art: 8 art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern forthevisual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil, 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals. 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etc hing, silk-screen and woodcut. 242 Film Making Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 330 Visual Communications II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq. :225) 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor. (Alternate years) 368 Print Making I1 Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture II Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study i n area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey o f art f r o m prehistoric t o modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits t o museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts i n Scandinavia from pre-history t o modern times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the4th Century A.D. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture i n Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14 t o 18th century. 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis o n 19th and 20th century art and its relationship t o European art as well as indigenous movements. (Alternate years, 1982-83) Biology Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud - Major Option 1: 7 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from each of three groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; ( I l l ) 361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352). Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually reauire Chemistrv 353. Minor: 5 courses, including I l l , 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106). Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man haveon theenvironment?What influence does theenvironment,especially the urban environment, haveon man?(3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources?What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, socio-biology,and inequitiesin thedelivery of health care?(3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 Special Topics in Biology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 323 Experimental Human Physiology A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112. Fall 1982 and alternate years). 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring, 1981 and alternate years). 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Fall) 367 Biochemistrv An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring, 1982 and alternate years) 471 Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring) 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1981. Alternate years.) 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 52/Business Administration 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentationsand written papers relating to recent biological literatureand research. (For seniors majoring in biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration & Economics Edward M. Sabella (Chairperson), James E. Billings, Wayne Carroll, Satya Gupta, Douglas Heidenreich, Amin Kader, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Lynne Medcalf, Nichole Miller, George Powell, Kenneth Rich, Frank Seidel. Business Administration I Major in Accot~nting:.9 Business Administration courses [101,102,131,261,262,263, 379,381, and 483 or 484)):4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258,391, 392). A1 leas^ 1111 cc u p p r r ttivision courses arc required. For I hose planning careers i n accounting, completion of Ihe two remaining courses i n rhcscquence381,382,483, 484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and computcr programming are strongly recommended. Major in Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,267,262,373,379, 478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, anrl one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper clivizion courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145,250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 o r 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371, 373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 o r English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is strongly recommended. Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261, 330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 is strongly recommended. Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above. Business Administratiod53 M a i o r in lnlfernational BusEness: 8 Ruslncss Adrninlstratlon coursrs (101,102,131, 335,261 and 39Cfo r 499 ancl rwo (rom 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123, 379); Politica t Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses ( o r demonstrated proficicncy) from nnc of t h following: ~ Arrbic, ~ { i n p r e ,French. Ccrmnn, Grcck. Ifaiinn, J a p a n r r ~ . Norwegian, Russian, Spa~iFsh; 1 I-listory course ( c o o r d i n a t e d w i t h thc foreign languaarcnurzes) lrom 103,l04,222,322,323,321,331,332,440,474: 8 Internalional Core courses, i n c l u d i n g internship or i n t l e p e n r f e n ~stud Corc c o u r s r s must be taken ilbroud (England a n d C ~ r m a n y ,orhcrs to be ad<!klj. Exceptions may be pwmitted w i t h department a prnval G ~ n c r adescriptiunq l follow. Studrrlrs w h o plan t o major in lnlernatiuna Business should colitact ll-le dcpartmcnt's international a d v i w r , Arnin Katler, as soon as possiblc to carefully p l ~ their n program of t' study. lnternational C o r e Courses - Required Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc. European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it; structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S. Import-Export Operations-The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations. Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international setting. lnternational C o r e Courses - 3 t o b e Elected Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure, land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism. European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport; industrial policy; current membership negotiations. lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of domestic and international policies, lnternational monetary cooperation. lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid policies; exchange rate policies. Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants in the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the performance of monetary policy. 54/Business Administration Mirror: 6 courses, i n c l u d i n g Business Administration 101,102, a n d o n e o f 261,373, 379,478; a n d trne nf 262,379,381; a n d Economics 122 a n d 123. O t h e r configurations f o r t h e Business Administration m i n o r may b e p e r m i t t e d o n consultation w i t h t h e deparrmcn~chairperson. Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration. C.P.A. Certification: Graduates w h o wish t o take t h e Certified Public Accountants {C.P.A.) examination p r i o r to fulfilling t h e e x p e r i ~ n c erequirement must have corn l e t e d the major in Rusincss A<lministratian-Accounting, taken all accounting and gusines, law c,,t~rws offered, (uililled the Mathematics-Physics general rollegr. r e q u i r e m e n t by taking maihematics, and c o m p l e t e d at least 5 courses b u t no1 more than '12 courses o l related business subjects (Economics, Finance a n d Mathematics). Students w h o have c o m p l e t e d theabove requirements a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r t h e rules of ihc Minnesota State Roarrl of Accountancy lo sit for ihc? examinariotr immediately after graduation. Notes: Students w h o plan t o major i n t h e department are strongly encouraged t o select a d e p a r t m e n t adviser as soon as possible, i n o r d e r t o carefully plan t h e i r program o f study. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e courses listed below, these have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research M e t h o d s f o r Economics a n d Business, C o m p u t e r Simulation f o r Business, I n c o m e Taxes f o r Individuals, C o m p u t e r Applications, a n d Discrete Event Simulation. 101 Principles of Financial Accounting Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101) 131 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring) 135 lntroduction to Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand) 145 Fundamentals of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (On Demand) 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall) 261 Fundamentals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend I I . , . . ." Business Administration/55 262 lntermediate Accounting I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101,102, Fall) 263 Intermediate Accounting - II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand) , 340 Personnel Administration Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand) 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well asother quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Spring 1982-83) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. I n addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken i n Interim only). 430 Marketing - Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: Junior or Senior or #. O n Demand) 478 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s strongly recommended. Fall) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides theopportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring) 483 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis o n internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1982) 295, 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings i n the areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #) Economics Major in Econamics: 8 Eronomics courses {122,123,251,258,454 and three other upper division); Uusiness Adminis~ration'101. 102, 379; Mat hernat ics 114. Mathematics 373 may he substituted fnr Rusiness Adminisrralian 379. The complete calculus sequence isvery strongly recomrnencled lor thosc pIanning graduate study i n cconornics, I n addition, courses In data proccssingantl computer programming are strongly recommended. MajorindppliedEconomics: 9Ecnnomicsco~1rses(122,127,251,258,454and445or 453 and t h r r e other upper division); R u s i n ~ s sh d m i n i s r r a ~ i o n101, 102, 379. 479: Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 ir strotigly recommcndcd, Mathematics 373 may be suhstiturcd for Uusincss Administrat~on 379. The st~rtlentis slrongly encourag~dto rake other E c ~ n o m i c s c o u r s ~insadditioo to thosf: listetl above. Combined Major in Economirs - Business Administration: 5 Ec.anomics courses (122,123,251, 258 and one upper divrsinn); 6 Business Administration courses (101, 102,261,373,379and one upper division), Courses in data processing and computer ly to programming are highly rccornrncndecl. Tlle student is very ~ ~ r n n gencouraged take additional corrrscs both in business administration and economics. Minor: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Honors M a j o r : GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration. Notes: In a d d i t i o n t o the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d unrlrr 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Lconomics, History of Economic Thought, Kesrarch Mrthods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d 1 3 ~ c i s i o n - M a k i n gw i t h Finite Mnrkov Chains. Economics 120,122 a n d 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement. Students w h o Ian t o m a j o r i n t h e d e artment are strongly encouraged t o select a d e p a r t m e n t a&iser as soon as p o s s i b k i n order t o carefully plan their p r o g r a m o f study. 120 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. (Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors) 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics122or 120. Economics122and 123 may be taken i n either order,or may be taken in thesame term in order forthe student to progress more rapidly to other courses. 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. 251 Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123) 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modcrn techniques of management science to prepare students to make better husincss and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, i n v ~ n t o r ymodels, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bur. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 370 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 391 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall) 392 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 Internship Program Astudent may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization, tn addition, rhe student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 442 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor asa factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and carrespendfngpractices i n business, Among the topics considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, producrron and rost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to manilgemenr. (Prcrcq.: Econ. 251 or equivalent or #. Spring, On Demand) 453 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122 or equivalent or #. O n Demand) 454 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, 1983) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides ~lieopportunltyto become lamiliar with sratls~iralresearch methods through use sf the eleclranrc cornouter. This course srresses the understandtna of statistical methods and computer prograhming techniques. Thc mawrials to br prw&ted i n the course are: Computer ProgrammingTechniqucs; Statistical Methotic General Linear Models, Analysis of Varfancr, etc. (Prereq,: Bus. Ad. 379 or pquivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Chemistry Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra Olmsted Graduation Major in Chernfstr 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353, 361 and one advanced course which may inc ude Biochemistry; participation in seminar; Physics 121,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and hysics prerequisites, students shoul cf' plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the Eerhrnan year and Phyricr 121,122 in the sophomore year. 7: American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which should be taken during the sop omore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required. / Teaching Major: PhysicalScience Emphasis- Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science re uires general chemistry (115,116 or 105,106); 3 courses in earth and life sciences; C emistry 351,352,353,361,362,482,491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. 71 Pre-Medlcal Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition, medical schools expect at least twa courses and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry epartment for assistance in planning a course program early in thelr college career. d Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115,for 106and 116, or for 223and 351 or 352. Most courses in this department have prerequisites,courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. h prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. 60/C hemistry - - 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed Ior sfil(lent5 who need asurvvy of the fundamen~alprinciples olgeneral,organic anti biological rhemi5try for careers i n allird h r a l ~ hareas such as nitrsing (inr:lurling A u g s h u r g ' ~ Upprr Division Program), inhalrtion therapy, hrstotechntllo~y, physlral erluvatirln. and ntlierr. Open also to ~ l u d e n t sIn the humanitlcr and social sciences. rirst t a r r n , ~ c l ~ e r chemistry nl prinril)lcsandan inrrorluction t a n r g a l ~ i chemistry, r Secontl term, nrp,anlc anrl l~iolrrgical chemistry with ~ p p c i a l applications t o human physiological cheniisfrg. ( 3 I - l i o u r I ~ d ~ e r e2s hours , labnr.~tory, This rourw doer not apply toward the major or mlnor i n chcmisrry. Crrvlii cannot b e earncrl tor hoth Chemistry 109 arvtl 105 o r I T S nor can rterlii bp ~ a r n c dfor both Che~nisrry110 and 223 or 351, Srereq.. H i ~ school h chem~stryw ~ t h l nthe last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring) 115, 116 General Chemistry A n intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 I - h o u r lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry Designed t o present the basic facts and theories of modern organic chemistry within the time frame of a one-semester course, this course gives students a sound background i n the reactions and structures of organic molecules. (3one-hour lectures, one 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 115. Spring) 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organlc compounds with sp~clal cmphasison mechanisms and multlstepsynthesls D e s c r ~ p t ~ vmater~al e ~ s c o r r ~ l a ~hy c rmeansol l mocl~rn r h ~ o r ~ of e schem~cal bonds, energy-relat~ons,and reactor mechanism; many applicatrnnr of orEanlc chem~stry to blologlcal, environmental and ~ndustrlalIrelrls. (3 onr-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory Prereq 106 o r 116, 351 Fall, 352, Sprlng) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety ofsamples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106or 116. Fall) 361, 362 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states o f matter arestudied i n the first semester. Applicationsof these concepts toareas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or #. Spring) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 361, or #. Spring) 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding) 62/East Asian Studies East Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Campus Coordinator) This major is an Inrer-college, interdepartmental program enabling studcn~sto acquire a broad kr~owledgeof China and lapan as miijor culrurer anrl to gain a general command at rhe la~iauae of one country. Tlie three program corn onents include n incur a n languagr, cu turn1 rpecialization and comparative rluri?cs. Thc program provides a founrlation for careers in internarional business, government, teaching and work wirh ~ o e i aagencies, l 7 This major is available a5 a result nf the cooperation and cross-regisfration OI eSt. Catherine possibilities among Augsburg, I-iamline, Macalester, the C o l l ~ ~ ~ n (College l of St. 1 hornas.TWO years ol Iapancse language arc offercd each year on one of ~ h r !ACTC campuses. Chincse (and Japanese) is availnhle through a contractual arran ernent with the Vniversily o l Minnesota's East Asian Language Depar~ment.Slut enrs therelore have an opportunity to take courses i n ~ h e s e languages beyot~dthe first two years. 7 To undertake a comprehensive cultural analysls of Easl Asia, a srltdent may choose from refateti five-collegp courses i n art, c.coriomics, geogra lhy, government, history, liierature, philosophy, religion andsociolngy or an~hropong .The emphasis is on hoth h~itoricsland comprra~iven p p r o a c h ~ iCornparativr . stuXe5 i n ~ i u tno1 i~ only contrasrs and simildritier brtwecn China and Japan, bur also cross-cultural comparisons ol East Asian civilization with Wertrrn or European rivili7arion. I Major in East Asian Studies: 4 courses in Ja anese or 4 courses in Chinese; 2 P introductory History courses; 2 courses in cu tural specialization or comparative studies; 1 seminar, independent studies course, or internship. Students are advised to conrult with rhe coordinator in planning this major. d Minor in East Asian Studies: 2 courses in either Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies); 1course in Introductory History of East Asia; 1 upper ivision course in cultural specialization (China or Japan); 1 other course from approved list of electives. - --- Economics See Business Administration and Economics Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton Ai~gsburgCoIlcge offers rugrams leading to licensure in Elementary Education, Kindcrgar~cn,Early C h i ~ d R o d and , Secondary Education. I-iccnrurr programs for s ~ c o n d d r yeducation are offered in Art, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Life Sciencc, Mathcmatlcs, Miislc, Norwr.gian, Physical Education, Physical Sciencc, Physics, Social Scicncc, Spilnish, Speech and Theater Arts. Students wishing ro become licenscd teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure r~quirements.Fnr studenrs transf~rringto Augshurg Collcge from other institutions o f higher education, it is within the jurisdictinn of the Edtlcdlian D~parrmentand/or other appropriatc departrncnts to asr deterrninc essefrtial ~quivalencyof course content takrn a! other ~ n s r i ~ u t i o n applirable lo requiwmcntso!'the approved teacher education program at Augshurg College. Orientarton to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading a r e open to a l l students o f sophomort. 5tanding or abovc. To enroll i n other education raurse5, astudent must tirst apply and bp admir~edlo the tcactirr erlucation program. Sfurien IS are aclvisecj lo apply for atl~nissionin rhe spring semester of thp sophomore year, during or after the Orientation coursc, S t u d ~ n ~transferring s from an education program at anuther rollege must be readmissible lo that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and Licensure Requirements: Mlnimurn of 8.5 education courses (255, 351, 383. and two orofessional semesters): Health Education 914.115: . . Librarv Sciencr?.341. 358; ~ c a d e m l cminor (major recommendecl): CPA o l ~ ~ a v e r aand l l 2.i i n major and minor; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 M C A R 3.041 i n Human Relations. The first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. (Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional rading system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482and e7ectiver (483, 484, 478, 499). Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Educ. 385 and student teacRing at the Kindergarten level. Early Childhood Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych. 351; Educ.325,425.483or484 (160 hoursof student teachin ). Toran Early Childhood license wirh other than a n education major, consult with r e -program coordinator. 7, 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Secondary Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsandtwo hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 481,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education studcnts arr advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requiremenrs for teauhcr liccnsure. Thisconsultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. licensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for admittance and acceptdnce Into rhe Departmcnr of Edi~cationteacher licenst~fe program. This may be madc hrfare, concurrently or aftcr the Orientation course. Application farms arcavailabl~ in the Edi~cationDepartment officc. Before applying for admission, students slioulrl receive dpproval from the d~parrmcntor divirion of their rleclarcd major. A student take education courses aficr thc Orientation course only if he or she has been a rn~rteclinto thp program of the Departmenl nf Education; ( 2 ) GPA of 2.0 overall and 4 1 least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for admittance and acceptance into studen1 teaching; (4) Complelion of Minnesota 13oarrl of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human R ~ l a t l o n ~ l h r o uAugshurg's gl~ Education < Ion program; (5) 5ut:ccssful completion of tllc required courses o l rhe edtlc7t' program: Psychology 105: Elctllth Education 114, 115; Education 265, 354,308,478, special r n c t h ~ t l in s (lie area of the student'^ major, and a minimum of two ar three courses in sludrnt traching as reqi~ired. my Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools: ( t h r o u g h thc Augsburg Col[p.gp Eduration Dcpartrnent Program): (1) 13.A. o r B.S. degree; (2) Collegc major in a teaching area; (3) Fulflll Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 M C A H 3.047 in Human Relations (sucrer;sful complerion of A u g ~ b u r gEducation program meets requirement); 4) Psychology 105; (5) Henlth Educi~tion1'14,115; (6) Successful completion of Augs )urg Eclucation Program courses. 1 Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of rhesc a r r a s follows the srtondary ~ r l u c a t i o nprogram cven though heor she plans to teach a! the clemrntary school level. h person with a major in oneof these special areas wrll take three rourses in sturrcnt teaching ant1 do some studcnt teaching a1 110th the secanrrary and elementary levels. In adtlition ro Educ. 354, rhe art majorwill r r g i s t ~for r Educ. 361,362; the Physical Cducation major for Educ. 365; and (he music m i l j ~ rlor ECIUC. 373. The Professional Term: Student Tcaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one lull-rirne lerm in professional education. Special afternuon and/or evening seminars arc held during tlie term as part of the profcssianal work. Astudent taking two courses in student teaching may elect to takc one coursp in lnde cndent Study. All sluclen~rare expected to be involved full-tlmc in iheactivitierof term. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 lntroduction to Special Education lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD and ED and giftedness. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary (1/2 course) The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265) Noteon Special Methods Courses: With the general m e t h o d o l o g y course, o n e o r more education courses in special methods must he taken f r o m t h e department o f the major field. Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or c o n c u r r e n t w i t h 354. Courses 363, 365, 373 an 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) d 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) Library Science/67 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society The emphasis in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education, Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Library Science Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, Boyd Koehler, JamesOlson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith Minor: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475. 245 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Services in the Library Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information and use libraries effectively. (Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. tngineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Appliecl Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical University (Houghtun, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will ena ]lea student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augshurg College and an en ineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Techno ogical University in a five-year period. P k The first three ears are spent at Au sburg followed by two years a t the affiliated university. s t u b n t s accepted into t e program are guaranteed admirrion to the en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, an! are recommended by a designned representative of Augsburg College. R Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support.Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Three-Two Plan: Math 124, 125,224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses a t Augsburg. Normally Math 124,125 and Physics 121,122 are taken in the freshman year, Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser is encouraged. English Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni Clark, John Gidmark, Joanne Karvonen, John Mitchell, Crier Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood Major: 9 English courses above 711, including 225; one course in American literature; onc course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in Briii~h literature, one on iiterature before1660 (for exarnp!e,331 or438) and onethat surveys a number of writerr; (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged ro take En lish 245 early in thcir collegework and to roniult t h ~ i r d e ~ a r t r n e n tadviser nl regulaj A i l u d ~ with n ~ a double major or 5 ecial program ,hat involver conriderable w o r t i n (he English department should work closely wiih an adviser in the department. a10 Major for Secondary Teaching: 10 English courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English Ian uage; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352, 354 or 355 and ather 360 or 365: Lkrary Science 475. Courses in early American literature, Shakes eare and fllm are recommended, I n addition to fielcl experience and student tracging rcquircd by the Department of Education, rnajarr will be required to gain ractical experir;ncc in teaching writing, to be arranged through t h e department cfairDerron. slvdenlr arc cneoura~edto rake courser toward ihrlir ma'or during ~hefreshtnanand saphomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in tke tall term of the so~hornore y e a r and ao~lvforteacher education not later ~ h a n the fall of [heir junior iear. 317 adrfition to 'p'lanninR their courscs with the Englisli departmen1 chairperson, sturlents should consult an adviser in the Department o f Education. Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing course. Honors Major: CPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Noleon Concentration: I n addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop a n area of ernphasis,such as British cancentration, American concehtration, world literdture concentration, or writing tonccntration. k student arranges a concentration by careful scleaian of electives in the major, by the design o l an independent study course that applies to the concentrarion, and by the selection of some relaled courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concenrrazion. Interim courses, special courses, and courses a t other hCTC schools will often f i t well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: English Illis strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as needing nddltfnnal preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Studentr will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P I N grading only. 111 Effective Writing Thestudy of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111 or equivalent, Spring) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course Is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, wrltlng rn narrativrand poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, anti porrns may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's prefer~nce.[Fall) 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artisticqualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 lntroduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman li!eraturt.,forexample theepicsof Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles,and Euripid~s,rhecamediesof Aristophanes o he stt~dleclas a work i n which the and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dantp'r I n f ~ r r ~will Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 331 Chaucer and His Age While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out ofwhichMilton created his workswill beexamined. (Alternateyears,1981-82) 336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major wrfters of the ninctcenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poelry, Victorfan prose and two or three novel5 of the period. Kelationships among these writers and their influenceon oneanother will beemphasizedas wellas their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution 10the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. 366 Poetry Study of the poem as a concentratetl, esthetic form of human expression and experience. The course emphasizes modern American and British poelry, but also includes a generous selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in Engllsh and in translation from selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods, themes, and techniques is represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry and modern poetry is examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 368 Modern Drama Significant worksof American, British, and continental dramatistsof thetwentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 72/Foreign Languages P 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from i t s eighteenth century beginnings up 10 the rwenricth century. Novels studird will be selected Irom the works ol surh authors ar Dcfoe, Richardson, Fjelding, Sterne, husten, Dickrns, Bronte, Thackeray, Ellot, Hardy,and butler. Allention will be given to the tondirions contributing to the riseof rhe nnvel and i t s emergcncc by the twentieth century as the dominant literary Inrm, (Alternate years, 1982-83) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten ortwelve major plays- comedies, histories, tragedies- with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 English Seminar Course490, a theme or movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (On demand) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley, William Oyler, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios Stavrou, Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of language study; 311, four years or more of that language. Students should arran e for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a course above t h e leve determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112, 212, o r 311. k Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they arc placed by the I.angua~eDeparlrnent may do so, but grading for such a course must bc I'/N only. The language requirrment wit1 be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the studer~rwasoriginally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. For majors, a m i n i m u m of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. A maxinlurn of four upper division non-Augshurgcourses may be accepted. N o fewer than t w o of these four courses should br taken abroad. For minors, a m i n i m u m of t w o upper division courses at Augsburg College is reauired for graduation. Chinese, French/73 For transfer students intending t o major o r minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits o n nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite t o all upper division courses. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German, Norwegian and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specificinformntion;tnd enrollment i n the rogram. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offwings and should be taren in the fall of the senior ..I(. A 3.0 avcragp in ArIvancrrI Conservation and Composition is a departmcnfnYrrquiremrnr for icaci~ingr n ~ j o r r . Licensure requires successful completion of thc Modern Languagc Associalion Competency Exam. Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must ap ly early in the senior year. Requircrncntr: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 CPA overal;, and honors thesis demonstraring abiliiy i n independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator. French Major: 8 courses above 212, including t w o in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and three i n literature, of which one should be course 352. Study i n France strongly recommended. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and one i n literature. Interim o r summer of study i n France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand) 111 Beginning French Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. 112 Beginning French For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 lntermediate French 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 212 lntermediate French Through informative and controversial articles, interviewsand literary readings, thiscourse works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures. Laboratory work. (Spring) 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French Ilterature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading ant1 classdisct1s5ion,stutlrn1~ become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical sijinificanc~ol these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French rnaior or minor. {Offeredo n Demand) 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of idpas. I-aborstnry assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper dlvision courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression i n speaking and writing. Altpntion to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and p ~ r s o n ause. l French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of wrilren models. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, politica1,social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literarystudies, A theoretical component [in Enfilish) treats the basic principles of literature, IEterary gsrwes, ant1 dilfcrvnt approacher to l l t ~ r a r yanalysis. In the practical component, studenrs apply t h r rlcvncnts o l theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of rrcnrli li~crature.Recomrncnded lor majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prercq.: 311 or 8 , Offrred on dernanrf) 352 Creativity and Restraint survey ol thr major lirerary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the rrenrh inrctl~ctual,social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, heater, early novcl, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) n 354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of idcas that led tonew forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claude!, Apollinairr, elc) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 317 or P. Ofrered alternate years) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 450 French Seminar Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th Century literature, poetry). Student presentations in French. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand) 451 The French Novel A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e j . Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly recommended: Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. 111,112 Beginning German Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 211, 212 Intermediate German For students wltll ~ w oterms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basir < k ~ l into l \ working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructures with emphasison rxtrriding range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussinn o l rna~ertakrepresenting contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (On Demand) 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples frnln llie prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),withempfiasisonthe impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergenceof German cultural sell-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practlce of I~terarys~urhes.A theor~licnlcomponenl(in fnglislr) treats the basic to lrtrrary analyst<. I n I ~ P prlnc~plesof Ilterature, iitcrary gerlres, anti rllffrrelit apy>rt>arh~\ practical component, s~udcntsapply ~ l r rlcrnenrs r uf thcory through readrng, annly/irig and dlscuss~ngselected wnrksolGrrman I ~ t ~ t a t u rRecommenderl e. lor majorstrid minors. Open to all quallfled stutlrn~s.(Prrrecl.: 311 or G , Offpretl on Demarid) 351 German Literature through 18th Century Brief curvcy nf heroic, cour~ly,K ~ l o r r n a ~ i o Baroque, n, hulklarung and Sturm und Drang lilerarure. Exlrn<ivcreadin~santlcliscu~slonrin Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, wpplcrncnted by l r c t u r ~ 011~ the history of German literature in its cultural and genlioliticai corilent. Claw dlscusslarrs help to tml~tove\tutlrnts' abillty to express ideas In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. On Dernt~ntl) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are A--:---^I .- -:A r+..^I--e.r -un.-eccn, . . Cnrrnxn I D r n r o n . '411 n r ft nn nPmand\ Greek, Japanese, Linguistics/77 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 499 Independent Study Creek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 Beginning Greek Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours preparation per week required.) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the language. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #. Offered on demand) Japanese Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator for more information. Linguistics 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in to the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand minors. (Fall) 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of illuminating underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On Demand) Norwegian M a j o r : 8 courses above 211, including 311,312,331,350,353,411, and 499, and one Scandinavian literature course. lnterim or summer in Norway recommended. M i n o r : 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-com osition, one in cP civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroa encouraged. R e c o m m e n d e d Supporting Preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign langu- age, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stresson spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory workexpected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languagesof Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 Old Norse An introduction to the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years) 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 o r # . Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered on demand) Russian, Spanish/79 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reportsare in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Russian One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area StuJies Program, which re uires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus coorjinator. 111, 112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. Spanish Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion i n English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basiccommand of writing and speaking skills i n Spanish and w i ~ hto expand rhem. Intensive practice fa improvc oral and written expression with emphaqis on conversational facility, stressing itflornaric usage and the finer points of grammar. R e a d i n ~ sto stimulate discussion ant1 hroatlen cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazinr articles. Conducted i n Spanish. ( O n Demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations t o the present. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212,with #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of litcrary studies. A rhearciirnl component (in English) treats the basic principles of Ilterature, litcrary genres, and different approaches lo literary ~nalysis.In the [ h etheory thrclugh rcading,analyz~ng,and d i s c u s s ~ n ~ practical comporr~ni.sl~~rienrsap~~ly selected works of l i t e r a ~ i ~ In r e Spanisli, R ~ c o r n m r n d ~for t l ma]c~r< and mrnors. Open to all q u a l ~ f e dstudents. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Offered on demand) 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures o n the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction t o Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports i n the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand) 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis o n increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Alternate years) 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the M o d e r n Period. (Prereq.: O n e survey course. O n demand) 457 Spanish Novel Study o f the outstanding novelists o f the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: O n e survey course. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Geography, Health Education/81 Geography Paul Grauer 114 Human Geography An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. Health and Physical Education Richard Borstad (Chairperson), James Agre, Ernest Anderson, Rolf Eriksen, Paul Grauer, Rees Johnson, Al Klopp~n,D o u g Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson, M a r i l y n Pearson, R o n a l d P e t r ~ r h ,Joyce Pfaff, Denise Rivet, William Ross, Edwin Saugestad, Jeff Swrnson, M a r y 'rirn~n Health Education Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410; SOC. 231, 241. Biol. 103,108,111; Chem. 105 o r 109; Psych. 105; Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 355 and Educ. sequence for teaching license. Minor: 110, 114,115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231 110 Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 114 Safety Education (1/2 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. 115 Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) 82/Physical Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases,school health services,and relationshipstocommunity health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physical Education Major: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475; Biol. 103. Teaching Ma'or: H.Ed. 114,115, 354,355; P.E. 223,231,232, 243, 350, 351,365,471, 472, 474; Bio! 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Maior with Specialization In Correctfve Tlrerapy : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231,232,243,350,35'1,365,471,472,474,475,405,487,431,493; Professional Affilialion Rlock495-496-497-499; Riol. 703; 1)sycholo y 105,355,362. All C.T. specialists must be accept~clby the e d ~ ~ c a ~rjepartmenl ion or teaching and student tcachin i n an udapled sitt,a,ion. Ap rovsl rnur, he secured hy rhe cmrrcrlivp lherapy ranrfinator. (This program is penrgnR approvn l of the ACT* accrediialion con~rnitler.Courrc adclitions and/or dclr!ions may he necessary.) f Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. Coaching Endorsement: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment i n Minnesota high school5 are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, non-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) 234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course) This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities. (Spring, even # years) Physical Education/83 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) 254 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-2) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 Modern Dance (1/2 course) An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 471 Physical Education Programming Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall) 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term) 476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coachingfootball. (1/2 course. Fall, 1st half of term, odd # years) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim,odd # years) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd #years) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coaching track and field. (Spring,2nd half of term, odd #years) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd # years) 485 Applied Adapted Activities Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 487 Neurology and Pathology A basic introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. (Summer School only) 491 Therapeutic Exercise A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354 Summer school only) 493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy ACTA organization, by-laws, administrative guidelines, and history; North Central Chapter organization, administrative guidelines, and history; construction of a CT treatment clinic, ordering and maintaining equipment; public relations; employment procedures; and professional ethics. (Summer School only) 495, 496, 497 Professional Affiliation Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required, lncludes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1)Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 i s study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485, 491 and approval of department.) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. History Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, Richard Nelson Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Major for Teaching: The history major may be part of the preparation for certification for social studies teaching on the secondary level. See Social Studies for details. Minor: 5 courses, at least three o f w h i c h must b e u p p e r division. Honors Major: CPA of 3.6 in the inajar and 3.0averall; except i n special instances, h c icrm or t h r junior year; t w o years o f a f o r e i g n application I-rclare lhr ~ n t l f l ~ l firs1 3 1 r c o l l r g c level (or i t s ecluiv;llrnt); an honors thesis (equal t o o n e language at 1 course credit) lo hu dcfcndcd before a ( ~ c u l l ycommittee. Notes: Freshmen should e n r o l l i n o n e o r m o r e o f t h e History 101-104 courses. History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore o r upper division students. Students are r e q u i r e d t o have at least o n e lower division course before registering for an u p p e r level course. There are 16 u p p e r division courses ( n u m b e r e d 300and u p ) i n this department. Five o r six are o f f e r e d each term, o r 11 p e r year. Offerings d e p e n d u p o n faculty schedules a n d student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. 322 Modern Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modern Japan An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 353 Select Topics in Minnesota History A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the riseof Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. - 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the Church and state through thechanges forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 Internship in History A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students majoring in history. See department chairperson. 412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the majorthemeof thecourse. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy and on the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. 416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century Thestudy of thiscentury as the most critical period in the riseof the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714. 431 European Urban History A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. 440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler'sfascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe,and Africa in the last fifty years. l nternational Relations/87 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Attention is given to overseas emigration. 474 The World and The West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 Seminar Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. 499 lndependent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged to apply for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. International Relations Norma C. Noonan (Coordinator) Major: 14 courses. (1) 7 required courses: Economics 122 or 123; History 103 or 104, 332; Political Science 158 or 160, 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a modern foreign language. (2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be counted toward I he major): History 322,323,324,440,474; PoIiticalScience 350,351, 381, 382; Sociology 24'1; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Comparative Economic Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the discipline of economics, hissary and/or political science; the fourth term of collcge work in a second modern language. Note: Only the fourth term of langua es counts toward the major; prere uisite courses or competencies are assumef, but cannot be credited toward %e 14 required courses. Mathematics /Computer Science Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad Major: 9 courses including 124, 125, 215, 224, 315, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124,125,224. For a teaching m i n o r t h e t w o additional courses must b e selected f r o m 215,314,351, 373,441. Honors Major: GPA o f 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral examination, Program must b e submitted t o department d u r i n g first t e r m o f j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced study i n areas o f Analysis, Algebra, Topology, a n d Mathematics-Education. 104 Basic Mathematics A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and ra~ionalexprcssionr; algebraic processes including factoring; solvina equarions and inequalities In one variable, including linear ant1 quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations anti linear inequalities in two varlahles. Docs not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. 114 Introduction to College Algebra and Trigonometry Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111 Topics of the elementsof plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 Mathematics for the Arts An introduction to the structure of mathematical systemsand mathematical modelswhich have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 211 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra Astudy of systems of linear equations, determinants,vectorspaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) Computer Science/89 242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics The structureof mathematics underlying arithmeticand geometry. Emphasis is placed on the tndt~ctlvetechniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathemarics uurric~lla.Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 lntroduction to Modern Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324,325 Advanced Calculus I, II Astudy of the fundamental concepts of calculusfor functionsof several variables including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals,differential formsand manifolds,and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 Modern Geometry A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods with projective axiomsas a basis. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring 1982 and alternate years) 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. 441 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983. Offered alternate years) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or # Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science Courses 145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Programming in PASCAL or BASIC. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. 245 lntroduction to Scientific Computer Programming A n iniraduttinn to carnprltrr languages and methods. Techniques studied include Ilowcharts, alaorithrns, data representation and manipulatinn, hardware rt?gister operattons.antl ronjpllter organiration. Programming in machine languagt*,as~emt)lylanguage, and FORTRAN or PASCAL. Examples and applications primarily from scicnce areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Math 125 or #. Fall) 90/Medical Technology, Metro-Urban 355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods h sri~dyof rnethntls uscd to solve probtcms on computers. Analysis of cornputatlonal problemsanrl dpvclopment of al~orithmsfor their solu~ions,application of a pracedurro r i ~ r i t ~prngrilnlming cl languagr in numerical analy~~s. Topin tncluric error analysis, the a ~ n r r a concepl l of ill*rativc% formutas, soh~tionof equatinns, Nrwton's methocl, linear 4yrterns, int~rlrolatlon,numerical rlit(~rcntiat~on ant1 integration. Credit may be granted toward a ma~tiematic~ rnajtrr or mlnur. (Prereq.: C.S. 245 ant! Math. 224 ur concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology Neal 0 .Thorpe (Adviser) This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or Abbott-Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommend~dcourses vary to sorneextrnt depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliat~.I t is important to work closely with the Medical Tcclinolo y adviser, hugsburg Collcgcdnes not guarantee that all students will be accepted% the hospitals for thc 12-month internship. Students must negotiate dirprlly wit{ he hos,~italsinvolved. Students transferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent should expect to s cncflwa yearsat hugsburg before participating in the internship year. The Medica Technology major is nut clesigned for persons who already have the baccalaureate degrcc from ano~herinstitution. P Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121,122); one math course; one course in immunology. Metro-Urban Studies Garry W. Hesser (Director) Major: 15 courscs including 10 care requirements: Economics 123: Political Scicncc 722; History 431; Sociology 111, 381: Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Poli~ical Sctcnce 384 or Snriology 363: a minimum of one coursc of in~ernshipor independent study; two non-social science courses w i t h an urban emphnsir,at least one of which must be in !FIP hurnarlitirs (currenl options i n c l u d ~ Art : 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 34.2, Physics 103,111, Biology 101,105). To complete the major, the student has a choice among threc emphases or tracks: Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberaI Arts. These fiveelective courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide varicty of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges. as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). Metro-Urban Studies/91 Minor: To be linked with a propriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psyc~ology, religion, sociolog,y, speech). Core courser arc required for the concentration: Economics 120; Politica Sc~cncc122; Sociology 171, 381; an a proved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or indepenBent study. 399 lnternship - Metropolitan Resources 498 lndependent Study An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. 499 lndependent Study Urban Studies Options Through HECUA A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 Internship Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 lndependent Study (Optional) lndependent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests. B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Students are placed I n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. Inslruction ernphasires conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. A n orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated wirli ~ h c language instruction. 92/Metro-Urban Studies 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 Urban Planning - in Scandinavia Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 lndependent Study I n consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor i n Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent study. 382 Field Experience 383 Field Seminar: San Francisco 499 lndependent Study Music t , L. Flcming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand. Mar are1 Brand, Laine Bryce, Edgar E. Eklof, Robert Fornandcr, M i c h a ~Fraxier, l 5repfen Cabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coctr, Katherine Hcnnig, lamer D. johnson, Robcrt KarIPn, Diane Kennelly. Merilre Klemp, Nic-holaq I-enz, Cynthia Mclson, Roherta Mctzler, Ccleste O'Bricn, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Stt~rm,Larry Tallman, lames ten Bcns~I,~ a uThomas, l David Tubergen, Mary Wilson Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg College must make application to the Music Faculty for acce tance into the programs. Such application should be made by the beginning of t f e sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) Bachelor of Arts Degree Major: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350or 476; 354or 355; 365 or 375; 457,458; 4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance. Teaching Major: 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Minor: 5 courses, 101, 702, 260 or 261, 457 or 458 and elective: 2 years nf Performance Studies; 2 years In music ensembles: piano proficiency and 2 music rcpcrtoirc tests; attendance at all Performance Workshops during tlie years of Performance Studies and 50% of desi nateci recitals. Those wishing 10 minor in music should rlectarp their intent by ehc end of their sophomore year, or at the* camplction of Thcory 1112, Bachelor of Music Degree Major: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus350,457,458,476; two of 354,355,365,375, 499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last 2 years, and junior and senior recitals. Bachelor of Music students are required to study the French or German language lor a t least 1 year at Augsburg. Bachelor of Science Degree Major in Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476,354, 355 or 365,457 or 450; 3 years of performance studies including at leas^ one term of voice; Music Thcrapy 360, 382, 383, 3'35, 393, 435, 495. Other requirements: Biology 103, Eciucation 282; 2 Physical Erlucatio~i(232and 373 recommen(leci); 3 Psychology ancl 7 Saciology, includin Psych. 105, 362 and Psych. 264 or Soc. 362 (Recommended courser include ~ryJ1.2~4,31,J52.355,35h,357and Soc. Ill, lZT,231,241,362,375); 7 Speech (176 rccommcnded); Music reciral or music therapy presentation during t h senior ~ year. This major normally requires four and one-half years for corn IetIon, with internship afler four ycarr of academic preparation. Students ncpBto r ply for intcrnrhip sites ninr months in advance of rtarllng dale. Students may ncecf'to reek internship placements in other states, since the number of sites in Minncsota IS limited. Upori satisfactory cornplerion ofthe program, tliestudent iseligible to apply fnr r r r t i f i r s ~ i n n / r ~ ~ i c t r a t iwith nn I ~ N;lrinnal P A c c n r i ~ t i n nf a r M l ~ c r r~ h a r a n v I n r radiratlon honors In music If they (1) provldc leadership in: rhe promotion of hi^ er music performancestandards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at conccrts bath o n and o f f campus; thc performing organizations; the creation anriJor promotion of smaller performin cnsem bles; ( 2 ) have earr~eda GPA of at least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for I%P Honors . Program at the beginning of t h e s e c o ~ ~ d term of the junior year. Honors Maior: Students may qualify for 1 Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Core Curriculum: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; perform in ensembles for 4 years; attend 75'lr;of designated recitals every year; participate in Performance Workshop each year of Performance Studies; and pass a piano proficiency test and 3 music r r p e r t o i r ~tests. Performance Worksho and Recital Requirements: A t t ~ n d a n ca~t Performance Workshop and 75% oi&rignated recitals ir r c q u i r ~ rof l music majors. Music minors musl attcnd 50'X of rlesipnated recitals as well as all Ikrformanre Workshops tiuring Ihe yearsof l l ~ ~Pertarnlance ir 5tucfirs. All music majors and minors must rcgister for Pcrfwrmance Workstlap. A recital in thcir area of Performance concentration is requircd of majors tiuring either the 'unior or senior year, A music therapy major may r u b i r i ~ u r e rl senior plerentation lor thc rrcitai requirement. Junior and rcnior recitalr i n t he area of Performance Studies concent ratinn is requircd of R~chelorsof Music. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. Music Lessons: During the junior and senior years, a student who has been accepted by the department as a Music Major receives required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour lessons. Transfer Students in Music: A junior Or senior student transferring to Au sburg College as a music major rnua take a placement tcrt in rnuric theory Relore regisiratiwn. Application lor acceptance into a music program shoutd Ire madeat the end of the student's first term a t Augshurg, after passing the piano proficiency test. Transfer students will not qualify far frec private instruction without at least one term of residency a t kugsburg College, 101,102,223,224 Theory Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224, Spring) 230 Introduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and theother fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature of Music Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand music majors. (Fall) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solovocal literature from 1600to the present. Thestudy includes such aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 365 lnstrumental Technique Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 lnstrumental Technique Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influenceof the musicof the Christian church. Designed forthegeneral student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring) 440 Advanced Musicianship Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 96/Music Therapy 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. Music Therapy 110 Introduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. 435 Music in Therapy The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. Music Workshops, Recitals, Performance Studies Performance Workshops: An informal setting for student performances, seminars, and guest lecture demonstrations. Recitals: Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and acquaint students with all aspects of preparation and presentation of a quality performance. To fulfill their performance requirement, music students must register for Junior Recital or Senior Recital for the term of rhrir recital. Performancestudies: Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Piano-Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in Iano laken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may beapplie toward the music major ar minor. Class lessons in pianoare available for students majoring in voice or another instrument. S Organ - Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice - Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, interpretation, flexibility, ear training as needed. Class instruction in voice available for students majoring on a keyboard instrument, band or orchestral instrument. - Guitar Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Class lessons in guitar available for students majoring in voice or another instrument. - Orchestral and Band Instruments Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion Instruments: Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. Music Organizations The music organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Augsburg Choir Wind Ensemble Chamber Orchestra (Membership by audition) Brass Ensemble Chorale Jazz Ensemble Percussion Ensemble String Ensemble Woodwind Ensemble 98/Natural Science Natural Science Earl R. Alton (Coordinator) Ma'or for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492, and two upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106). 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122or 124and 125; Physics 121, 122. This major is presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish LO take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recomm~ncletlfor admission to most m ~ d i c aschools, l including t h e University of Minnesota Mcdical School. and also permilsa numbcr olelectivrs. The student should choose elpctivrs carefully, keeping in mind thespecific rcquirementsof tlie medical schools to which hc or she intends to apply. Early ca~isultation with a premedical adviqer is recommended. Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the liccnsur~program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend cantlirlates in Lifc Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical Scicncc, Chemistry major or Physics major, rades 7-12; Chemistry minor), grades 7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and M i d le School Science, gra es 5-9. d ! All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Base courses and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis. Thc program of courses is designed ta provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. Xhp following pro rams assulne that the student will mept tlie general education requirements of t (; college and, in the pliysical science, have at Least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for rcquirementr, in Education. Early cans~~ltation with ~ d v i s e ris recommended. a &road Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 in Life S c i ~ n (Riology r~ 111,112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122and Chemistry 115, 116 (or l05,106).To njakethe program slightly moreflexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122. Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate (Chemistry 223); 7 Biology courses, including 491 Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476. Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistr seminar, Chemistry 351, 352,353, 361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, PKysics 245. Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and three additional to r e selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363, 481, 486,488. Note: Candidates ma be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon corn letion of eit her P ysical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science EmpRarir - Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. Middle School Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9): 7 courses, 2 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161, the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 223, 353; Physics 245). Certification with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base; for Chemistry, 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics, any four courses above 122 plus the Broad Base. Nursing Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Darlene Dommel, Carol Hoffman, Susan Knust, Nancy Malcolm, JoEttaA. Vernon, Helen Woelfel Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. In addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Major: 11courses(70coursect~dits)in nursingincludin 303,304,310,311,325,350, 403, 404, 423,427, and 430: I%ycholo~y 355 completed cfurinp.the first semester of study in the major; a minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course, a 2.5 GPA i n the nursing major to progress.from I ~ junior P to the senior year, and a cilmulative CPA of 2.5 a t ihe completion of the courses of study; students i n nursing may pursue part-t lme study, but arr required to c o m p l e t ~14 courses at Augshur College. The prcrequiritc r o u r i c r i n rociolo y, psychology. English, chemirfly an%biology listecl abuve rndy apply toward dirtrigution rcquirerncnts as well as toward admiriion to the major. Courses in interpersonal cornmunicaiions, meclical crhics ant1 descriptive statistics are supportive tn lhe major. Courses in the nursing major are designed so that they may be corn leted within two academic years. However, more than two years may be requireBto complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. 303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course) This course is one of the transitional courses that introduces the student t o components of the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their applicability t o changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major) 304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course) This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory i n guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303) 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses o n systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issuesand the practiceof nursing. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major) 311 Community Health Nursing II This course provides a knowledge base for understanding romrnunily characteristics and cultural diversity related t o health care. The nurse's role asil generalist and as a member of the health team i s explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in pravirling care t n a selected caseload of clients. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355) 325 Nursing Process I n thiscourse the student learns approaches t o assessment and the use of assessment tools i n the nursing process. The student usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity t o make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major). 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored i n light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junior year). 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability t o nursing practice. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance i n t o t h e nursing major, Math 121 o r a course in descriptive statistics) 403 Contemporary Nursing Ill This course provftlrsa t h ~ o r ~ t i cbasis a l for family nursing care. Content includesfamily as a group, family and grollp rlynarnlcs i n light of situational and developmental events. Consideration isgiven t o the rrncrging role of the nurse in family health care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) 404 Contemporary Nursing IV This course relates leadership and management theories and e~nergingprofessional nurse roles t o primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advoracy proviclp the basis for role development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Pr~req.:403. To be taken prior t o or concurrently with 427) 423 Practicum i n Nursing I This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 i n providing complex nursing care t o families i n a selected practice setting. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403*) 427 Practicum in Nursing II This course is a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided t o apply leadership and management theory i n a selected hospital setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403, 423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*) 499 Independent Study This learning experience providestheopportunity for thestudent tostudy aselected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior t o registration. *If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior t o registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer Major: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,343, and 344. Minor: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. Honors Major: Admission to the Pl~ilosophyHonors pro ram is by r~cornrnendation of the philcmphy faculry. such reromrncndntionr w i l l t e madcat the ~ n ofthe d junior year. The program will consist of a n honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choicc, involving research alrrov~the course level, and a defenrt of this thesis before t h r I a c ~ ~ lof i y t h departmrn~. ~ Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his o w n set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. O n e reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity t o examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are t o provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby t o sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Sometimes you say thatacertain action i s right or condemn itas wrong. Why d o you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid argumentsand work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. 241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle How, when and why did phiiosophy begin? Who were Sor-rates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they belleve? Why did Platn think that t l r physlcal ~ world was not overly important, and what did he valur7 Wow ditl Arisio!l~,thr srientrst, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will hr considered as ro reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewas a timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.) 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Where does knowledge h g i n ? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the wt,rld? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy?This course studies the malor empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Herkcley, Humc). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 79th century idealism, and the reaction to idcalism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.) 344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representativesof linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.) 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him i f hedoes?Can we reconcile thegoodnessof God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course i n philosophy.) 362 Political Philosophy As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What is the relation between the citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its laws? What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and the State?This coursestudies the key conceptsof politics found in the tradition of western political thought. 365 Philosophy of Science The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutesscientific knowledge?Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.) 370 Existentialism Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 241, 242,343, 344, or #.) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242, 343, or #) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physics Kermit E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, Ted Hanwick, Mark Engebretson Major: 9 courses, including 121,122,245,351,362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. In Planning theircoursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of t h r physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124, 125, and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year, Teaching Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n inrlependent investigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense of t h e w r i t t e n research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later t h a n t h e first t e r m o f t h e senior year. Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg cha ter o f Society o f Physics Students providYes students t h e o p ortunities o f m e m b e r s R p i n a national physics society a n d o f participating i n t h e p ysics c o m m u n i t o n a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n SPS i s o p e n t o all students interested i n p ysics. 1 K Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a m i n o r i n physics, h a v e a G P A o f 3.0in physicsand overall,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d o f their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures.) 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems,and experimentsareselected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem, algebra. Fall) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3one-hour lectures,3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Math 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring) 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics.Thiscourse indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 Electronics An introduction to the use of electronic instruments and integrated circuit devices. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits precedes discussion of semiconductor devices. Study of analog and digital circuits culminates in the use of microprocessors and applications to computer interfacing. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122, or 103 plus math. 122 or 125 and #. Spring) 270 Optical Physics The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introducation t o the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 351, 352 Mechanics I, II A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring) 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Math. 226. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 Comprehensive Laboratory An emphasis o n independent laboratory investigations, including participation i n physics seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. Spring) 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. Fall) 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 Independent Study A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniorsand seniors with departmental approval. 106/PoIiticaI Science - Political Science M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Barbara Richards-Haugen, Myles Stenshoel Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r 170; 158; 384; a n d at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d for that area. Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n : 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division 7 courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Politica Science Areas. Honcrs Major: The H o n o r s M a j o r i n Political Science includes the requirements listed above, lus thc f o l l o w i n g : The student's gradp-point average must bc 3.5 i n Ihr major anA.0 overall. ~hestudenfrnurl take an H o n o r s fn<irpendenl 5turly and n seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of [lie setitor year, an I-lonors Tli~sisto be d e f e n d e d bcforc a faculty commirree. Students may w o r k with any rnemlrcr of Ihr: Department o n their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, s h o u l d ,rppIy for Ihe Horlars c o n ~ u l lhe Departmental Honors Adviser. Stude~~ts M a j o r no later than the fi1.52 t e r m of the junior yPar. Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t a n d Politics (11) Comparative Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory a n d Analysis. Any course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements. Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t chairperson o r t h e Social Studies Coordinator. See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy i n the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation,and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #) 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term of election years) Political Science/l07 342 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 Constitutional Law I (See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II (See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years) 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topicto be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 351 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.I 381 Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) 459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #). Ill. International Politics 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. 363 Communist Foreign - Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #) 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) 108/Political Science IV. Public Law 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law I The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law I1 Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court t o the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I I for description) 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 381 Democratic Theory and Practice A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.) 384 Political Analysis An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) Psychology/lOg 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.) 498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 lndependent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson Major: 10 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5 courses a1 Augsburg; Physics 103, Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may bc counted lowarrl the minimum 10 psychology courses requircd for a wiajor. This rcsrriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stirdent may actually take more such courses. The major program sliould includc 105 in [he freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophn~nor~! ear. 381 or 399 in !he junior year, and 493 in ihe senior year. The major program is p/anned in conrr~lrntion with a n adviser in the psychology department ancl is a proved by the departrnent chairpprron. The overall plan is directpd toward a l a r i r undrrrtnnrling o l the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocarional and professional goals of t h p indiviclual student. A written plan far the major should be cornple~edand approved by the beginning of the junior year. I t is reconimended [hat psycholo~ymajars t a k e additional course work from other arcas that will cornpl~rnentand strengthen their particular interests in psychology, for examplc, devrloping a minor in business izdminis~ration,biology, or cornmunica~ionis recommended far many students. Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Au sburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward t e minor. E Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. Certificatein ProgramEualuation: 5 courses including PSY 264 or SOC 362,SOC363, PSY 399,450, ' r h c ~ ecoursrs a r e designed to proviclc the cognlt ive barkground and skill developrncnt to pcrform well a s a rescarch assistant for agenciw or firms which [lo program rvalualions or an crnployee who can rlevelop and maintain ongoing self-asstlssmenr programs for an employer agency, Sce dcpar~mentchairperson for furthcr dctails. 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. 251 Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years) 264,265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) 299 Directed Studv Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105) 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351) 355 Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in biology. Fall) 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 357 Learning Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior r h a n u and ~ indivirl11nli7edi n s t r ~ ~ r t i nnrniects. n IPrerea.: 1051 359 Measurement Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 Abnormal Psychology An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #) 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105) 375 Social Psychology See under Department of Sociology, 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses. Alternate years) 399 Internship Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. - 450 Proaram Evaluation The application of sclentifir research rcchniques and statistical analysis ro provrams for social improvement. Designing inforniation systems for thc ongoing mon~toringof programs, Assessing cornrnunlty needs. Assersing program effectlvrtit?~~ and effici~ncy, The ~~oliflcdlantl organtzarional canrrxl of progrdm mt~riitnringandevaluat~on. The roleof evaluation rcsearch for social palicy and program improvcrnenr. (Prereq.: PSY 264 or SQC 362; 50C 363) 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #. Alternate years) 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), Paul Almquist, John Benson, Delores Burtness, James Burtness, David Fagerberg, Irene Getz, Norma Knutson, R. John Singh, Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart Academic Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and 495, the seminar especially for majors, taken in rhc junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each major must have writtrn onp formal research paper and placed it on file with I ~ department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. Onc upper division Ncw Te~tamentGreek coursp may be applied to the major. Church Staff Worker Religion Major: 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399, 481,354 or 358,360 or 483,471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification. public School Religion Maiot: The Minnesota Department of Edtrcat ion does not at the nresent time r r a n l teacher crr~ificatlonIora religion maioror r n i n 0 r . T ~crrenare for (caching a b o h rclfgion in publicschools, the stiden1 sfiould work clo5&ly with the Kcliginn De artrncnt to rlesi n a program which include^: a ) a major in an academic rield wEirh is crrtiliable i h e r l a l r fnrelemcntary or secondary tenchina, and b) a religion major of 8 courses, including 111, 221, 355, 356,360,363 and 471. ky Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department. Church Staff Worker Certificate: 9 Religion courses ( I l f , 221,356,362,481,354 or 358,360or 483,471 or474,399); Psychology 105,357,352 or 371,485, Sociology 111or Psychology 373, Sncialog 231; Physical Erltlca~ion232; Speech 354 or 355,499. This program r n w t s o r excepc s thc eclucational requirements of T ~ American P Lutheran Church, but certification b the church is a separate func~ion.By oc'ldin two or three courses from appropriate c cpartrncnts, th~stuclentcan develr,pspecia cmphases i n parish edt~catian,business management or diaconal work. 1Y 7 7 Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the department chair. 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. P 350 Philosophy of Religion (See under Department of Philosophy) 353 Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) 354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures. 355 The Study of Religion in the Public Schools The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian educati0.n and curriculum, youth work and parish work. 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements i n American society. (Spring) 361 Church Fathers A study of the early Christian Church i n the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. (Spring) 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention tothe writingsof Martin Luther and other representativefigures. (Fall) 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) 380 Music of the Western Church (See under Department of Music) 399 Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 471 Jesusand His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 1982) 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983) 475 Judaism A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious dev~lopmcnr.A special interest i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and H~schel,The J e w i ~ h Chatailqila Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg Collcgr in partial support of this coursr i q Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian, Scandinavian A r e a / l l 5 Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator) The major in Russian Area Studies i s a cooperarive program of the Associated Cnlleges of theTwin Cities {AC'I'C).It seeks togive the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, I~tcrature,tradition, and philosophy. In addition 10 providing a goorl liberal education, the program can enable m d e n t s to prepare for graduatc study, or careerr; in areas such as government, international business, o r teaching. Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved electives. Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course in Soviet politics; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Mildred Joel (Director) Major: 8 upper division courses. Minor: 4 upper division courses. Note: Major programs musr contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper divislon Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses [aught by a Scandinavian Ian ua e de artment or subdepartment re ardlcrs of their conicnl, which may %P Bnau&tic, literary or curursI. Stu ents rilduating wlth a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate &vel competence in il Scandinavian language. Scc Norwegian courier undcr ! Department of Foreign Languages. 312 Old Norse An intraductian to the strucrurc of Old West Norse throufih the study of selections from Old Norse literarurr. Same attention given to Old East Norrc and aspects of the history of lour modern NordIc languages. Knowledgeof oneof the latter isdesired but not required. N(~rwt?gtan language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years) 325 Scandinavian Music (See under Department of Music) 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. llG/Scandinavian Area Studies - 345 Scandinavian American Experience The Old World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) 351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel Lectllrcs provide a survey or the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selectecl novels by JonasLip, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, fialldor Laxness and ofhers. Knowfedgr ol a Scandinavian language desirable. Langtlagr rnajorsand minors will be requir~rlto cloassigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. {Alternale yrars. Fall. 79112) 352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ihscn, Ejarnson, Slrindberg, tag~rkvist,Munk and other twentierh century tlramatis~s.l . e c t u r e s p ~ ~dsurveyof ~ ~ i c ~ ~ Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbscn and Strinrlberg, K n n w l r t l ~of~ a Scan(iinavta~~ language desirable. Language majorsand minorswill b e r p q u i r e d r o d o ~ ~ s i p n rcadin~san.11 rcl written work in a Scandinavian langua~c.[Alternatr years. Fall, f9B1) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (Offered under Department of Religion) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 382 Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) 396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia (Offered under Department of History) 495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) 499 Independent Study I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science, Social Studies/l17 Social Science Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) Two emphases exist within the Social Science major: the Teaching Major and the Non-Wcstcrn crnpfrasis.A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the romponcnt disriplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Scicnce major i s signi(icantly different lrom the other major. Teaching Major: 1 5 courses: 10 required courses (Economics 122,123; History 221, 222; Geography 114; Sociology 121, 247; Psycholog 105; Political Scienc~158 and 121 .or 170); 4 u p er division courses in one of the fn l o w ~ n disciplines: g Economics, History, PoliticarScicnrc, Psycholngy or Sociology; a statistics courrc approved by the clepartmcnt in which the4 upper division courses are takcn, The st~rtlcntshould choose an adviser who is a member of I hc department in which the upper division courses are to he takcn. (For supplementilry information and alrernativc ways to fullill Ihe stale-approved compctenry-hasrd program for secondary teachereducation) SPP the following section o n Social Sturlies for Secondary Educa~ion.) ! Major - Non-Western Emphasis: 14 cottrses: History 103; 1 social science n~rthodology course (Eronornics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology J62or 365); and 12 courses, in a t least 4disciplines, lrom the following: Economics 722,250; History 104, 3 2 2 , 3 2 3 , 3 2 4 , 4 4 0 , 4 7 4 ; Polilical Science 351,363,382,467; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241; seminars, independent 5tudy or interrm courses on relevant topics in fdistory and/or Political Science. Thc student planning to fulfill this social science major should consul^ t h ~ chairperson ! of thc Dcparrmenl of History in choosing a rnajor a d v i s ~ r . Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Teaching Major: 7 courses (Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114, History 123, Political Science 158, Psycholagy 105,Soclofogy 121 and 141) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, I-listory, Politrcal Scicnce, Psychology or Sociology - or incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major, described in section above). Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. 118/Social Work Social Work Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. The core program of Social Work begins in the 'unior year, but all students are advised to takeSocia1Work 257ar freshmen or sop~omoresunless exempted by the faculty, and should seek advisement from social work faculty as to sequence of required courses from other departments. Candidacy: Students planning to major in Social Work must apply to the department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program isa professianal program In preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consi~t5of 810, I O I * ; I%ych. 105*, J5I1, and 352*; Soc, 12Is,23It,365,375*, and 303*; and Social War k 2STC, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466 and 467. At least {CHR) course i s strongly recommended. onc Conservation of Human Reso~~rres *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Emcentration: Concentrations in Aging, Chernlcal Dependency, Youth, and Crime and Carrectjons are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive ol functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus fiefd work placement in thesenior year I n the special area. Completion of aconcentration is noted on the transcript. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of Education 388. 257 Practicum in the Human Services -WithfacuIty appmvnl,srudent selectsa placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper rcport and weekly rcvivw conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sopharnores. Open ro all students. 340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work in Human Development, Systems of Social Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #). 3613ystems of Social Welfare An examination of fundamental aspectsof thevarlous systems of social welfare in the U.S. and the roleof social work in them. Special emphasison analysis of the major assumptions and movemrntscontrtbutory to the rlse of thp walfare state; description of a selection of modern s~rviresystems, rhe prolesston of qocial work, its ethics, values, and historical development. Three class periods per week; Ruest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.: Junior, or #. Fall) Social Work/l19 363 Methods and Skills-of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Three class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring) 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Three two-hour class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and 364, or #. Fall) 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and socialchange through community organization,social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 462,464, Field Work II and IV: Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families,groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plusone supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0 in 361, 362; concurrent with 461 and 467; Fall and Spring) 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361,463, and senior or #. Spring) 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. 467 The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices,organizational theory, and resourcedevelopment will bestudied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463, Spring) 468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course) Current issues i n social work theory or practice. To be announced. (# half or full credit. Interim) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently drsigncd course a studenf (or group of students) develops, making extensive,systen~~tic dncl Integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan communily,e.g. l e c l u r c s , ~ y r n ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ , p ~ r fhearings. ~ r m i ~ ~These ~ c e sresources , become the core of the course, supplemented by rraditfonal college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #) Sociology Gordon L. Nelson (Chairperson), Robert Clyde, Jerry Gerasimo, Robert Grams, Garry Hesser, Anita Kolman, Joel Torstenson Major: 10 courses includin 121, 362,363,375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, indcpen!pnl study or upper division ~nterimcourse in rociolo y. This recommendation ir mndc in the hope [hill ihp rrudcnl will take advantage of t\e variety of learning rnorlrls olfcrcd through the dcparrment. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) HhnorsMajor: Thestudcnt must h a v e a minimum C P A o f 3.5in the majorar.rd3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of ~ubrnissionof thecis roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. C a n r l i c ~ ~ ci yi c o n ~ i n g c n fupon drpartrncntul approval of proposal h April 30 of junior year. After acceptancr as a candidate, the student will regisles or Indcpcndcnt Study (Sociology 499) through whirh work on tlissis will be completed, I-lonors rlpgrep in sociology wlII be grantrcl to a candidate i f he/~h~successfuIly Ocfcndsthc tliesis before March 31 a l senior year ancl maintains CPA througll graciuation. Y Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses includin PSY 264 or SOC 362, SOC 363, PSY 399,450. These courses are designed to provide t e cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies or firms which do prograrn evaluations or an crnployet. who can develop and maintain ongoing self-assessment programs lor an cmployer agency. See department chairperson for further details. \ 111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basicaspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. 241 Introduction t o Cultural Anthropology An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation toculture; languageas a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. 300,301,302, 303, 304 Special Topics i n Sociology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 360 Religion and Society A n examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research o n religious movements and institutions in American society. 362 Statistical Analysis The first course i n a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts t o build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used t o evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 Research Methods The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 o r #. Spring) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 Crime and Corrections An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused o n the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121, Fall) 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life-a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 121 and Psych. 105) 122/Speech, Communication 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretlcal perspectives in urban sociology; t h metropolis ~ as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; tosllaping the future metropolis. TheTwin C i l i ~ mctropo[itan r area is m a j o r i s ~ u relaled ~s utilized as a n importilnr learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring) 383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) 388 Social Inequality Analysis of inequality i n regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of theamount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 Modern Sociological - Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An i n d r p ~ r i d e n ~dl y~ s i g n e dcourse a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integra~cdutilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lecture.;,sy~nposia,perlor~nances, hearings. These resources become the core of I ~ courqe, P supplemented Ily rradltfonal college resources, and designed in consultation with ant1 cvaluatrd by a faculty member of the department. 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according todepartment guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Syl Jones, Howard Liszt, Joel Mugge, Stan Ransom Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguishecl performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in i h senior ~ year. Communication Arts/l23 - - - Communication Arts Thc communication major is a flexihle interdisciplinary program which allows for differen! emphases -journalfsrn, advertising and public rrlarions! radio-televisionfilm, human rrlations, and supervisory management. Program guldes for each area are available from rhe Departmen1 Chairperson or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241. Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354, 399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, anrl satis(actory performance a n competency tests in writing and typlng. Supparting rourscs rcrluircA hut nor counring toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 705; Sociology 121 or 247,375, Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department. Speech Major For Teaching: 10 courses, including I l l , 241 or 243, 350, 351 or 355, 352,354,360; Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. Speech Minor For Teaching: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,350,351 or 355, 352,354, 360 and participation in forensics. Note: Students prrparing to reach speech in secondary schools may s ecialize in any of three majors: ~ p ~ e c h , t h e a t artr,ind er speech-theater nrtr, A n y ofthese must he combined with a t lcast an English minor, preferably a major. Thecrrmmunication major or minor cloes not qualify one for reaching speech. Consult with the Department of Edi~cationfor recpjrerncnts in Education. Course 116 i s strongly recnmrnended tor students in elcmcntary ducation. 111 Beginning Speech Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 227 Advanced Writing: Journalism (See under Department of English) 225,230 Visual Communications I, II (See under Department of Art) 241 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 242 Film-Making (See under Department of Art) 243 Radio-Television Production An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall) 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science) 124/Theater Arts 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall) 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. 355 Small Croup Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Fall) 373 Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) 399 Internship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details.) 480 Seminar in Communication Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication. (Fall) 495 Independent Study in Communication Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. Theater Arts Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to major i n theater arts should begin with courses I l l , 116, and 228. Course 111 is not part of the major. Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be sup orted by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including ShaRespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. A. Acting Emphasis: 116,228,232,243,350,360,361,362,366,432, and the children's theater interim. S~ronglyrecommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. Theater Arts/125 r: B. Directin Emphasis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus t h e chilclren's I iearyr i n t e r i m . Courses stron ly r e c o m r n r n d ~ d courses : i n movement, cinema art, a n d dramatic literature. Performance rcquirementr for t h e directing emphasis i n c l u d e 4 units o f c r e w work, 3 units o f acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage management, a n d 1 internship. C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 a n d 290 i n Art. Strongly r e c o m m e n d e d : courses i n cinema art, art, a n d dramatic literature. Performance requirements f o r t h e design emphasis include 5 units i n c r e w work,2 i n technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 i n design, a n d 1 internship. Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 228, 232, 360, 361,366. Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 10 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,116,228,229,232,241 o r 243,350,360,361,366, t h e experience r e q u i r e m e n t specified f o r theater arts majors, a n d a m i n o r i n English. Theater Arts Minor For Teaching: courses 111, 228, 232, 361, 366; o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : 241, 243, 350; a n d participation i n dramatic productions. Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,241 o r 243, 350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; participation i n t w o activities (forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n d a m i n o r i n English. 116 Creative Dramatics A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 228 Technical Production I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall) 229 Stage Design I Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Spring) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 360 Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 361 Theater History Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Spring, Alternate years) 362 Theater Criticism A study of forms and ideas a s they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Spring, Alternate years) 126/Transdisciplinary Studies 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring) 367 Stage Direction II In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #. Spring) 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 428 Technical Production II Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall) 429 Stage Design II Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years) 499 Independent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appro riate portions of two rnajnn may conridcr ,he Tranniisciplinary Major. The TransJsci linary Major enables ~ t u d r n t rto respond l o a particular career interest. Wgile such an indivirlually clevcTopecl major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not he suitable far those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofe5sianal programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar). C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Women's, Minority Studied127 Women's and Minority Studies Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, James Porter The Women's a n d M i n o r i t y Studies Program (formerly American Studies) consistsof several interdisciplinary courses. A l t h o u g h n o major o r m i n o r i s offered, there is a certificate program i n women's studies. CertificateinWomenrsStudi~; lndivldually planned program wlth a m i n l m u m of 6 courses o r i e n t e d lowarrls women's perspectives: 3 course$ lrom the social sciences { i n c l i ~ d i n ghistory); 1-2 courser l r o m humanities (literature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disc1 l i t ~ a r ycourses, independent rturly. directed study, cfr. Courrer mily hr taken l o r n rhe ncrc colleges as w e l l as Augshurg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or N o r m a Noonan for further details. 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. 232 Blacks in America This i s an introduction to Black culture. The course will provide an overview of the major issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family,education, religion, aesthetics, economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. 260 Contemporary American Indians Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historiansand selectionsfrom women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Registers 129 Board of Regents Division for College and University Services 130 Administration 131 Emeriti 132 Faculty Music Hall, newest campus building Kiosk, a place to check for what's happening, and Stage I1 Theater Commencement Procession wends through Murphy Square i P .,-- . Regents, DCUS/l29 - Augsburg College Board of Regents Officers Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman James C. Lindell, Treasurer Norma E. Knutson, Secretary Members Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Minneapolis Star and T r i b u n Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota Nancy Bottemiller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Crangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson (1984). Minneapolis, Minnesota Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz, Minneapolis, Minnesota Chester Lind (1986). President, Northwest Bancorporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota James C.Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota Jane M o o t y (1986). Edina, Minnesota Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald C. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota, Washington, D.C. N. Stanley Stake (1986). Senior Vice President, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. M e r t o n P. Strommen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota Stanley Thiele (1986). Vice President, Human Resources, 3 M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota 'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term. Board for College and University Services The American Lutheran Church Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas Erwin H. Coldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Edwin Cunberg, Bethesda, Maryland Custav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan ~,.....lrl )r~.wL:..~ h ~ ; . . ~ - . . ~ ~h l~ :; ~. . ~ ~ . ~ t . . Administration President President ......................................................Charles S. Anderson Lowell Brandt College Pastor Carolyn Magnusson Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President ........................................................ ................ A c a d e m l c Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College Rlchard Green Associate Academic Dean Pat Parker John (Jack) A. Hlll Registrar Assistant Registrar Carol Stack Margaret Anderson Head Librarian Cralg Carnahan Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator.. Director of Audio Visual Services.. ...................................... James Olson Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs ...................... Bonnie Wallace Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ................................... Valerle Gealther Mary Olson Recorder ............................................................... Interim Director .......................................................... Tonl Clark Mary A. Klngsley International Studies Program Director International Student Advisor ................................ Mary E. (Mlml) Johnson Secretary to the Dean .................................................... Pat Urdahl ............ ................................................ ........................................................ ...................................................... ................................................... ...................... .............................. F l n a n c e and M a n a g e m e n t Vice President for Finance and Management ......................... .Wayne Pederson Herald Johnson Assistant Vice President for Enrollment Services Vlrene Luthl Associate Director, Financial Aid Director of Personnel Bonnle-Jean Mork Chief Accountant Jeff Kosse Manager, College Center Mlldred Nelson Robert Gores Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending Gerald Johnson Director of Plant Services Custodial Supervisor Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor Rob Curtls Grounds Supervisor ..................................................... Fred Wolter Manager, lcae Arena James Carey ...................... ........................................ ............................................. ........................................................ ............................................. .............................. ............................................ ................................................ .................................................. ................................................... D e v e l o p m e n t a n d P u b l i c Relations Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................. Gerald D. Bjelde Associate Director of Development/Deferred Giving ............. Slgvald V. Hjelmeland Associate Director/Alumni and Parent Giving ...........................Jeroy Carlson Assistant Director of Development/Annual Fund.. .......... Catherlne (Kate) Klelsmeler A. 8. Batalden Assistant to the Vice President Lols G. Wollan Director of Public Relations.. Janlce Rykken Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs Kay Cady Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information Manager, Graphic Center Therese Nlchols Executive Secretary Irene Steenson ........................................ ......................................... ............................... ........................ ............................................ .................................................. Admlsslons ............................................. Kathryn E. Lange Director of Admissions Assistant Director Coordinator of Transfer Programs.. Admissions Counselor. Admissions Counselor.. Admissions Counselor.. Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator.. .......................................................... Blll Ross Sue Bonner ...................................... ...............................................Erlc Anderson ................................................ Sally Hough ................................................ Llsa Novotny .......................Charlene Weidenbach Administration, Emeriti/l31 Student Affalrs .............. Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students Marlanne Sander Associate Dean of Students Rlck Thonl Director of Student Life (Housing). ........................... Llnda Schrernpp-Alberg Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement. Patrlcla M. Olsson Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement. Nancy Medcraft-Tldwell Director of Student Activities.. ........................................... Joan Slater Head Resident (Urness/Mortensen). ....................................Pam Joachlm Director of Human Development Judy Essman Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ...................................... Don Warren Area Apartment Manager ............................................ John Augustlne ............................................... ..................... ............... ....................................... Emeriti Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Ser Foundation. Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magester der Philc University of Latvia. K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesc Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig. Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. Mildred V. Joel, Professor Emerita, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. M.A., U n i ~ of Minnesota. Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minn Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minn Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., Univers~~y 01 Minnesota. Esther Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Lavonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland College. A. Mayo Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music. Paul 1. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. JohnThut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music. JoelS. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 132/Facu lty Fac uI ~ 01Y as September, 1980 Ruth 1. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. James Agre*. Assistant Soccer Coach. Paul Almquist (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Child Development/Family Life, lnstructor i n Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.S. Education Specialist, Mankato State University. Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Athletic Director, Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Assistant Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University. JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead. Timothy Blackburn*. Lecturer i n English. Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton* (1975). lnstructor in Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). Department Chair Health and Physical Education. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Margaret Smith Brand* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., Indiana University. Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Maria Brown* (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Delores Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. James Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer in Religion. Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota. Wayne Carroll* (1978). lnstructor i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Chicago. Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English and Interim Director. B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College. *Part-time Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of TheaterApeech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Yale University. Lawrence Copes* (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Darlene Dommel* (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota. Beverly Durkee (1965).Associate Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Ronald Duty* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science. B.A., San Diego State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof* (1977). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.M., Manhattan Music School. Mark J.Engebretson (1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Rolf Eriksen* (1971). Soccer Coach. David Fagerberg* (1980). Lecturer in Religion. Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 1.1. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Henry C. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. M.S., University of Minnesota. Robert A. Fornander* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., Augustana College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., Los Angeles College; M.S., California State University. Michael Frazier* (1979). Studio Artist/Saxophone. B.A., University of Minnesota. Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark Fuehrer (1971). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen Cabrielsen (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Minnesota. Jerry Cerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Irene Cetz* (1980). Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Princeton Seminary. John Cidmark* (1979). Lecturer i n English. Thomas Cilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University. Orloue N. Cisselquist (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Coetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M., University of Colorado. Robert Crams. (1971) Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 134/Facu lty Paul Crauer. (1979) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Louisville. Satya Cupta.* (1976) Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Custafson (1961). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin Cyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Theodore Hanwick* Professor Emeritus i n Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer in Library Science. Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Peter Hendrickson* (1980). Chorale Director. Katherine Hennig* (1966). Studio Artist/Voice. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Carry Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of Minnesota. Norman Holen (1974). Professor of Arts. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., State University of Iowa. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History. B.A., Rangoon University (Burma), M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mildred Joel* Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College, University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Einar Johnson (1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Washington. James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., juilliard School of Music. Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Chair of Foreign Languages, and International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.S., Columbia University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S., Winona State University. Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College. Amin Kader (1974). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm., University of Caior (Egypt); M.S., University of Michigan. Robert Karlkn (1973). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Facu lty/l35 Joanne Karvonen* (1965). Lecturer i n English. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., University of Georgia. Betty Kelly* (1980). Women's Tennis Coach. Diana 1. Kennelly* (1979). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. Director of International Program. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee Klemp* (1980). Studio Artist/Oboe. B.A., Augsburg College. Al Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Susan J. Knust (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., University of Cincinnati; M.S., Wright State University. Norma Knutson*. lnstructor i n Religion. Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota. Roberta Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communications. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota. Jon Lorence* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology. B.A., Central College; M.A., lowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor of Psychology and Department Chair. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. James Mayer*. Visiting Lecturer in Foreign Languages. Marie 0.McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of Nebraska. Sallye Cooke McKee* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Education. Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Park College; B.M.Ed., M.M.Ed., University of Kansas. Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. John Mitchell (1968). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.S., University of Tennessee. August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas Nelson (1977). Acting Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St. Thomas. Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1977). Associate Professor of History. B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Nicholl* (1973). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College, Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., University of Minnesota. NormaC. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University. Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Sandra Olmsted*. Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry. James F. Olson* (1975). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Jack Osberg* (1979). Assistant Football Coach. William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., Carleton College; B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Ronald C. Palosaari (1965). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin. Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of Colorado; M.S., University of Illinois. Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University. Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College, Moorhead. Lauretta Pelton. Associate Professor of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University. Douglas Perry*. lnstructor i n Social Work. Ronald Petrich*. Baseball Coach Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. James Porter*. Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies. George 1. Powell*. lnstructor in Business Administration. Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. A.B., Augsburg College; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Stan Ransom*. Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communications. Bruce Reichenbach (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. A.B., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University; M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Barbara Richards-Haugen* (1979). lnstructor i n Political Science. B.A., Vanderbilt University. Denise Rivet* (1979). Gymnastics Coach. William Ross* (1977). Assistant Hockey Coach. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art. Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor and Department Chair of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Saraent (1967). Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of North Carolina; Facu lty/l37 Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Irene Schilling* (1970). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A., University of Minnesota. Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor in Foreign Language. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest, Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh. Frank Seidel*. Visiting Lecturer in Business and Economics. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota. R. John Singh* (1979). lnstructor in Religion. Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist in Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College. Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music. Howard D. Small* (1978). Studio A r t M o r g a n . B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music. Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Sonnack.* Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Chicago; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary. George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M., Chicago Musical College. Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor in Foreign Language. B.A., Augsburg College. Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Concordia Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado. Bruce Stuart*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota. Grace Sulerud (1966). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeff Swenson.* Wrestling Coach. Larry Tallman (1978). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University. Mohammed Tavokoli* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology. James ten Bensel.* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist in Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota. Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach. Joel Torstenson.* Professor Emeritus of Sociology. David Tubergen* (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale University; Ph.D., New York University. Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor in Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). Lecturer i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. M a r y Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist in Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College. Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette University. David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green University. 139 Communication List for Mail or Telephon 140 Index 141 Academic Calendars F? T... . ; .. ., ! . ..-.."". ... ,.. ....... " -, 138 O l d Main, campus keyslone Hockey is the key attraction at the Ice Center Advenl Vespers in Central Lutheran , ' r... , ,',,', .., '.:' Communication List/139 Communications Directory Key offices are listed for correspondence or telephone inquiries. All have this mailing address: Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 Area Code: 612 President .................................................................330-1212 Dean of the College (Academic Affairs) ..................................... 330-1024 Dean of Students (Student Welfare) ........................................ 330-1 168 Director of Admissions (Admissions) .......................................330-1001 Director of Financial Aid (Financial Assistance, Scholarships) ................ 330-1046 Director of Student Life (Housing). ......................................... 330-1 105 Registrar (Academic records, transcripts, Veterans' Affairs) .................. 330-1036 Summer School/lnterim Office .............................................330-1025 Career Planning and Placement (Job Counseling, Placement Services) ....... 330-1 162 College Pastor (Spiritual life programs and activities) ........................ 330-1 107 Business Office (Fees and accounts) .......................................330-1028 Director of Development (Financial gifts to the College) ..................... 330-1 171 Director of Public Relations (Information Service, media relations, publications). ........................................................... 330-1 180 Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs .................................... 330-1 179 College Center Manager. .................................................. 330-1 109 Ice Arena Manager ........................................................330-1251 Student Government Office ................................................ 330-1 110 General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ............ 330-1000 The college has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievance: Boyd Koehler, Assistant Professor, Library (612/330-1018) - Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race, creed, national or ethnic origin) Pat Parker, Associate Academic Dean - Memorial 231 (612/330-1021) -504 Coordinator (matters based on physical or mental handicap) Marianne Sander, Vice President for Student Affairs, CSD-Memorial (612-330-1 168) -Title IX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status) Bonnie-Jean Mork, Director of Personnel, 2nd Floor Memorial (612-330-1023) ployment - Em- All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual, at Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office. 140/l ndex Academic Adviser ..................... 77 Academic Enrichment ................. 27 Academic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-38 Academic Policies and Procedures 38-45 Accounting Major ..................... 52 Accreditation ....................... 6, 44 Adapted Physical Education ............ 82 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-131 Admissions 9-'1'1 Advanced Placement .................. 42 Advanced Standing 42 American Indian Programs 27 Application t o Augsburg 11-11 Application for Financial Aid 15-17 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) 31. 36 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Auditing Courses 41 ... ......................... .................... ............. ............. ........ ............... ..................... Black Student Programs ................ 27 Black Student Union 27 Board for College and University Services. TALC ..................... I29 Board of Regents '129 Books and Supplies .................... 14 Brief Facts about Augsburg 44 .................. ..................... ............. Calendar. Academic ............... 31. 142 Campus M a p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Campus Tours ......................... 9 Campus Work 10 Cancellation from College 39 Cancellation of Courses 39 Career Planning and Placement 27 Center for Student Development (CSD) .............. 27. 2'3 Certification Programs-Art 34. 47 Church Staff Work .............. 34. 112 Program Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . 34.130.120 Women's Studies 34. 127 Chemical Dependency Program 36 Chinese 62. 73 Classification ......................... 42 Coaching Endorsement 82 College Center ................ 2,3.24. 26 College Pastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.130. 139 College Work Study Program 18 Communications Directory 13!1 Computer Programming (CDI) 36 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) .................... 36 38 Continuing Education Coordinators - Discrimination or Grievance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 82 Corrective Therapy 13 Costs 1980-81 C.P.A. Certification 34 ........................ ............. ............... ........ .......... ................ ........ ........................... ................ . ........... ........... ......... ................. .................... ......................... .................... Courses. Majors. Minors Art. Art History .................. 47-49 Biology ......................... 49-52 Business Administration and Economics 52-59 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-61 East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Education 62-68 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-72 Foreign Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72-80 Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Health and Physical Education 81-84 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-87 International Relations 87 Mathematics/Computer Science 87-90 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 90-92 Metro-Urban Studies Music. Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . 93-97 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98-99 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-101 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-104 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-105 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-109 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-112 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112-114 Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Scandinavian Area Studies 115-116 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Social Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118-120 Sociology 120-122 Speech. Communication and Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122-126 Transdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Women's and Minority Studies 127 ................. ....................... ..... .............. ... ............. ...... ..................... ...... Dean's List ............................ 42 31 Degrees .............................. Deposits ............................. 14 Directed Study ........................ 43 Dismissal from College ................42 Distribution Requirements ............. 39 Divisions ............................. 32 Driving to Campus ..................... 3 .......................10 .......... 53-55 ........................ 10 Early Admission Early Childhood Education Early Decision Economics ......................... Elementary Education Emeriti Enrollment Evaluation and Grading ............. 56-59 ..............63-65 ..............................131 ...........................14 4n-47 ......................... ................................. Facilities.. 2-3. 7 Faculty .................... 31.44.132-137 Fees 14 ...................... .................. ....... ...................... ..................... Financial Aid 16-23 . 28 Food Service Foreign Study 28. 37 French ............................ 73-75 13 Full-time Student German ........................... Grade Point Average (GPA) Graduation Requirements Graduation with Distinction. Grants Greek ........................... 75-77 ......10. 39. 41 ..........39-40 ...........43 ............................ 17-78 77 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Higher Education Consortium (HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Honors Major (See Departmental listings) Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14. 28. 29 Human Development Seminars . . . . . . . . . 27 . . . ........ ............ ................... ............ 43 Independent Study . . . . . . . . 26. 44 Intercollegiate Athletics Intercultural Center 27 Inter-Institutional Programs 35 Interim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.37.3R. 39. 112 International Business 53 11. 28 International Students Internship Program 38 26 Intramural Athletics Japanese 62. 77 26 KCMR Radio Kindergarten Licensure ................ 63 ................. .............. .................... ................... .......................... ......................... .................... 27 Learning for Living Library/Audio-Visual 31. 35 Library Science Courses ............. 67-68 Life Science Emphasis 98 40. 82 Lifetime Sports Linguistics Courses ................. 77-78 Loans ................................ 40 Location 2. 3, 6 ............... .................. ..................... .......................... Majors and Minors (Also see Courses) ........................ 33. 39 Management Major 52 52 Marketing Major Memberships .......................... 6 Metro-Urban Studies 91 Term (MUST) M i d d l e School Science Emphasis 99 Minnesota State Work Study Program ............................ 18 Mission Statement ..................... 5 Mortensen Tower 2. 3. 29 26. 97 Music Organizations ................... ...................... ....................... ........................... ................. ............... Numbering of Courses Off-Campus Programs ................45 .................44 Part-Time Students .................... 13 Physical Science Emphasis 98 Payment Plans 15 Policies ............................ 6. 44 Pre-Professional Programs 34. 3 5 Prerequisites 45 42 Probation Program in Global Community 37 .............. ........................ .......... .......................... ............................ ........................ Re-admission o f Former Students 11 Refunds . 15 Registration ....................... 30. 39 Religious Life 25 Residence Life 28.20 Residence Requirement ............... 39 Room Rent 13 ROTC 36 Russian .............................. 79 ........................... ......................... ......................... ..................... ........................... ................................ ........... San Francisco Summer Term 92 Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92 Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23 Secondary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-68 SEMAPHORE -- Student Handbook 26 Semester or Year Abroad 37 Sigma Pi Sigma ....................... 104 Smiley's Point Clinic 2R Society of Physics Students ............ '104 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 79-81 Special Interest Houses 29 Special Students (Non-degree) ......... 11 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Student Government 25 Student Life .......................... 25 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) ..................... 37 Student Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 26 Sudent Rights ......................... 29 Student Services 26-29 Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28. 37 Summer Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Summer Sessions ................... 31, 38 ..... .............. ................... ... ................ .................. .... ................... ....................33 ............................ 9 .........................9. 70 ............................... 13 .....................9. 10 ..................... 2. 3. 29 Teaching Licensure Testscores Transcripts Tuition Tuition Deposit Urness Tower Veterans ............................. 43 Academic Calendar 1980-81 Fall Semester 1981-8z* Sept. 2-3 Sept. 4 Registration and Welcome Classes Begin Labor Day Recess Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Last day to designate grading option Mid-term break lnterim Registration Spring Term Pre-Registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgiving Recess Begins Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Final Grades Due Sept. 1-2 Sept. 3 Sept. 7 Sept. 17 Sept. 17 Oct. 27 Nov. 10-13 Nov. 17-Dec. 5 Nov. 20 Nov. 27 Dec. 1 Dec. 12 Dec. 15-18 Dec. 29 Sept. 17 1980 1981 September 1 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 January 6 13 20 21 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 1 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 1 2 3 89101 15 16 11 22 23 24 2 3 4 91011 16 11 18 23 24 25 30 31 November 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 16 17 18 19 "10 24 25 26 6 13 20 21 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 31 4 11 I8 25 1 14 21 28 1 8 I5 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 5 12 19 26 Jan. 6 Jan. 23 Jan. 30 Feb. 3 Classes Begin Last day to register, add or drop class without record notation Last day to withdraw from a class Classes end Interim grades due 6 1 8 13 14 20 21 21 28 4 11 10 25 5 12 19 26 6 1 8 13 14 20 21 21 28 5 12 19 26 I 1 9 15 22 29 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 16 11 I6 19 ''m?'~ 25 26 Jan. 5 Jan. 22 Jan. 29 Feb. 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 11 I8 19 20 ''1 25 26 21 1 14 21 28 2 3 1 0 l 16 11 23 24 30 4 l I8 25 1 14 21 28 6 I3 20 21 1 14 21 28 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 1 14 21 28 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 4 11 I8 25 4 1 18 25 6 13 20 21 7 14 21 28 I 8 15 22 29 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 4 11 I8 25 5 12 19 26 1 2 6 1 8 9 1 13 I4 15 16 20 21 22 23 27 26 29 30 3 0 11 24 31 October November 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 18 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 21 28 29 30 June 1 8 15 22 29 2 3 1 0 1 16 11 23 24 30 31 September 6 13 20 27 May Jan. 4 1 9 15 22 29 August 4 5 6 7 1121314 18 19 20 21 25 26 21 28 April 6 13 20 21 Interim Jan. 5 5 12 19 26 March I 8 15 22 29 December 7 14 21 28 3 0 17 24 31 Februarv October Nov. 2 Oct. 26 Nov. 9-12 Nov. 16-Dec. 4 Nov. 19 Nov. 26 Nov. 30 Dec. 11 Dec. 14-17 Dec. 28 July 1 2 6 1 8 9 1 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 21 28 29 30 December 6 13 20 21 1 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 11 24 31 4 11 I8 25 5 12 19 26 Spring Semester Feb. 3 Feb. 4 Feb. 17 M a r . 23-27 April 3 April 17-20 April 24 April 27-May 7 M a y 15 M a y 18-21 M a y 22 M a y 27 M a y 24 Validation of registration Classes begin Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Mid-term Break Last day to designate grading option Easter Break Last day to withdraw from a class Pre-registration for Fall Classes end Final Examinations Final grades due Seniors Others Baccalaureate-Commencement 1982 1 Feb. 3 Feb. 4 Feb. 17 (See Easter) I April 2 April 3-13 April 23 April 26-May 6 M a y 14 M a y 17-20 January 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 "1 25 26 27 7 I4 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 I 4 I1 I8 25 5 12 19 26 July 1 2 6 7 8 9 1 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 27 28 29 30 Augusl 3 0 17 24 31 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 18 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 7 14 21 28 5 12 19 26 6 7 8 13 14 20 21 27 28 Februarv 1 7 8 14 15 21 22 28 2 9 16 23 3 10 17 24 4 11 I8 25 5 12 I9 26 6 13 20 27 1 7 8 9 I4 15 21 22 28 29 2 3 4 5 6 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 16 17 I 8 19 20 23 24 25 26 21 30 31 April 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 1 0 13 I 4 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 2 1 28 29 30 March M a y 21 M a y 26 M a y 23 4 I1 18 25 5 12 19 26 Summer School J u n e 1-26 J u n e 29-Aug. 7 Term I Term I1 ' *Subject to change AUGSBU~COLLEGE 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454 612/330-1000 6 13 20 27 1 7 8 9 14 I 5 21 22 28 29 6 13 20 27 June 2 3 1 0 1 16 17 23 24 30 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 September 1 2 3 9 1 0 1 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 4 1 18 25 October 3 4 5 6 I 0 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 ."J 25 26 27 7 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 5 16 23 30 November May 2 3 4 5 9 I 0 11 12 16 17 I 8 19 7 ' ~ 0 7 ' 3 25 26 4 11 I8 25 7 I4 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 1 7 8 9 14 15 21 22 28 29 2 3 4 1 0 1 1 1 16 17 I 6 23 24 25 30 5 6 2 1 3 19 20 26 27 December 4 5 1 1 2 18 19 25 26 5 12 19 26 6 1 8 13 I 4 20 21 27 28 1 9 15 22 29 2 3 1 0 1 I 6 17 23 24 30 31 4 1 18 25
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1986-1988
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog 1986-88
Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofp...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1986-88 Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000 This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofpubllcatlon, It 1s subJect to change without notlce. It 1s the responslblllty of each student to know the requlrements and academlcpollcies In thlspubllcatlon. If you have questlons about anythlng In thls Catalog, consult a faculty advlser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Key ofpces are llsted at the back of the catalog for correspondence or telephone Inquiries. Facts & Figures about A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota, since 1872. Founded in 1869. Religious Affiliation - The American Lutheran Church. 59% of students are Lutheran, 14% other Protestant, 19% Roman Catholic, 8% other. Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, National League for Nursing. Member - Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Enrollment (1985-86) - 1,802 from 22 states and 24 nations. Graduates - from 1870 through May 26,1985 - 9,231. Student/Faculty Ratio - 15.9 to 1.Class size averages 20-30. Campus - 14 major buildings. Major renovation 1979-80with special emphasis on accessibility. 9 major buildings are connected by a skyway/tunnel/enclosed walkway system. Library - Over 145,000 volumes, access to over 5,000,000 through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. School Year - September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College - trimesters, September to June. Mqjors - More than 40 in 20 de- partments. Off-Campus Programs - Program in Global Community, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),Study Abroad, and extensive cooperative education program. Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC),and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA),Division 111. Policy -Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap a s required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Financial Aid - Approximately 85% of the students receive some form of financial aid from the college and many other sources. Contents Facts & Figures ............................ 11 Introducing Augsburg ......................2 Admissions ....................11 College Costs, Financial Policies, & Financial Aid ............16 Student Life ................... 30 Academic Information .................38 Departments & Programs .................59 College Information: ..............................160 DCUS Board ........................162 Administration ...................162 Faculty Emeriti ...................164 Teaching Faculty ................ 165 Academic Calendar .........................173 Communications Directory .........................177 Index...................................1 7 8 lnfonnatlon Request Card ..................1 9 1 Regents Augsburg College Education in a Real World S tudents commonly speak of graduating from college as a way of getting into "the real world." In fact, Augsburg College provides students with an education in a real world. The diversity of the faculty, staff, and student body, the structure of the curriculum, and the academic environment mirror the complexity of life in contemporary society. The college's location in and involvement with a metropolitan setting offer continuous access to cultural opportunities, career experiences, and social realities that enrich students' educations. Augsburg's commitment to the liberal arts recognizes that the reality in which contemporary persons live and the persons themselves have been shaped by the tradition and history from which they come. The real world was not made this moming, and it is not simple. Only a broad education can present our world a s it is and give persons the ability to deal with it. Similarly, Augsburg College's continuing dedication to its heritage as a college of the church affirms a belief that the world is the creation of a loving God and that human persons are inescapably spiritual beings. T h e C o l l e g e Mission Statement These qualities of an Augsburg education flow from its mission statement which declares that the college exists to provide high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church and by the context of a great metropolitan center. Augsburg's location in the heart of the city represents the loom on which the multi-colored fabric of its identity has been woven. While students are prepared to take a place in and make a contribution to the world in which they live, they are educated to be critical of the quality of life in their society and to be reflective of their own values as they respond to it. ". ..based in the liberal arts " The academic program emphasizes the continuing validity of the liberal arts a s a foundation for developing the life of the mind. Augsburg College's faculty are dedicated to challenging their students to achieve the highest academic standards while supporting them in that endeavor with excellent teaching and individual attention. Students are expected to develop their abilities in critical thinking and communication and to gain sensitivity to and appreciation for their own and other cultures. Each student is encouraged to contemplate the eternal philosophical and spiritual questions of human life and of personal values and ethics. At Augsburg the great scholars, thinkers, writers, and artists of the past and present are studied and valued. Augsburg College considers an understanding of the content and method of science, a recognition of the place of technology, and an understanding of ways to maintain a sound body as important elements of a complete education. This insistence on the breadth of a traditional liberal arts education reflects a firm belief that human beings are more than their ability to perform a job. It reflects further a concerted attempt to direct students toward a full development of the many facets and capacities of the educated person. ". .. .. shaped. by the context o f a great metropolitan center" Yet, bounded as it is by an interstate freeway and the center of a vital city, Augsburg College is no ivory tower escape from the real world. The college community continually interacts with the city by attending cultural events and civic activities and by inviting city residents and visitors to the campus as lecturers, performers, and mentors. The city becomes a laboratory for experiential learning through internships, professional program field experiences, and cooperative education placements. ". ..and shaped by faith and values." This involvement with the real world is a reflection of Augsburg's spiritual heritage which values all that God has created. While its tradition supports intellectual freedom in the search for truth, the college affirms its belief that all students should reflect upon their ethical and spiritual values a s part of becoming educated. Students are encouraged through religion courses and through opportunities on campus for the practice and examination of spirituality to consider their relationship to others, to society, and to the world. Traditionally Augsburg College has insisted that an aspect of these relationships is contained in the motto: "Mucation for Service." In these words the college expresses a belief that, whatever career they pursue, graduates should consider the duty of citizens to contribute to the common good through service to others. \N ithin the larger community of the city and the world, Augsburg College is its own community. It is a community of support and collegiality composed of persons of diverse talents: of varied ethnic, national, cultural, and religious backgrounds: and of complementary interests and orientations. Through a competent, committed faculty and a dedicated staff, Augsburg College builds with its students a real world in which the whole person can be educated and developed. Augsburg College History A College o f the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530.Augsburg opened in September 1869,in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was in 1879. Early Leaders Establish a Direction August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants: and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: first - train ministerial candidates, second - prepare future theological students and third - educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rqjected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907),required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity.This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The F o c u s C h a n g e s This attitude began to change alter World War I. In 1911Georg Sverdrup Jr. became President. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the college as a teacher and administrator. The college's mission assumed a double character ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (1938-1962).His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the college was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. - Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective mqjors. With cumculum change came a long effort to become accredited. The college reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the college's mission now as serving the good society as a whole first, and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963. A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city, He wanted to reach out to non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the college became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Psychology Building. Since 1980Augsburg has been led by Charles S. Anderson. He has continued Augsburg's commitment to the value of a liberal arts education, emphasizing diversity in enrollment efforts, spiritual growth and freedom and an academic program that draws on the resources of the city a s extensions of the campus and classroom. Serving the Non-traditional Student Augsburg's American Indian Program is recognized as successful. The program has had the highest retention rate of Indian students in Minnesota -some 85 percent. The Black Student Affairs Program, initiated in 1969,has had a growing number of students and supports a Black Student Union and a newspaper distributed by the office. The campus is accessible to the physically handicapped with a skywaytunnel-elevator system connecting nine major buildings. In only its second year, Augsburg's program for the learning disabled had 30 students enrolled. The program received a state award for excellence. Weekend College, started in 1982with 69students, had an enrollment of nearly 500 in fall 1985.Through Weekend College, adult students can work fulltime and pursue a bachelor's degree that has a practical focus on a liberal arts base. These programs bring working adults to the campus. They're complemented by the new Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984) that sends Augsburg students into the workplace. The Co-op Education Program helps students get career experience in addition to their classroom studies. Augsburg Today Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church: education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens: the city with all its excitement, challenges and diversity, is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metropolitan center. There are now more than 11,000Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the college, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. Campus Location Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport include American, Continental, Delta, Eastern, Frontier, Midway, Northwest Orient, Ozark, People's Express, Piedmont, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed in the Communications Directory (p. 177)or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM). W e are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. ~ e a i s t r a t b ndoes notmean that credits earned at the institution can be transfemed to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building. Admissions Omce, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staffand reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library. (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960. Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, h a s 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gills to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students, Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, h a s spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Center for Global Service and Education, located a t 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. Music Hall, (1978)newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building. Melby Hall. (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena. (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage IITheater. formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage a s a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retains space in the Little Theater building. South Hall. Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Admissions A ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We want people who can benefit from and contribute to their community -the college community, and the larger community. Freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor, because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Just call any weekday from 8:00 a.m. to 430 p.m. -Admissions Office(612)330-1001. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for any day including Saturdays. Our office is on the Northwest comer of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis (please call first). Augsburg selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. Application Procedures forApplication Freshmen for Admission 1. Applicants should complete the application for admission and essay, and retum them to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript. 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application tile is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 6. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Early Decision for Freshmen Augsburg offers an Early Decision Program for students who select Augsburg a s a primary college choice. Early Decision candidates must apply by November 15 of their senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1.The College bases its admissions decision on the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1.This application is available in the Admissions Office. Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-timework toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where It: considers the work unsatisFactory, to grant provisional credit for worlt taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, a s well a s admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Tor example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in NursEna must have a 2.5 QFA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript sent directly to the Admissions Office from the college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer student applicants who have completed one year or less of college-level work must have an omcial transcript from their high school sent directly to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance. 3. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous college performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 5. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Re-Admission of Former Students Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return, apply for readmission through the Registrar's Office. Students who have attended any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. Admission as a Special Student (Ron-Degree) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available from the Admissions Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the procedures for applying a s an international student. All international students transferring to Augsburg from another United States college or university must apply and be accepted for admission to Augsburg two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for Fall, November 1for Spring. To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to: Director of Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 U.S.A. College Costs, Financial Policies and Financial Aid A 11 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The college raises that difference in gifts - from alumni, faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations, and endowment income. However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended t o supplement those resources. College Costs 1986-87 The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1986-87 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes a s required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition, Fees, K e n t and B o a r d Tuition (full-timeenrollment) ..................................... $6.780.00 This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1986. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to most college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-timeenrollment) per course 540.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course 270.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone) 1.400.00 1,300.00 Full Board (19meals a week) Other board plans are available a s defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is $1,260.00:the point plan is 51,020.00. ...................... ................. .................................. ........................................ Other Special F e e s (not refundable) Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (Full-time students . ..........$ 5.00 only) .................... Late Registration (per day after classes begin) .................... $ 10.00 Registration Change after first 5 days (Cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) .......................$ 5.00 introduction to Cinema $ 35.00 Arts ................................. Life Drawing (See Interim Catalog for fee) Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) ..............$270.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) ...................... fi75.00 Class, per semester ..-........$ 50.00 Radio-Television Production ..................... $ .,. 10.00 Theater Technical Production .........................$ 35.00 Student Teaching (per course) ...................... $ 15.00 Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) ..........$125.00 Student Government Fee ......$ 60.00 Fees Payable by CheckICash Application (new and/or special students) ...............$ Nursing Credit Validation Tests ,...,..... ..........$ Locker Rental (commuters) $ Student Parking Lot Permit - car .....................$ - motorcyle ..........$ .............. 15.00 75.00 5.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ..............$ 2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in Registrar's Office) 40.00 20.00 Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $250 - 300 per year. Deposits Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable) ........................... 9100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing Damage 100.00 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit a s a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. ........................................................... Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Optiona - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 a s billed; 42) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan upon appllcalion and after College approval, a three-month plan Is availabke each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letler. (4) 10-month Payment Plan upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid in 1 0 equal installments beginning June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. - A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of l0/o per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student Loans-NDSL and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules. Refunds Students fill out withdrawal from College forms available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to part-time, are dismissed, or are released Porn a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100°/~- through the first five days of classes (less $100.00 administrativefee). 90% - from the sixth through 10th day of classes. 80% - from the 11th through 15th day of classes. 70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes. 60% - from the 21st through 25th day of classes. 50% - from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term. No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Students who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. Financial Aid Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. For the academic year 1984-85 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $6,200,000 from all aid sources. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the Amerlcan ~ o l l & eTesting Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Porn (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS) helps determine the amount or assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors a s current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. How and W h e n to Apply New Students -Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for ad- mission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aid form (FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to the processing agency after January 1 but before March 15for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If a t that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. New Students - Early Decision This is for students who select Augsburg a s their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. Early Decision Candidates applying fur financial aid may wish to complete the Early Decision PinancIal Aid Appljcatlon, available by writing or ca lllng t h e Admissions OWce. This enables our Financial Aid Office to colnpute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. 2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any nec- essary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after January 1. Returning Stadenha Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by filing the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. K i n d s of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in gen- eral rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance For Veterans' Children, and others. Gift Assistance - Pull tuition 'Presidents Scholarships are awarded an~iuallylo LIIP rnosl academirally quatliied full-tinie freshmen students. Toese scholarships are awarded without regard to wed. Becatue this Is a unified program, Full tuiLicln Is assured, slnse lhe College guarantees the diFf~renccbetwecn non-Augsburg grants and schofarships (surti as slate sct~olarships,Pell grants. erc,) anti lull tuition, The award Is renewable Tor Ihrce years hastd oon academic perrorrnance at Augsburg. Special application is due January 15. Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and halr tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded each fall to (lie n~ostacademically qualified full-lime students who are direct transfers to Augsburg Coltcge rollowing completion ol an A.A. or A.5, degrce. having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified program, full tuition is assured, since the College guarantees the difference between nonAugsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due March 15. Presidents Scholarships Paired Resources In Ministry and Education (PRIME)Awards - Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. Announcement from the congregation must be made by October 1. Aupburg TuiHoa Grants - nvallahlt: to sludents who have shmvn academlc potentral and liavc financial need. A yl.aiil may pay up to full tuition and fees, A studenl's acadetnk pprkorrnanre, f l nanclal need, and high school and community involvcnient arc laken intn consideration, Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 1986-87, they range from $100 to $4115. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. SwpplernentatMucattlonal Opporhrnity Grants - R federal progranl administered by the College. To bc eligible, n person must: (I)be a U.S. citi7cn or perinanent residenl; (2) llave suiflclent financial need as defirlrd by the program and demonstrated by Ihc FFS (or FAT): (3)be ci~pablcot mainlaining satisra'actoyacademic standlng at Ltbe College: and (41 be accepted h r adrriission. Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1986-87 is $2100 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. Application is made by tiling the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the Pell Grant Program. lmeau of Indian R f f a i ~ / T d h and l State Indian Scholarships - Americ.an Indian studcnts who meet federal and state requirenlenls may apply for Bureau of Indiati Asfairs, Tribal and/or Stalp Indian Srholanhtp monies. Studcnts musl be lJ4 degree India11ancestry and be ~rirolledwilh a l e d ~ r a lrecognized l~ Irlhc. Irldlarl grants sup~lementall nlher sources of fl~tancialaid, For assistance in a ~ ~ l i c a t i ocontact n ~1;gsbur~'s Amerlcan Indian Program Dirtlchr or your Lrlhal agen'iy. Loan Assistance National Direct Shldent b a n s (RDSL) - Jolnt Augburg Colleg-federally funded program adminisle.r~dthrough llie College for students who demonstrate financial eligiblllty. Loans are. Inhrcst free durtngyour educalion. Nn inter~staccrues nor do payrnents have to be made on Lheprincipal at any lime you areenrolled at least halftin^^., Simple interrst of 5% and repaymcnl ob the priricipal (a1 the mlnlmum of$30 a month) hegln six months after you leavc school. liepayment may extend up to 10 years. Tl~eloan carria a Icacher canr.ellatlon clause, The maximum which may be barrowctt for undergraduate: study is $6,000, Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no inLerEst c h a t g . Reglnningwlth loans For school periods starting Septemkr 7 3. 1983 and alter, simple annual interpsl eT II% on the loan balance anrl repayment oT the principal brgin six lnonlhs after you leavc sclionl. Repayment may cxtend up to 10 years. The rnaxirnurn loan Es $2500 per year with the cumnlative undergraduaie nraxlmum of$I 2,500. Applications are available at the college. some banb, and the Mintlesota State SLudenl Loan ClfKce. Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial n e d and be rtgistered at least half time. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. - Parent Laan Program (PLUS) P1,US Is a loall program to help parents meet cotlege costs ol lhei~dc.pendcn1 children. Parents may bormw up to $3,000 per srudenl ol$15,000.Repayment begins withill 60 days llrr year with an aggregate ma~i~ntrm oi check dishursettic~itat a simple [nterest rate of 1 2 8 and a niinirnum payment of $50 per rnonlh. Applicatlorr ronns are avallahle a l Augshurg Colleqe or the tending fnsll~rrtlons.Applirljlinns are normally filed wilh thc hank or Lhrirt institution wlltl which your family has an account. Student Employment A i ~ g s b u r gCoflege provides work appoflt~nltieslor students with proveil finallcia! need who are at least one-hall time students. Assign. ment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in perfomfng the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just as scholarships, loans, arld granls. A maxiniurn of 15 hours of on-campusemployment per week is recom- mended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College WorR Study Program and minnesota State Work Study Program - Under tlle~eprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching bask with Lhe College ta providt! some part-time work opportunities. Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship wlnners are selected by the Sttrdent Affairs Committee of t h e Faculty unless otherwise s ~ e c l f i e d .For deuartmenla! scllolarships, winr~ersa;e recommended b y facut ty of the department involved. Descriptions of awards are From statemen& or the donors' wlshes, *Indicatesendowed scholarships General Scholarships Clrarles and Lllura nlliss ~XlricationalFoundation Scholarships - A number of awards of vdryln!t d ~ t i o t ~[~nirtltii~tni ~~ls S500) are made each year on the basis of tlnancial need and ability. Established in 1973 by the foundation. Bremer Foundation Scholarships - Awarded annually to students from towns and cities where Bremer banks are located. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to deserving junior/ senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two deservingjunior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory. Elias 6 . Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more needy and deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck. M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem. Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - Given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972. John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - Awarded annually to freshman students who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education, Established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964. Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie. Special Scholarships Aid Associalton Tor Lutherans - Awarded annually to able and deserving upperclass students who arthccrtlbcale (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Es- Lnhlislicrtl in 1968. The Crown Prince Haraid Scholarship - Pstabllsh~dby authorization of the Augsburg ColIcqe Roar'rl of IIegentr in 1965 on the t ~ c ; l s i onf~ llrc ~ visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual scllolarship prnvlde~hrll tuition for a Ireshnia~istudcrit from Norway. The winner is selected from rnrnpctitiort l~uldIrr Norway by t ' n ~Mnrgv-Amerika Foreningen. Grace Jewel Jensen Buster R~rnorialScholarship* - One or more scholarships are swartIrtl anri~rallylo sopliotnore,junior, or senior Chinese students who have outstanding acadmmir rvcords a i ~ darc preparing Irl work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983 by family allrl irlenda to lior~orLlir ~rfetnoryof Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922 alumna. The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded d~lntla[lyto able and de- FrrYlllg sL~id~ril(s) whn \lave physical disabilities and Isve d~~iionstlated financial need. EstabHsh~dIn 1972 by hcr huha~td,Iloyd Cleveland. In linnor tlw niernory uC Mrs. Cleveland, Augstl leader anrl rlt:vnted wlle. burg ah~rnna,~ o ~ a e c r a l cClirist~au Davld J. Fanno Aemorial Scholarship*-0nr or niarr schnlarships are awarded annually to i t I1a5 sucressrk~llyovrrcorllt: adversily and achieved excellence in a junlor nr qellior s t l ~ d r ~who at.adcrnlr and rxtrartrrriculdr pcirformancc. Estahlishcd in 1979 by members of his family t o Diivid .J. Tormn, ID64 alumnrrr. honnr the memory a i Colnnia~~drr Grace Anne JohnlFon Memorial Scholarsltip' - Onr nr mare scholarships are awarded annt~dllytn upperrlass Internatlor~alsludcnl? wlro havr overcntrlc adversity and achieved excell ~ n cIn t acadernlc and PXlrilCuIr i i u k r perrormanrt:. Btabllshrd i n 1981 by her parents, Dr. and Ars, I:ini~rJuhflsori, and other idrnily nienlbcrs and friprtds in memory of Grace Anne (Gay) 197 1-1973. Johnroll, a sludenl a l Auqs~~irg Catha .Ion- nemorial Scholarship' -Awarded alin~lallyto ripprrclass women of high moral charart~r,wllh prriewnrc (liven In female nr wale 5ttld~ntstranslcrdntl from Waldorf Colleqe Who (ire In n~~rslc andfnr e l r n i r n t a edutntion. ~~ Establishrd ill 1g75 111 memory of Catha on&, 1970 alumna, by her parerits. Mr. and Mrs. Kenn~tIiJnnrs, ntlirr IiItnlly and friends, and the A~~gshurg CnTIrgr Srnior Clrallt'nge Prograni. Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - Awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The scholarship is renewable. The Rev. Horace E. Plyhus memorfal Scholarshfp. -Awardrd annually to a senior student(s) who lias st~rcessf~rllv nverromr ndvcrslly ant1 11.~5arhteverl exrrllence in academic and extrarurilcular perfor~rinricr.E ~ t a l ~ l i s tIn i ~ d1977 l o honnr lhr rlirtnorv of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 gmrliratr: nf Augshurg Ser~ilnarywl~oovrrramt: Lhr nrlvrrsily or early years to earn his own edtic;lllnn alrd whn served his lcllow nien wllh ht~n~anity and dsdnm. Minority Student ScholarshipsJawants The Hearst Arncrica~tltrdlan Scholarshio' - O ~ ior r rllnt c sctnlarshios srre awarded annuallv to an Ameslc iltl 11irIld11ul)prtrlillr~5llldC11I(~)WIIQ lias a ~ u ~ ~ i u l a tgrade i v e point average of 3.0 or better at Augsburq Collrg. fsli!blished In 1984 hy I l i e nears[ Fout~datlnn, Homecoming Auction Schol~rshlps-Awarcltrd annually to two students, one of whom must be a minority student, who 11avedeu~onstraleclability to facilitatediscussion about issues of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event from faculty, staff and students. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially her service to students. National Scholarship &Grant Program for Minority dtudenb (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) - Mernb~lsof American racial arid cthnic minorities who are either seeking admission to an America11 I.r~lheranCllklrcl~(ALL) rollegc OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg College, and the community. Andrew and Constance Burgas Scholarship* - Available to both North American and international s t ~ r l p n Ll o~CIIcnurage men and women to enter full-time Christian service. Awards are based on dcri~nnslratrdircadrmic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev, and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess. Thorvald Olsen BtrmtvedllSernorialScholarship*- Awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class whr~is prrpali~iqInr Ilir mInLslry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor Lllc rrlrnlnry nl Ilr. T , 0,Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 1930-1958. Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of Henning and ~ellstineDahlberg. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship* -Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian sewice. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson. The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more students who demonstrate potential and tinancial need, with preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation. Gerda mottensen Memodal Scholarship* -One or more scholarships are awarded annually on L 1 1 ~bil!,is of srl~olarslrlp,sewicc. and dcvotlo~ito the Christian faith. Established in 1975 by tlir Ii~rnilyanrl h u g h u r g Collqf: in nlmlnrj or aerda Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College. Onesimus Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministly. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson. Johah H. 0. ROdvik Memorial Scholarship* - Onr or more scholarships are awarded an~rq preparing for a proierslorial career in Christlan service. Established rtilally lo h u g s t ~ ~studrnts ill 1976 t)y Mr. nnrl Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in mvriiory nl Jotiatt J. 0.Hodvik and his deep personal ~lrtl[cntIonLo liis ralling as a minister as well as his scholarly research and pioneer Lhought r o n c r r n l n ~the Apostle Paul's traditionally mlsilntlerstnod atlitude toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women. The Rev. Olaf R o g e Memorial &holarshlp* - Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian scrvlce. Ectahllshed 111 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college, 1940-1952. The Rev. lawrenre and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - Ont: or Inore scholnrshlps are to a Ji~nioror senlor prrparing b r a full-time vocation in the churcll. Eshbawarded a~~nually lished in 1980 by thclr chlldrrn, la~itiliesand hipr~dsLO l~unorLlre lifelonu dt:votlon that Lhc Rcu, and Mrs. lawre11ceSateren gav? to the cliurch, hugshurg Coll~ye,anrl Augsht~rgSelninaryover a period a160 years, Marguerite Hamilton StorIey memorial Scholarship -nwarded allnually to an able and des ~ r v i n g/ ~ l n i o ~ , k ~ ~slutlenl i I o r r~colnmendedby l l srhnlarship ~ committee. Semi-finalists are inlerv&d and sclcct~,dby thc dorlar, the flei. Catvili f. Storley. btablirhed in 1965 to honor the menlory o l Marqucr~lcljamlllon Slorley and licr intetest and cotice~nin the mission work of the Christian church. Morris G. C. d ilanna Vaageneu Misslanary Stholarship Fund* - Awiilded annually Lo a junior/senior student prepdrlng lor servlcc ac a missionary through the World FTlssion Dcparlment of The American Lulhtran Chorch, Lslabllshecl i l l 1969 by the RPV- and Mrs. Morri? 0.C. Vaagenes. Departmental Scholarships Art The Crown W n c w Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 197n ta honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to a talented arl student will1 flnnncial need. Augaet molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to uppcrclass studc~itsmajoring in art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends in memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg COI~P~P, Athletic The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) particilmling iri Llh: Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average is below 3.2. Estahtisherl in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a talented young hockey player. Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by his parents, the Rev, and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College. Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Aemorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on the bash ol'personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by the tkv. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg College studrnh. David Granner memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to h a or more students, particpaling in athletics or masic, who have demonstrated llnanrlal nced and/or high Christian character. The allllplicschotarship is for a mate rarlrliddlc only, w l l l ~a prefcrentr in basketball. Esand Mrs. Ethel tabliskrl In 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and cllildren I{irhard, Caml, and Rt~l, Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S, Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the wrestling program. Established in 1980 by the William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler, Magnus and Kristofa Meven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents. Biology Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. Business AdmlnletmtIon/EcenomEcs A~~gshusg Brrsiness Rlitmni Scholarship Fi~nd*- Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or wrrinr 4 1 1 ~ hIIIP t~ldjnri~l!]ilk ally of Hw dress encompassed within the Department of Business Arltiiini5lration and C.< .ruioniics and b a w l on acad~micrxccllence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community. Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students interested in the field o f business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration, Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Chemishy Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1968 by family, Friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor: Manivald Aldre Carl Fosse Frederick C. and Laura E. Nortensen Dr. W. N. Sandstrom Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Covey Hendrickson Minnesota Mining and ManufacturingChemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979. Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or professional school goals. Established in 1984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry, His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work. Education David Mathre Scholarship* - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of financia.1 assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship* - Awarded annually to jtlniorlstnior students who are majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to t ~ a c hEngllsh as a career. Established in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 ycars nl service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College. Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarshipb- Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952. Foreign Language Nimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-MedicineAward - Given annually to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association. - Eleanor Christensen Cdwards lkmorlal Scholarshipr Awarded annually to upperclass student(s) prrparing for a ratter in riirdirlne nr health. Established in 1978 in memory of Eleanor Christrr~senUwards' devotion and s~.rvjccin lieaitli care by members of her family, Bernhard Chrlsl~nscn.I;isic Christe~isenSchrocder, .le%l~ Cliristensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - Awarded annually to a history major. Established in 1980 by Gregory M. Rtzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock. The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0. J, Haukeness. H, R, aendrichdn lllsbry Scholarship* --Awarded annually to students majoring in history with prclrrencc given to llrose who plau a c a m In lhp field, blahlfshed in 1969 by Dr. and Mrs. Carl II.Chrlslork and aegnrentcd Ily otlier conLributlo~~s Lo iinnnr Ihe memory of H. N, Hendrickson, pmkssol uf llistory a1 Aussburg College, 1400- 1952, Library Science Library Student Assistant Scholarship - Established in 1984 by library staff to honor junior or senior students who have given outstanding performance as a library student assistant. Mathematics Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and desenring student in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department. Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco. Metro-UrbanStudies Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in 1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs. Music Peggy ChristensenBenson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas 1. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna. Prwhrnan Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence niarkrrf ablllty In their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that major nicldium during ihe Rmt two semesters of performance studies. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two or more students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high Christian character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus. 0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, interest or potential in conducting, and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I, Hertsgaard. Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* - Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music. Edwin W. and Edith 8, Norberg Scholarship* - One or more scholarships arc awardrrl annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. btablish~din 1980 by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and ro~iducllngoF piano, organ and choral music. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field o f music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951. Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs, lver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53. String Scholarships - Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola, cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble, and orchestra. John & Vera Thut Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in performance in voice or piano. Established in 1980 by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of which was at Augsburg. Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty. Political Science Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students oursuina careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 bv Professors Norma Noonan and ~ j l e s~teishoel. Scandinavian Studies lver and myrtle Olson Scholarship'- Awarded antlually to an upperclassstudent@)with acadeniic ah~lltv.in lllc ~ ~ u t s uoti la rtpqwe. wit11 concentration in Scandinavian lanquaqes, literar and their familks and friends tulme,h l s l o i ac~rl/orcult~r~~e. ~ t a b l l ! h d In 1903 by l l ~ e lchildren to honor lver and Myrtlv Olson oa the occaslot~ol their golden wedding anniversary. Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize* -Awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35. E xperiences in the classroom are an important part of collene life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the college and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. Campus Ministry a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, a s well as As academicand social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. A s a college of the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an ofice in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation, support or information. Student Government Through student government students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible - program planning, writing, editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the Student Body in their offices in the College Center. Social, Cultural, Recreational Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well a s in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburglan, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, a student-operated non-profitradio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in the Mortensen Tower. Fine Arts Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the theatre arts department. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track & field, and softball. Intramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well a s individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests is served by groups and clubs and by events spon- sored by the student government. If you need information or wish t o initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services ~ u ~ i b college u r ~ doncerned with educating the whole person and - is recognizes t h a t t h e environment for learning is a critical factor in achieving growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs supports this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or a t the time of transfer, you will receive a copy ofAugsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act a s a sort of road map. Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services t o help make yourjourney rich and meaningful. Some of the opportunities are listed below. Summer Orientation. Students can plan their first academic year and pre-register for classes. Students and their parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. They stay in the dormitory, attend events in the met: ropolitan area and seek answers to many questions about college life. Career Planning and Placement. Students may be uncertain about where they want to be whenthey finish their undergraduate experience, whether their life style will be a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help with a personal assessment, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase of life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor. Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office, Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporaty, and summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in the area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help match students and jobs. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" is offered each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships),Choosing a Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. Students may want to improve their skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. Students also will have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose needs. If a particular course proves difficult, students can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors are available to help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth groups. Learning Disabilities Program. A Learning Disabilities Specialist and trained peer counselors are available to LD students needing coursework assistance, as provided for by Section 504. Direct services and advocacy are provided in such areas as diagnostic assessment, admissions assistance, orientation and registration assistance, basic skills remediation, orientation to the College, and tutoring. A Learning Laboratoty, word processors, study guides, taped textbooks, and a peer support group are also available to students accepted into the LD Program. A separate brochure detailing services and fees is available through the Center for Student Development. Intercultural Center As a College in t h e city, committed t o t h e values and insights ofcultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy a n d counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty a n d community. At t h e present time t h e s e efforts concentrate in two major areas: American Indian Support Program. This program provides direct services and assistance in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling, tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program provides advocacy in areas of health, child care, housing, and employment opportunities, with input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison with the Intertribal Student Union. Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides career and personal counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process. Black History Month and the Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and participation. The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If students are interested in study abroad, they can consult the faculty member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available. International Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation of its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the International Student Adviser helps to orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange program, or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club. Health Service The staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus will take care of students' health needs. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Students must check family health coverage to determine if they are included: if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Food Service The Commons,situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food serv- ice facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangleand Murphy Square.The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Living on Campus Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who facilitate the process of group living and discuss personal concerns with individual students. Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomores not living at home to live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and South Hall. Students rent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive a t Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus must pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in U r n e s s Tower. This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. W e s t H a l l contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upper- class students. A n n e x H o u s i n g provides an alternative opportunity for group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid for a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such t o ~ i c sa s Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, 'international Living, Honors Program, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Riahts The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsiY bilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the P!acement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator a s listed in the Communication Directory at the end of the catalog. Academic Information ',, 1 I . . . ' i!! A ugsburg College constructs its cumculum upon the premise that students must be educated as full human persons: intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well a s the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cumculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students the opportunity to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities. Students choose from over forty mqjor areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of cumcular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. General Information D e g r e e s Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 1 4 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad, Independent or directed study and internships are among the many Interim options. Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College). t. -+ - 4 II i' Faculty The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider their teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in research, including such varied studies a s space physics, the history of medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union, and homelessness in American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and national level, and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries, and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty s e e their research a s supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces them to current thought in many fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act a s academic advisers and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act a s both mentors and models for students. Computer R e s o u r c e s Approximately 50 microcomputers, including Apple Ile's, IBM XT's, laboratory computers, and graphics microcomputers are arranged in networks with larger machines, to satisfy standard educational needs. Students and faculty members needing even more computing power also have access to computers at the University of Minnesota. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library as- sistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over 160,000books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. Access to over 1,000,000volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/ video tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipment such a s movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. Academic Organization and programs Divisions and Departments The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Raymond Anderson (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts - Earl Alton (Chairperson) Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan (Chairperson) Natural Science and Mathematics Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies -Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work M q j o r s and M i n o r s Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree. Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major, Mqjors available at Augsburg are: Applied Economics Art History Biology ~ u s i n e s Administration s (Accountina, Finance. International Business, -Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing) Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies1 Economics Economics-Business Administration EngineeringZ English Foreign Languages: French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Kindergarten-Elementary Education Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) . . Music Therapy (B.S.) Nursing (B.S.) Occupational Therapys Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Speech Studio Art Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Minors available at Augsburg are: Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Foreign Languages: French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History International Business Management Information Systems Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Welfare Sociology Speech Studio Art Theatre Arts It 1s posslble for students to complete other maJors through the Associated Colleges of the Twln Cltles (ACTC). Students who wlsh to complete a maJor oflered a t one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Ofpce. 1 - Cooperatlue Program of the Associated Colleges ofthe 7Luln Cities and agree- ments with the Unluerslty of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beglnning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian. 2 - Dual degree programs with the University ofMinnesota Institute of Technology, Washington Unluerslty School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Mlchlgan Technological Unluerslty. 3 - Dual degree program with Washington Unluerslty School ofMedlclne. Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs a r e offered a t Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education a n d t h e following fields in Secondary Education: English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry o r Physics), Science (Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, a n d in t h e special areas ofArt (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Orchestra (K-12) a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Vocal a n d Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), a n d Physical Education (K-12). Students planning t o teach o n t h e secondary level have advisers both in t h e Education Department a n d t h e area of their academic major(s). Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills a n d knowledge h a v e b e e n established a t Augsburg t o increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal growth: Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstancesthan a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed to meet or exceed criteria used in The American Lutheran Church certification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women, lnterested students should contact the program chairperson. Pre-Professional Programs S t u d e n t s who plan t o enter t h e fields of law, medicine, occupational therapy, dentistry, t h e ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, o r engineering c a n profit from a liberal a r t s education a t Augsburg. It i s r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t r e q u i r e m e n t s for a d m i s s i o n to g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r seminaries be reviewed a n d t h e course of study a t Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in e a c h field t o assist s t u d e n t s in their planning. S t u d e n t s w h o want t o plan a pre-professional program should contact t h e Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year t o arrange for help from t h e appropriate faculty a d viser. Pre-Dentistry- These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2~ourses;810 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,352; MAT 124; ~ ~ ~ 1 0 5 . Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering -This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-Law studentshould major in a discipline of their own choosing, and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in the liberal arts. Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments have majors specially designed for pre-medical students. Both require CAM 115,116 (or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125: and PW 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The Biology major also requires 810 111, 112, 491 and one from each of three groups (351,353, 361), 1355,473, 47Y), (440, 471,476), with 353 and 355 especially recnmmenrlccl Tor rnedical school. Designed lo mcet the University TMinnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage coursr.s in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-OccupationalTherapy - Augsburg College has a cooperative arrangement with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University. Prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy Program include ENG 111,BlO 111,112 and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or 115: PW 103; PSY 105.351.362: SOC 121.336. SOC 362 or MAT 373. Pre-Pharmacy- Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the Colleae of Pharmacv at the Universitv of Minnesota: BIO 111.112: CHM 115. 116, 351, 352; ECO 1 2 2 : " 1~11 ~ and ~ a iecond course; MAT 124, 125: PHY 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requ~rements.Requirements at other universities may vary. -~ -~ - - - ~ ~ 0 - - ~ 7 Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization);one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course: CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; 810 111,112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges a n d institutions in t h e Twin Cities a r e a o n several programs. Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000volumes, Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - Augsburg, in cooperation with fifteen other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco, and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change and the human community. The consortium also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education, and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of ~iniesotaunderan ag;eement between Augsburg, the ~ i i v e r s i of t~ Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience a r e available to Augsburg students. S o m e of t h e m a r e briefly described below. For application procedures a n d further information, s e e t h e Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit o n t h e number of students who may study a b r o a d e a c h year it i s wise t o apply in t h e fall prior t o t h e year o n e wishes t o participate in a n international program. T h e d e a d l i n e i s March 1of t h e preceding year. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. HECUA (Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs) - Augsburg students join students from other colleges and universities in five different full semester programs in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities. All programs are interdisciplinary and emphasize the impact of social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community, HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field trips. Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity to spend a year of study in London, Paris (American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken at Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses abroad. See Business Administration-InternationalBusiness. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month li~ing~learning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation, Includes intensive Spanish instruction,group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Center for Global Service and Education. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway: Schiller College in London and Heidelberg: the University of York, England: the University of Dundee, Scotland: the University of Seville, Spain: and the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France. Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. Honors Program The Honors Program a t Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified students to pursue a n enriched and distinctive course of study. The major components of the Program include a limited sequence of honors during the freshman and sophomore year, special extra-curricular seminars, a program of cultural events each semester, and a senior capstone interim. The Program challenges our finest students to distinguish themselves. Students are ordinarily recruited a s freshmen, but may enter later by petition. Please send inquiries to Dr. Diane Pike, Director of Honors. Cooperative Education, Internships and the Liberal Arts Through Cooperative Education and Academic Internships, Augsburg College students integrate their liberal arts education with the world of work. Each placement is closely related to a student's major or career interest. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is a n effective form of career preparation. Augsburg's Cooperative Education and Academic Internship Programs link employers and faculty in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience. This on-the-job experience a d d s breadth and depth t o the liberal arts curriculum and helps students make more informed career decisions. Augsburg's liberal arts education is enhanced by the college's metropolitan location and the broad range of opportunities in the Twin Cities. Co-op Ed and Internships expand these mutually beneficial relationships and the resulting partnerships among employers, educators and students. Augsburg has been a leading proponent and provider of experiential education for many years. Both Co-op Education and lnternships are voluntary and available throughout the cuniculum. Each academic department determines the extent of its involvement in either program and the amount of credit it will allow. The Associate Academic Dean coordinates the Internship Program with assistance from Career Services. Co-op Education and lnternships are separate and distinct from programs which require clinical experience, practicums, residencies and/ or student teaching in order to fulfill the professional training associated with accredited programs. However, many students participate in Co-op Education and lnternships prior to and following these required assignments. Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships are numbered 199. Registration for internships consists of the followingsteps. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Associate Academic Dean's oflice) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience. The grading system, activities, and appropriate level must be agreed upon. The completed learning agreement is returned to the Associate Dean's oftlce. An internship card (with the description/location) signed by the faculty member and Associate Dean must be turned in to the Registrar's Office at registration time. Students are not encouraged to registerladd until an actual experience has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Independent/Directed Study Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to cany out upper division level work on an independent basis. Courses are numbered 499. (Some departments have been given faculty approval to offer '12 course credit under 498. The Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts department uses 495 for independent study in Communication.) Many departments also offer an opportunity for directed study on a lower division level. These courses are numbered 299. Arrangements between students and instructors should be made in advance of the period of initial registration. The grading system and appropriate level must be agreed upon, lndependent and directed study course numbers are used only for study different in content from courses already listed in this catalog. An agreed title must be reported on the appropriate form to the Registrar's OWce at registration time. The faculty member giving the grade must sign the form. Students are not encouraged to registerladd until an actual study has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may cross-register for independent studies at another ACTC school only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs attached. Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. Augsburg Weekend College Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses a s the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Business Administration (specializations in accounting, finance, management, management information systems, and marketing), Communication (concentrations in human relations, public relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and noncredit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Center for Global Service & Education The Center for Global Service and Education was founded at Augsburg in 1982with a commitment to education which both expands our world view and deepens our understanding of issues related to global peace and justice. Students can participate in a number of forums, seminars and conferences that focus on global issues. In addition, a spring semester program in Mexico, The Program in Global Community, and occasional interims allow more in depth exposure to these topics. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Col- leges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office, and Weekend College Ofice for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: - Office of the Registrar Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms Interim Office - Memorial 230,for Interim Summer School Office - Memorial 230,for Summer School Weekend College Office - Memorial 329,for Fall, Winter and Spring trimesters of Weekend College. Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the spring and during the spring for the fall. All students must confirm their registration at the beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangements. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective a s of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Leave of Absence Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Ofice of the Dean of the College. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office. A Leave ofAbsence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension of a Leave ofAbsence is needed, it should be requested in the same manner a s the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required. Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines. Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, or using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors. 1. Completion of 35 courses. At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors - 1 7 (MusicEducation) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 1 8 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing)degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study: 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (P)also has these limits: 2 in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing: 1in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2. Completion of a mqjor. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is encouraged. 3. Grade Point average 2.0 for most mqjors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. - 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. 5. Distribution requirements (See below) Distribution Requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111)or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology English-Speech, Communication & Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Psychology-Sociology Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music . A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Foreign Languages - Two courses (111and 112) of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. International students should consult with the Registrar. Religion - Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registrar's Office. Lifetime Sports - Two different lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two different lifetime sports. English as a Second Language (ESL)Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language, or are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing, or Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (8090 range for exemption) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of English a s a Second Language an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade eamed in the class will determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 2171218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally be granted for no more than two courses. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by testing out or by completing the course, will be exempted from the foreign language requirement for graduation. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are cautioned that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 1 4 traditionally graded courses be eamed at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See PIN limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the PIN system or only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.01 N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded PlO.0. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the PIN grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 2.6 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade ofX is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year).An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1 X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be necessary. A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript a s having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (QPA)is based on final grades For all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work tmnsferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/M grading optlon are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the fall and interim terms. Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors - 1 6 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Advanced Placement Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores 0f3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program) Augsburg College recognizes that learnlng car1 and does tatre place in many 1lfe sltuations. Some of lhls learning may b e appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provldes a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: The College tm-4 Examination Program (CLEP) is a serks or slaridardized tests which have been developed hy The College Board arrd are offered lo students for a small Tee at reglorial testing t.enters. (The reglonal testlng center for this area Is the Unliiererslty or Minnesota,) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credlt Tor that suh,ject at Augshutg Col3ege. AddlUonal Information ahout CLEF L e t s Is available from lhe Orflc~of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question. B. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a passjno credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty members from fields of study directly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria: A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student, Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourthof a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credil that is obtained through previous experiential learning, In camplling the nlne courses or credit for prevlous experiential leaming, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEF exams, departmental exams, and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. Probation and Dismissal Students will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if their achievement is unsatisfactory. Students who have been on probation two or more consecutive semesters are subject to dismissal at the end of the term. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Students who have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term. Those on probation for two terms who withdraw from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll. Students having taken 3 or more Augsburg courses will be placed on probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7 courses. Sophomore - below 1.7cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses. Junior - below 1.9cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses. Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses. They will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation a s freshmen for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7.Students placed on probation a s sophomores for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each student on the Dean's List receives a certificate and, if permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8to 4.0cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6up to but not including 3.8cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3up to but not including 3.6cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Veterans of Military Setaiice Augsburg is approved by t h e State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consul1 with the Office of the Registrar about cornpl@Lionor Lhe enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three courses per term, the minimum for classification a s full-timestudents. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Ofice of the Registrar, a s it is for all students. If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent of what they had been certified for. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. and IFYogams Course Descriptions Maior & Minor Requirements A s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College operates with a belief that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct mqjors, to create the substance of a broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter covered in individual courses to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, and requirements for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its goals, and its place in the college's program. A listing of requirements for individual mqjors follows the narrative. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is specified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs. Credits A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified a s upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of ,a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Art Department (ART) Art is important as a field of study for our modern age. Our survival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines.Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science. A liberal arts college, such as Augsburg College, is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making, antique restoration and sales, film and video work, portrait painting, and gallery and museum work. The future holds a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills with a breadth of understanding. Art Faculty: Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Dorothy Williamson. Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with foundations 102,107, 225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be in 2dimensional art (118,223,360)and one in 3-dimensional art (150, 221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with portfolio on approval by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 7 studio disciplines among Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; 240 and two other art history courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and development and/or special projects such a s senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the department chairperson before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 EnvironmentalAesthetics Fine arts in the urban and warld setting, Concern far t h e visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciaLion and criticism. lndivirlrlal and group projects explnring design prohlcrns In rcpresenta(Ion, symbalism and ahstlaction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such a s color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100,300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used a s a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the casting ofjewelry in pewter and silver. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 2 2 1 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silk-screen and woodcut. 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 330 Visual Communications I1 A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.::!25) 351 Ceramics 11 Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting 11 Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Altemate years) 368 Print Making 11 Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson o r internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture 11 Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 lndependent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times, Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually one or two sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts - a s artists, a s subjects, and a s patrons. 382 ScandinavianArts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modem times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Spring 1987) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. (Fall 1986) 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1987-88) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific e m ~ h a s i on s 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European a r i a s well a s indigenous movements. Biology Department (BIO) Biology is the study of life, and it is natural that we, as contemplative living creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part ofthe biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain self-understandingand to provide a basis for wise decisions. Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex, and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp ofbiologists, This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have depended on the findings of basic biological research. Since the biological world reveals such variety, complexity and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based. Since a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists. For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other araduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology. Biology Faculty: Neal Thorpe (Chairperson). Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Etwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulemd. - O p t i o n 1: 7 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least one course from each of three groups: ( I ) 351,353,361,481; (11) 355,473,474; (111) 440,471,476; CAM 115,116 (or 105,106),351, 352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. All of the 7 biology courses must have laboratories except for 367 and 491. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Mqjor - O p t i o n 2: 9 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least one course from each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111) 361,481; (IV) 471,473: (V) 440,476: CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351 and 352. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Mqjor P r e - M e d i c a l Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require CHM 353. H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participa- tion in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. M i n o r : 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106). 101 Human Blology llasic t>inloglcalconcepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt ta arlstvcr sucli questions as: What makes man just another member of the hintic Fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What inIlt~eticcdocs man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urbali envlronment, have on man? (3hours lecture, 1-112 liours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both 1 0 1anrl 103. Docs r1oI apply to the major or minor, Spring) 103 Human Anstomv and PhvsloZolrv A professional cchrse In h e slruFture and Function of the human body. Lectl~reand laboratory. (A sttrdenl may not receive credit for both 101and 10.7. lloes not apply lhe maor or minor) to 105 Blology and Soclety iVIiat arc some of the biologically-haseclproblems with which our sorlety inust deal7 R s61rvcyof Lhe cnv!mnmtntal and tiealth impllatlons o f polI~tlion,noii-rericwahlr resource depletion, waste disposal, war. occupatlnnal safety and I~calth.An historical survey of Arneriian agriculture. worlcl rood supply and biologlal dctcrminism. A critlcal cvaItlntlon of tlie or bIoloyical colrcepts. (3 hour ~ectum.Does not apply social applicatio~~ lo the innjoxor minor,) 108 Mlcrablology basic micinbial features are conslderecl as well as applications of mlcr0biology to thc fields of rnedlctnc and sanltatlon. (5hours lecture. J hours laboratory. For sludenl nulsrs. heall11 majors, or consent. of inslructor. Prercq.: CHM 109 and concurrenl rcqlstmtion in CllM 110 or ronsrnlt of instructor. Weekend College. Does not apply to the nrajor or mir~or) 109 Special Topics In Bloloay Ofrered pel Fodicall y lh rough Augsbt~rg'sConservallon or Human Resources (CI IFt) program, Qcnerally conrlucted off campus wtlh rommirnity pcoplc tilting the course tqether with coll~ycstlldcnts 111a co-lcamltlg motiel. Topics will valy depcndlng upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111.112 oeneral Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular hioZogy, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary n~echanisms.analonly, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationsl-ilpsof organisms. Musl he taken in sequcnce except by permission of inst~uctor.(3 Ilollis lecture; 4 I~nurslaboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 1 9 9 Internship Lower division internship. 203 Principles of Nutrition A study n l the six ctasses oinutrfents and thcir digestion, absorption, transporl. mrtabnlism, iriteractinn, storage. and excretion. A special effort will bc made to dlrercntiate "fact rrom fiction" irr this controversial biological field. (3hours Iccturc. Prereq.: llZ or conscnt of instructor.) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351 Invertebrate Zoology A sludy of lhe invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, txhavior. life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3hours lecture, 4 ho~lrslaboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring) 353 Compamttw Vertebrate Zoology A comparailve stutly dealing witli Lhe classification, morphology, distrihution, evnlulion, behavior and 1mpulation dynamics of the vertebrates. (3tio~trslecture, 4 liours laboratory, Prercq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 3 6 1 Plant Biology A su~vcy of l11emajor cllvlsians or the plant hingdom including the study of analomy, physiology, lire histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecti11e, 4 Ii011rslaboratory. Prereq.: 112,Altentate years) 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary mstabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM 352 or consent of instructor. Fall) 399 Internship Upper division internship. 4140 Plant PhysioIogy A corlsidera tion of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and developmeril, and waterrelatlons in vascitlar and norivascular plants. 'She relationstilps or these processes to plant structures, (3 tiot~rsclass, 4 Iiours laboratory, Prcrcq.: 112. Alternaic ycars, spring) 4 7 1 Cellular Biology A study corrclalinq cell Function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microterh6ique, cytological sludies, cell pt~yslologyand tissue culture. (3 I~ourscrass,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.367 or consent of instructor. Spring) 4 7 3 Animal Physiology A sti~dyof animal lunction with emphasls on the vertebrates. Merevet posslble, f~lnctinnsare explained on the bask 01 physical and chernlcal principles. (3tiours class, 4 hours laboratoi'y. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 Or f 16; I'tlY 103 or 122 or consent of lnslructor. Fall) 474 Devetopmental Biology A consirleratlnn of the physiological and morphological changes wl~ich occur during I h e tieveIopment ol arcynisms with emphasis on Ihc vertebrate animals. Experimctital as well as tlcscrlptivcsi~~dles are included In the laborato~ywork. In adclilion to elnlsryonic drrveloptnclll, the topics or are dlsrllsscci. (3 I~oursclass, 4 mallgnoncy, aging, and ~'c~enelallon hot~rslab. I'rercq.: 112. Sprirlgl 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morpholocjy, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as cert,iin methods. (3hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities: the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3hours class. 4 hours lalmratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361or consent or insLruclor. Alternale years, Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors maJoring in biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration and Economics Department The Department of Business Administration and Economics is committed to developing both the theoretical and practical tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other organizations a s well as preparation for graduate sthdy, To thls end, the department offers specialization in a variety of areas including: Accounting, Applied Economics, Economics. Finance, International Business, Management, Management Information Systems (MIS), Marketing, a s well as a Combined Business and Economics concentration. Each of these areas b dependent upon a strong foundation In the liberal arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skllls. Rec. ognklng the occupational realities of Me business and economic disciplines, the department is equally commitled Lo maintaining an applicatiomoriented balance. This balance is acllleved In part by fostering close ties with the corporate community which in turn provides a wealth of practical expertise, a wide variety of internship opportunities as well as fbture job prospects. Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by contributing to an education which is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware. Business Administration & Economics Faculty: Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, James Billings, Diane Busico, John Cemto, Gerald Glatzmaier, Satya Gupta, Paul Halvorson, Richard Herzog, Jane Kammerman, Roy LaFayette, R. McFall Lamm, Jr., Thomas Morgan, Edward Sabella, Milo Schield, Stanley Solnick. Business Administration Mqjor (BUS): Core courses for the Accounting, Finance, Management and Marketing specializations: BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112,113, 313,311or 312 or 315. Specialization in Accounting: 12 Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or 425. Specialization in Finance: 12 Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or 415. Specialization in Management: 12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or SOC 301. Specialization in Marketing: 12 Core courses, 352,450, ECO 415, SPC 353. Specialization in International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391,ECO 112,113,313. Also the following emphasis to be taken abroad: Three of: Comparative Business Law European Marketing (or International Marketing) lnternational Business Import/Export Operations Multinational Corporation International Financial Policies One of: lnternational Trade and Finance European Common Market lnternational Economic Policies lnternational Economic Institutions Economics of Developing Countries BUS 399 or 499 is required, a s well a s three semesters of a foreign language (or tested equivalent). Specialization in Management Infomation Systems: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,310(or CSC 352),375,475,476, 479; ECO 112,113,313,318; MAT 174 and 175 or MAT 124 and CSC 170. Honors Maor: GPA of3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall: a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Business Administration: 6 courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO 112 and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Minor in International Business: 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113,and three lnternational Business courses. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Minor in Management Information Systems (MIS): 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252,370,375,475, and ECO 113. 175 is the recommended prerequisite for 370 and 375. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. C.P.A. Certification: Students who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) examinaHon prior to fulflIllng the experience requirement must have c o m ~ l e t e dthe rnaior In BusinessAdministration-Accoun tinq and taken all accounting and b u d t ~ e s law s offered. Students mabring In Business Administration-Accountinu are auallfied under (he nlles of the Minnesota State Board of ~ c c o & t a n c ito slt For the examination during their last semester. Notes: Students who plan to major in the Business Administration department are strong!y encouraged to select a department advisor a s soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed under the title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS 295,495),the department has also offered: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, and Micro Computer Accounting. Business (BUS) 175 Computers for Economics and BusEness A n i~~lroduction tn computerized rlala processing. Learn a higher-level Lcam about computerized spread-sheets (LOTUS) and l a n g ~ ~ a (BASIC). ge data bascs (LIOASE). team about word proccssing arid computerized business graphics. (I'rcreq.: Math I'laccment Group I1 or hlgh school algebra) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and Fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 222 IPrlndples of Aceonntlng II A conlEnuation of 221. IntroducMon to business activlttes, accounting for corpoiations. Baslc concepts afld fundamentals of matiagerial accounting, planning and cnntrolllng plucesses, decision-nrahing and behavioral coilsidcralions. (Prcreq.: I-IUS 221) 242 Principles OF Management Develol~rnenlof the tl~eoryo i management, organization, staffing, planning, arid control. The nature olaulhority. accountability and responsibility, analysls of the role nl tlle professional manager. 252 Prlnclptes of Marketing Frinclples of l~aslcpollcy and strategy Issues In marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors a s they afFeet prt~duct.promotion. marketing channel and prictng decisioi~s. 279 Quantttative Methods for Economics and Business An l~ltrorlirctionto quantltatlve reasoning,descriptive ineasures, probability, sarnpll?rp,distributions. i~rfrrcnce,and estimatlnti with emphasis on tlielr usc in appticd proble~msin business and economics. (Prereq.: Math placerrterit groirp Ill nt a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104) 295 Taplcs I.ectures. discusstnns, meeting wlth members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding rcsearch methodology and readings in the areas of business adrninistratlon. (Pl'ercq.: Conseril of instructor) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 322 Accorrntfng Theory and Practice I A n analysis of accountlng theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts. currcnt and non-current assets. (Prereq.: BUS 221, ECO 113, Fall) d c c o ~ ~ n t i nheory gf and Practice 11 A co~iti~~ualion or322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to liabllilles, stocltholrlcrs' equities and other accounting issues. Additional einpt~nsiso n incon~cdetermination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: BUS 322. Spring) managerla1Cost Accol~nting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budget in^, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and bel~avioraltopits. (I'rcrcq.: BUS 222,242,252,279, or consent of instructor) Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: BUS 221, 331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) Financial Management Theory ~Facquisillon,allocation, and management of funds within the firm. Sourccsand uses or long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital I>udgeting, Icve~age,dividencl policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222, L C 0 113) Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable workin relationships: effective integration of the worker with the goals of the%rmand society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) International Business Intsoductlon to the problems and posdbllltles of doing business in an inlernatlanal conlext. Ajlpreciation of the prospective required Tor success. iirl plarining and rnanagemcnt or any cntcrpl-ise operating abroad is emphasired by rorcsccing both (he opportut~iLfcsand the dificullles Inherme In inlcrnatlonal business. (Prereq.: two business and economics courses or consent 01 inst~uctor) Advanced Computing for Budnees md EEodamiw Crrrrent topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmablc data bas- (D-l3ASI:I. graphics, infomialion retrieval uslng teIecomrnunicatlons. and olher (lackaqes (stallsticalanalysis. project management, expert systems, etc.). Solbe common prnllfems In economics, finance and marketing. (Prereq.: One computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145,170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.) Infwmatlon Systems In the Owanlzatlan Use of systems approach in analytlng the use of Information Systems in the olganizalioo, AnaIyze busincss needs and Information requirements, idc~~lliy relevant solutions atid communicate recomn~etidations.Emphasis on management consulting sE.IIts including wrillcn and verbal communications. (Prereq.: Two computer courses such a s BUS 175 and 370) 391 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. 399 Inlernshtp Program A sludent may receive course credlts through an Enternship program whlcl~is applicable to graduation, bul not to the major.This program will P Lllc opportu~~lty to spend one rull term worltlng with atforti L ~ siudenl snine orgatrlzation. In addition, t h e sludent will write a repart on hislher activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: BUS 323, Fall) 425 Advanced Accountina Accounting for buslness combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323. Spring) 433 Piaanclal f heory?Policy and Practice A system'sapproacli lo financial slructure and policy. Emphasis on deci- 438 450 475 476 479 sion making. presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case nlalcrlal. (Prereq.: BUS 337 1 Investment Theory Appraisal or Llic risk return retatlonships of various types of securities Iwm llir viewpoinl o/bolh individual and instilr~tionalinvertor. Extensive coverage of capital mar'kets arid portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core cottrses or cunsen t or instriiclor) Marketing Management lnlegralion of rnarketil~gwith ather business f~mctions;marketing managemcqt and decision inalting, planning marltettngprograms, channels of di*tribulion, pricing. prorluc.l selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352) Information Systems Analysts and Design AnaIyze inlormation rcq~~irements and design systems speciflcatlons. Utilize relational data base sofeware to aulcklv imtllement severa! system desians. Utilize ~ r o l e c manaacment' t sortware Lo manaac the i i f c cvcle pi&casinc~udin~'hacumentjiior~ and impternentatinn. (Frereq.:at1 ~dwer Ievet core murscs. B U S 375, Rcco~~irnended: BUS 370 01. C S C 35'2) lnformatlon Systems Projects Using sltllls developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete an information analysis ntid sysicms design for several business situations. Utilize both case sludies and actual buslnrsses. IPrereq.: BUS 375, 475. Recommended: BUS 479) Intermediate QnanHtatlve Methods for Economics and Business Utilizing cornpurcl pacl\ages rclcvanL lo slatistical analysis. Frogramming 1001s include soreadsliecls, Minilab, SI'SS and olher statistical packaqes. Areas or luteresl include slatisticaT descripllons, analysis of v d a n c e and slatlsllcal InCerenre plus linear models, queing models and Monte Carlo sln~i~talions. Prereq.: BUS 175. 279. Math placement group IV or a grade of at Icas12.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. liecornmended: BUS3701 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study 'rhc stildcnt may calm independent study credits through individually supcrviscd prqjects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) E c o n o m i c s (ECO): Mqjor in Economics: 8 Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three other upper division); BUS 221,222,279, and MAT 114. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. In addition, courses in the use of computers are also strongly recommended. Mqjor in Applied Economics: 8 Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and three other upper division); BUS 175,221,222,279,479, MAT 1 2 1and PHI 130. Combined major in Economics-BusinessAdministration: 6 Economics courses (112,113,312,313, and two other upper division); 8 Business Administration courses (221,222,242,252, 279,331, and two other upper division). Honors Mqjor: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Economics: 112,113,312,313, and one additional upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Notes: Students who plan to major in t h e department are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor a s soon a s possible in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, and Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains. ECO 110,112, and 113will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 110 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. 110 Economics of Urban Issues Sturly of econoinic itnplications of many problems faclng a metro-urban envi~onmenl.Somc nf l l ~ loptcs e to be rliscussecl arc: Population "Crisis", Crl111e Preveniion. Ecology atid Incornr I~istrlbullon;Dislrlhutlng rrce Drcarl: Mass Transit Systc~~ls, elc. ~~rnclanic~rtal rnicroecfino~nictools Introduced to Carllltatc discussion of ttie a hove mentioned topics. (This is a basic roursc desiglied fnr Itlost: sl~ldtlntswho tlo not plan tr) malor In Econnmlcs or Rusines4 Admlnistratlori. I1 docs no1 apply tclward an Lcotioi~ilr.major or ti~inor.Slrrttcnls wtin plan lo malor in Rusiness Aclminislralion alirlJor Ccoi~ornicsshollld enrnll in KC0 1I'L and t I3 which also are open to non-majors.) 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An lnttnduclion 10 macroecono!nirs; national Income analysis, monetary and fiscal pnlicy, intcrnalional trade, economic growth. Application or elementaiy economic Llicory la current economic prnblems. May be taken i~~depcndentlyallIJor 110.112and 113 may he taken In clttierorder,or may bc laltcri In the same lern, Tor the sluder~tto progress rapidly to the olhcr coutses. 113 Principles of Microeconomics An Inlroclucllon lo mlcroeconotnics, the theory of the household, firm, marlret strucltlres and Income rllstributlon, Application of elementary ecorion~ir.lhenqe to marltct policy. May Ile taken independently of 112 or 110. 1 12 at~cl113 may he lalren In either order, or may be taken in the same tcrni fortiic s t ~ ~ d eto n tprogress more rapidly to other courses. 175 Computers for Economics and Business (See under Business). 199 Internship Lower division internship. 215 Elements of Mathematical Economics Economic concepts explained using mathematics a s a tool. Examples from finance, management, and marketing are also examined. (Prereq.: ECO 113) 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business). 295 Topics Lechrres. discussions, meeting witfi members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding restrarch methodology and current national and international ecanornics problems and politics. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity: debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113. Fall) 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112, Fall) 313 Intermediate microeconomics Theory orresourccaIlocal~on,analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; lhe pricing of lacto1s of production and income distribution: introdiiction lo welCarc ecol~ornics.(Prereq.: ECO 113) 315 Monev and Banklna ~ u n c l f o nor l ~tllc ~ ~l<onetary and banking systems, particularly commerclal I>arilcs,the I'cdernl Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate ccono~iilcacttvily. Etnpt~asisplaced on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) 318 Management Science l'rovirles a sounrl conceptual understanding of the modern techniques OF management scic~lrel o prepare sl~idcnts LC) malte better I3uslness and economic declsiorrs. I'tt~phasisIs on applications, wl~fcharc Lalte~?from the arcas nf transportation, markellng. [>oriColioselection. envlronmcntal prw teclion, thr slinrlest ror~Le,invcrlto~ymodels. InCormatioti sysiems, ctc. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring) 360 International Trade and Pinance A study ol the unclerlylna roi'ccs afrectlng the economic relations among of the basts tor international trade: balance of paynatirlris, De~elopln~IIt rnetils: exchangc ratc systems and comniercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112, 1W or cclnsenl of Ensin!clorl 399 linternsltipProwam A studenl may rcrclve course credits through an Internship program wllEcli is applirallle to gradualion, h u t not to the major. This program will alforrl the sluclcnt the opporh~nICylo spend one frill tcrm worlcinq with so~~~rr organization. In atlditlori, Llle sludent W111 wrile a report on tiis/l1er activities. (Prcrcq.: consent ol Instructorl 413 Labor lkonamlcs Analysis or labor marltels; labor as a factor ofproduction; determination of wage cotIe.ctivc bargaining: labor legislation and effects upon society. (l'rcreq.: GCO 515 or cnnsent of instructor. On demand) 414 Wclfarc Economics Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative rnarlret strrlctures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of econornic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor) 415 Managerial Economics I~ilrgratrsecononiic theory and corrcspondlr~gpractlces In business. Amo11.qthe topics considered are theories and practlces in forecasting, esllmniion 01 dcrnand and cosl lunctions, pricc and non-price competition, protl~lctlonar~dcost co~isideratIons,and an analysis of economic proh!ems or xcleval~cetcl rnarlagelnenl. (Prercq.:BUS 279.CCO 3 13. Spring) 416 Mathematical Fmnonlics Matlieinalical ecanomlrs wlth emphasis on the application of mathematical tools Lo Lhc areas oCinicro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 512,31.3 and a l leasl PlAT U2 or equlvalclit or consent of instructor. On demand) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business). 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and intemational economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study 'the student tnay earn independent study credits through individually supfwiserl projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some lop6 or isstrc in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Chemistry Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and worhlng toward an understanding ofthenz. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas or molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science, since matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. Chemists as scientists must he well versed tn the scfence of chemistry, knowledgeable in Tact and theory for solving sclentffic problems, capable of providing a pzrblic understanding of their work including potential problems as well as hrnefits. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the arts and the social sciences are imperative if a chemist is to be truly human and therefore truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American Chemical Society, and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists. 1. To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to complete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. 2. To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. 3. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change alter graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. 4. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences: and 5. To presentthe excitement:of chemtstry to non-science majors as an exampie of the methodolagy of the natural scienca in examining the world around us, The presenbtion of major concepts underlying the changes in matter. the apporttlntty to examine change in the pl~ysicat world, and the reflection of the implications ofsclence In our society will enhance the ability of non-sciencepersons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemistry Faculty: Earl R. Alton (Chairperson),Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted Graduation Mqjor in Chemistry: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352, 353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481, 483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121, 122; MAT 124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 124, 125 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. American Chemical Society Approved Maor: 12 courses including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497, 499), Chernlstry Seminar participation; MAT 224: PHY 121,122 (which should be taken during Ihe sophomore year). Reading ability in Cierman equivalent to one semester and conlput~rprofi- ciency are also required. - Teachlng Mqjwr: Physleal Science Emphasis Chemistry Major: Recotnmendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105,106);3 courses in earth and life sciences: CHM 351,352,353,361,363,364,482,491 (B10 367 may be substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised to consult with the Education department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Msy'or: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Honors Mqjor: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathe- matics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106),353 and two other chemistry courses from 351,352,361 or BIO 367. Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. Placement in 105 or 115 is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115. 105,106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116: designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 1 0 6 to 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110General, Organic and Blolaglcal Chemism Dcsigtied lor studcnts who nccd a survey of the fundamental principles nl genc~al,o r ~ a n tand t hfological cl-iclnistry Tor careers in allied h~a1ll-iareas slrcli as nursing (Incl~rdingR~~gsbi~rg's Upper Division I'roqranl), irlhalad tlon Lherapy, histotecl~riology.physical education, and others. Open also to studcnts In the humanities and qoctal: Scier~ces.F l r 4 Ierm, general cllctnistry principles and an introciuctIon 10 organic chemistry. Second term, o~gaiiicand biolorlictll cIrclnist~ywi(h s p e ~ i aapplications l Lo )iltman y. pllyslolnglcai cl~cmislry.(3ane-hour Iccturcs, 2 hauls of l a h o ~ a t o ~This course docs not apply lowarcl the major or minor in clretnlslly. Credit cannot I>e earned 101 110th I09 anrl 105 ar I 15,tior can credit be earned tor both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. Weekend College) 115.I16 General Chemlaby An Inlenslve celirse ror pre-mdlral students and b t u r e chemists. Firstsernester lriclucles cttcrnical eqtlations and calc~~lations, enernctics, and bonding Uicory wlth examplcs from Inorganic chcinistry. Thc second e m phasi7cs equllibrii~rnand soliltion cheinistry Including ltinelics atirl clectmrhemist~y,(3 one-hour Tectures, 3 hours 01 laboratory. Prereq.: lllgqh school cheniistry, t n a t l ~placemenl. 115, Fall: 136. Spririg) 199 lnternshlp Lower division internship. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351.362 Organic Chemlstry Importar11classes of organic compounds wItI? special emphasls on mechanisms alld ~nulli-stepsynthesis. Descriptive material Is correlaterl by means of modem tticorIrs olcliemlcal bonds, encrgy relaUons. and reac. many applicalloris ofot'ganiccllf~i~islrl/ Lo I~iologlcal.entinrl ~necl~anlsm; vironmenlal and ilidl~striillfielcls. (3 one-hour Zccturcs, L fnur-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116: 351, Fall: 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytlcal Chemistry Covers tlravlmclrir anrt volumelric. anatysls and solutlnn equlllbrlurn in Lo electrochemical and spectraptiotomerlelall and gives an i~>LrnducLiot~ tric lech~ilq~les nT atialysis. Thf laboratory IHVCII\IESq~lantjlaliveanalysis o i a varicly oCsamplfs, ant! includcs trace analysis. ( 3 hours of tcctrrre. l four-lloilr laboratory. I'rc~fq.:106 or 1 16. Rall) 361.3641 Pbystcal Chemistry The basic t\icoreLical concepts of chemistry: therrnodynamlcs, klnctlcs, quantl~lntheory. atrd statcs oimatlcr are studicd In thc first scmester. Applications orthcse conc:epls to arcas of rno~cct~larstructr~i e, equilibria and electrnchemistry In thc s c ~ o r l dscrneslcr. (3 one-hour tectutes. Yrereq.: JOG or 116: PHY 121. 122; MAT 124, 125.361, Fall: 364, Spring) 363,365 Physical Chemlstry taboratory (112 COllrSE each) Ptryslcal Chemislry Laboratory introduces students to tect~niquesofdata collerlfon and cxperiniental i~pplicationorconcepts prcscnlcci In Physical Chcmlstry lect~lrc.365 is Lo be talten the firs1 lialCol the spring senicstcr and invnlves expcrinlents relater1 to 361. 565 14 In bc lalrcn l l i P second half ollhe scmesler by a11 peisans fa hl!igJ64, exccpt Ll~al special sti~ctdi ts may ask deparlnlent tor exelnpllon. 399 Internship Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. Cooperative Education is also an option for majors. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the prohlctns or identlfylng organic cornpotrnds It1 the laboratory. I.ecture lopic!! Include struclui'e-specLra correlatioris for tR, UV, MMR, and Inass spectroscopy: tlse al t h e lltcrature [ir~cludlngB c i l ~ stein): atirl Curther stilrly oCorganic rcactinns. Ir~lrarcd,nuclear n~agnetit: resonance, anrl ~ ~ l t r a v i o lspectra el rai~tlnelyuscd. (3 hotm: oF lecture, G hours ollaboratoly. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of insin~ctor:some reading k~~owlerlgc of G e n ~ ~ ar'all) n, 4BX Advanced Analytical Chemistry Ernpl?aslsupon advanced equitfhrium theory and prlnclples ofatomic and fi~olectrIar speclroscopy as applled to analytical mclhods as well as cliro~ n togra1,hIc a and eleclroanalytical techniqt~csot analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 (our and one-half-haul laboratory. I'iercq.: J53.361, or consent rrl i r ~ s t ~ ~ l c tSprlng) or. 482 Advanced Inomanlc Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reaclio~isusing the electrastatlc, valence bond, and molecular orhital models. Coordination chemistry Is discussed In Lcrms of Ilgarrd field tfieoy, The laboratory involves prcpa~ationsor tnorganic coinpm~ndsusing a variety of techniques, (3 one-hour lectures, 1 thrce-hour laboratory. I'rcreq.: 3.52.36J , or consent of i n s t ~ ~ ~ c Fall) tor. 403 QuanCumChernistsy I'reser)ls qtlailtilm llleory In terms of Schrodinger's wave equatIon and uses the equalinn Lo solvc Ehe prnblems 0T R e harmonic osciIIalor and (tic hydrogen alom. Approximate snlutlons are lntrod~icedand used l o develop inolecirTar orldtal l l ~ c o r ylor molec~~les. Inclurles comznutators. and group Lheory. (3one-how leclrlrcs. elcctron spin, angular 1iiornc111~1rn P~rrcq.:36 1ar cansenl or instructor. Sl~ring) 491 Chemistry Seminar 'This seminar, which has no course credil, is a weelcly meetlng of chemistry majors i~nrlerthe direction of thc Augsbusg Chemistry Society. Juniors and scniors are expected to participale. wltli seniors pmscnting papers. Outside visitors are occaslonalIy Invited to participate. 497 lntroductton to ChemIstsy Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before gr adualian. Srhch ~ x p e r l e n c emay b e obtained by wurlting on a sum~nerrcsearrh rolect In Ihe clepartmenl (no( col~nleclas a COLII se) or by research parlEipalion dtirlrlg Lhe acade~alcyear (which may be counted as a co~irse).Cooperative Edi~cationis a possibility, (Junior standing). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing) East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Director) This program offers hvo options: 1. Mqjor or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an in- ter-college, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japanese are taught on one ofthe five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japanese language courses. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the director for information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Mqjor in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies: and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the Director of the program. Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies: 1course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Director of the program. 2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322,323,324: one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336: one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-AmericanWomen in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 299 Directed Study (See Director of program) 322 Modem Southeast Asia (See under Department of History) 323 Modem China (See under Department of History) 324 Modem Japan (See under Department of History) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Department of Political Science, International Politics) 382 Marxist Visions: Past. Present, and Future (See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis) 399 Internships (See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship) 474 The World and The West (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar (See Director of program) 499 Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) Economics (ECO) See Business Administration and Economics ', 1 1, Department f:" . . Students interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education a s a base for advanced study in other careers will find opportunities in the Department of Education. Professional mucation combines the study of theory with practice, and field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin Cities. The career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education programs is classroom teaching. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries. The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves a s a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education. Not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in managerial, sales, production, and service areas. To qualify for state teaching license after July 1,1987applicants are required to have had the course "Reading in the Content Areas" or the equivalent. To qualify after April 1,1988for licensure, people are required to have passed basic competency tests (prescribed by the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics a s well as a prescribed competency test in the specific area of licensure. Education Faculty: Trudi Osnes (Chairperson), Sheldon Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta Pelton, Mark Schelske Elementary Education (EDE) Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Kindergarten-ElementaryMajor and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351, 352, 381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483: HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college level mathematics course: academic minor (major recommended):GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses required for licensure: fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, forjuniors, includes 341,352, 381,382,384, 386, 387. (341,381, 382, 383, 384,386, 387 are 112 courses) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 255 Ofienfatfon to Education In an Urban Setting Investigation or various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity COT in-school worls. Opcn to all students. Membership in one of the p r ~ r c s s l ~ lleach ~ a l er organizations is required. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295.495 Topics in Mucation Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Lower division independent study. 341 Media Technology (112 course) Psycllological arlcl philosophical dimensions of communication through tlre use or lnstmctlnnal technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evali~allonof cfkcclive audio-visual materials for teachinglleamingsitualions. (5pri1ig) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall) 352 Creating Learnlng Environmenw Kindergarten-Elementary The study of stralegies and nlcthods of teaching and learning in the contexts of ed~lcational,psychological and sociological thcotlrs. Membership In one of the professional tcactter organizations Is reqirlred. (Prereq,: 255 or E D S 265 or consent of i ~ ~ s l r ~ l cSp~ing) to~. 381 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:Art, Music (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergal ten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (f'rercq.: 255 or CDS265. Fall) 384 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Science (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, (112 course) Examination and preparation or materials and resources ror Children's Literature at the kindergarten and elementa q' levels. I,ahol.atary expertences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concuncnl reglslralion in 352.Spring) 387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Language Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 491 Practlcum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) 498 Independent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty. Secondary Education (EDS) Trudi Osnes (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major in an approved teaching area; 265, 354, 388, 478, methods course(s)in major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.0 overall, 2.0 in education courses, 2.5 in academic major and P in student teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg licensure program required. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 361,362; the Physical Education major for 365; and the music major for 355. Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12);2-Orchestra (K-12)and classroom music (5-12);3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9);or 4-Vocal and classroom music (5-12). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), achievement of at least "good" in the listening, speaking, and reading parts of the Modern Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will be recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education. The Professional Tern School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at special afternoon or evening seminars is also required. A student who elects to take just two courses in student teaching may take one course in independent study at this time. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the activities of the professional term. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the profese sional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: ~ o p h o m o r standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295,495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 341 Media Technology (112 course) (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in o n e of t h e professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105) 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 356. 357. 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (112 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques. 361 Art Methods (Elementaryand Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and Junior high schoois. For art teactiing majors only. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (112 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (112 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12)(112 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (112 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (112 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theatre and the directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (112 course) Study of t h e basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 388 Human Relations (112course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 410 Health Methods (See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 478 School and Society The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development ofAmerican education, current major iss u e s in education will be studied. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 StudentTeaching Observing and dlrettinq leal r~lngat the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 498 Independent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise ecl must provided for in the departmental curriculum. A ~ ~ r o ~ e c tprogram b e outlined which meets the approval of education i a c i ~ l t ~ . Special Education (EDE, EDS) Mark Schelske (Coordinator) Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282,491: PSY 351,357; one course chosen ftom HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended a s an additional course. 282 lntroductionto Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities a s mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor o r consent of instructor. Students planning t o take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Pall) Engineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the-student to earn a- achel lor of A& degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Insti- tute of Technology, Minneapolis: Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. University of Minnesota The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: - 1. Bachelor o f Arts/Bachelor o f Engineering (B.A./B.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessaly for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the lnstitute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. 2. Bachelor o f ArtsIMaster o f Engineering (B.A./M.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A,/B.E, curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A./M.E, program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E, program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Washington University - Three-Two Plan Dual Degree Plan Michigan Technological University - These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College. Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. M i n i m u m Course Requirements f o r Admission t o the Dual Degree o r ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224, 226; PHY 121, 122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351, 352. English Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas, and iknages helps us understand who we are and who we can become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. The Augsburg English department integrates its program with the cultural opportunities ofthis vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, and readings available near the campus. Students with an Augsburg English mqjor pursue careers in elementary, secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses. English majors may start on a slightly lower rung of the career ladder than those with more specialized training, but will move to higher rungs more quickly because of their broad background, their skill in analysis, and their superior communication skills. Skills in reading perceptively and writing effectively enhance any career and make life more enjoyable and understandable. English Faculty: Barbara Andersen (Chairperson), Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Kathryn Swanson. Mqjor: 9 courses above 111,including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. Mqjor for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language Arts: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2 Speech courses, one from 111,351,352, 354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education, majors will be required to gain practical experience in teaching writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition'to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year, Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Minor: 5 courses above 111,including at least 2 literature courses, one of which must be in British literature, and one advanced writing course. Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such a s British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Wrltlng A preparatory course for Ewective Writing for students identified by an ex- amination a s needing nddltlonal preparation, Instruction and practice in e Sturle~rtswill write short papers based on basic wrlting skills wllt t ~ given. tlicir own observation, experience, a r ~ r ll~ought. t P/N grading only. 111 Effcctlwe Writing 'I'he study ol' cornposltion with emphasis on expository writing. Attention Lo correcl tlsagc, logical orgar~lzation,and the research paper. The grading system fn~lhis C O ~ I T S E i~ either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a pEace in Ihc course the studen( must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s / h e cannot be present. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 217.218 English a s a Second Language (ESL) Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments, and sessions with ESL tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and to increase their fluency. Understanding spoken ~ m e r i c a nEnglish, speaking, reading colleae-level materials. and writina are the skills emohasized in these two c&urses. Testing will determinetlacement in these courses, and testing, a s well a s other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is met. 218 is graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will continue in 218 if an N grade is given. By successfully completing the courses, students will b e exempted from the foreign language requirement. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will b e emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111or equivalent) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 2 6 1 Modem Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. 2 7 1 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies ofAristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will b e studied a s a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions a r e combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors a s Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 282 Topics In Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected For study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, and Comedy. 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 331 British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans Chaucer and the medieval Milieu will be studied a s well a s the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will b e eFamined. (Alternate years) 336 Bnitish Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized a s well a s their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city a s setting and symbol in modern American literature. 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships, Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors a s Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century a s the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1986-87) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten o r twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 498 lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such a s theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. - Foreign Language Department The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, foreign language study goes beyond the development of new communications skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures, and cultures represents a nch historic legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The departmental faculty believe that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education of Augsburg students. The Foreign Language Department offers language, literature, and culture courses in French, German, Norwegian, Russian, and Spanish. Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg Students through the college's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges. A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department. Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the general principles which operate in and shape all languages and in this way the study of linguistics affords the student a unique view of one of the most intriguing and central facets of the human mind. Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable special qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of fields such a s foreign language - teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps, or international business may require a-foreign language mGor, perhaps combined with a maior in some other field. In addition. students ~ u r s u i n a careers in many other fields such as health care, socialwork, the kinistrfy psychology, or philosophy, ro name just a few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special assignments in their chosen field. Foreign Languages Faculty: Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, James Brown, Leif Hansen, Mary Johnson, Gunta Rozentals, Donald Steinmetz. Students with previous foreign language study must register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of high school semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111;3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211; 7-8 = 212; 9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the chairperson. Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language. Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are placed by the department may do so, but grading must be PIN only. The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the upper division courses at Augsburg College. 311is prerequisite to all upper division courses. Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of one upper division course per year at Augsburg. See department faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, G e m a n and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education. Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply in thejunior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Placement Levels: Chinese (CHN) Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. French (FRE) 8 courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332, 350 or 355,351or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim, summer, or semester in France strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization. Study in France strongly recommended. Major: E u r o p e a n History, a seco n d language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand) 111,112 Beginning French Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall/Spring) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 211,212 Intermediate French Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall/Spring) 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acauainted with artistic aualities and cultural-historical significance of thesenworks. Sophomore standing. Fulfills only literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major o r minor. (On demand) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intemlediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Spring, On demand) 3 3 1 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, a n d discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351,353 Survey of French Literature The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Recommended Supporting Courses: 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 399 Internship Upper division internship. 411 Avanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization a s individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. ( S e e a l s o Interim offerings. Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German (GER) 8 upper division courses, including 311, 411, one in civilization, and one literature. Semester in Germany required. Minor: 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. Major: 111,112 Beginning German Course 111is for students with no previous background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had 111o r equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims a t developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims a t developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand) 299 Independent Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims a t developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial Qerman. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals ofthe Reformation. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 332 Qerman Civilization and Culture 11 Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand) 351 German Literature through the 18th Century Br~efsurvey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklhrung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of Qerman literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Maturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. 4 1 1 Advanced Qerman Composition and Conversation Aims a t developing and refining the student's use of German a s a vehicle for expressing his o r her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German a s classroom language. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. Fall) 4 5 1 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre a s a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read a s symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Japanese (JPN) Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. Linguistics (LIN) 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 289 Introduction to Linguistics An lnlroductlan to linguistic analysls and general Ilngulstlc prlndples,wlth Focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common lo all languages) and psychulinguistics IinquIiy In to the tnechanics of language learning and llic struclurc of the mind as revEaIed in language),l'l~eoxelicalc~uestionswill be approached b y stud Ing samples 01 various I B I I ~ L I ~ ~ P S . MO piercquisite. Rccoinrnendcd for a i lanquaqe majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic researct, wlth the aim of ltluminatlng underlying phllosophleal assilmptions. i~~vcstigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish tlletn. The theo~ieswill be contrasted with thosc ot adjaccnt discipIincs such as antllropology, psyctiology, logic, and communication l l ~ c ory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On demand) 399 Internship Internship for upper division credit. 499 Independent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Norwegian (NOR) Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in Norway required. Minor: 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 211 Intermediate Norwegian Cal~tlnucdconversation and composition to improve comprehension and facCIlty of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used a s basis for class dlscussio~iand exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composltlon Inte~isivcpractice In spolsen Horwegia~iwith emphasis on pronunciation and oriqinal cnmposltio~r.Some atlciitlot~givcn to reglonal variations in spolteti Marweqian ancl lo dikrences bytween the two olTiclal languages of Mnrway. some lalmratory work and Clflcl experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 -- Old - - - .Norse .- - - - 331 350 353 399 411 499 An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study ofselections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects ofthe history of four modem Nordic laiguages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norweg~anlanguage majors/ minors will have special assignments. (On demand) Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwcglan as far a s possible), the domestic and forelgn Influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population or Monvay will be cxaniined. Wrltten ancl oral reports in the Norwegian language rvlll Ile required along wlth some Herd work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent ofir~structor.011dernand) Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. On demand) Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readinas in contem~orarvNorweaian literature ~ r o v i d ea base for the study of ;riginal works from earlier ceriods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examlned, and conslderable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk lalig~laqe,pnrtlckrlaily poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in florwcgian. (Pterrq.: 311o r equivalent. Alternate years) Internship Internship for upper division credit. Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages end lo the hislorical development of the Norwegian language. Laljoralnry worlc and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of iirslructor, On demnr~cf) lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Russian (RUS) One year of elementary Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program, which requires two years of language for the mqjor. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coordinator. 111.112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. 211.212 Intermediate Russian Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking with a n added emphasis on reading, Introduction of advanced grammar topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACTC) Spanish (SPA) M a o r : 8 courses above 212, including 311,411,456 or 457, two of 352,353,354,331 or332. Study in Spain or Latin America is required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conver- sation-composition, one literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another lan- guage, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring) 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (See under Program in Global Community) 2 4 9 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various ~ e r i o d sand movements are read in Enalish translation. Throuah background reading and class discussion in English the student is acGuainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand) 2 6 1 Spanish Language (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them, Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. On demand) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 Survey of Spanish Literature I, 11 A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to S~anish-Americanliterature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 Internship Internship for upper division credit. 4 1 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness ofwritten and oral expression through conversations, discussions, ~'epo~ts. debales, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prcrecl.: 3 l l or consent of instructor. 4 5 6 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modem Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 4 9 9 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. General Studies (GST) John A. Hill (Registrar),Joel Mugge, Donald Warren Some courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global Service and Education. 005 Freshman or Transfer Seminar An introduction to college academic life required of all new students a t Augsburg. The seminar meets regularly through the first half of the fall term. No course credit. 140,141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (112 course each) An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy and student services available a t Augsburg College. The course also focuses on improving those skills s o important to academic success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning, and making decisions. (140, Fall: 141, Spring) 230 Cultural Issues Seminar (See under Program in Global Community) Health and Physical Education Department (HPE) Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional player will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide-range of educational experiences, including several mqjor and minor programs: general education in Physical Education (Lifetime Sports): men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural programs for men and women: and athletic facilities for developmental and recreational activities. Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities. Health and Physical Education Faculty: Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), David Boots, Marilyn Pearson Florian. Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Joyce Pfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad Health Education Mqjor: 110,114,115,320,354,410: 810 103,108,111;CHM 105 or 109;PSY 105:SOC 231,336. Teaching Mqjor: Same a s health education major plus 355. Stu- dents wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 110,114,115,320; 810 103;SOC 231. 110 Personal and Community Health Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 199 lnternship Internship for lower division credit. 114 Health and Safety Education (112 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (112 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series and consent of instructor.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (112 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (112 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) 399 Internship lnternship for upper division credit. 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320. Odd number years, Fall, Interim) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Physical Education Mqjor: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472, 474,475;810 103. Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243, 350,351,365,471,472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to be- come licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Mqjor with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: 114,115;223,231,232or 472,243. Coaching Endorsement: 243,351, 475, one of 476-483 (except 481), and practicum in coaching (499 is an optional method for meet- ing the practicum requirement). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 002,003 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. (Part-time students should consult with department chairperson) No course credit. 199 Internship lnterrnship for lower division credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (112 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice i n teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim) 234 Outdoor Education (112 course) 'Thls course wlll loalc at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be Laught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canodng. back-pacl$ing,cycling, outdoor cooking catnplng and watcr safely. Studcnts must Ire prepared to spend somr: wcel~cndsparticiprtling in these activities. (Even number years, Spring) 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: 810 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: 810 103. Spring) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 455 Sailing in the Virgin Islands Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in learning thc art and practlce of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a compctent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, Irclming and crewing). (Interim) 471 Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (112 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics (112 course) Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence a s determined by pre-test. Fall) 475 Preventlon and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2course) Emphasis placed on preventing injut ips. 'Trcatrnmt of common athletic injuries. Practical expericntc in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1 s t half of term, and even numbered years, Interim) 476 Coaching of Football (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd number years, Fall, 1 s t half of term.) 477 Coaching of Basketball (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd number years, Interim) 478 Coaching of Hockey (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd number years, Interim) 479 Coachina of Track and Field 1112 course) Theory, t&hnique and adminishitive aspect's of coaching track and field. (Odd number years, Spring, second half of term) 480 Coaching of Baseball/SoRball(1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching- baseball and softbail. (Odd number years, Spring, 2nd half of term) 481 Ofilciating of Basketball (112 course) Mechanics, techniques and practical experience of officiating basketball. Prepares student for certification by the Minnesota Stae High School Association. (Interim) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd number years, Fall, 1st half of term) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. History Department (HIS) History is to society what memory is to an individual: it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished MedievalistJ.R. Strayer expresses it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are mled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community." A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us to deal more knowledgeably with the continuities and changes in current issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by developing concepts and skills that enables one to deal with masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer eqjoyrnent of travel, cultural events, and the broad reading eqjoyed by the educated person. Accordingly, history has long held a maljor role in the liberal arts. This is true at Augsburg. The department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States, and the non-western world. The department's graduates are well represented among professional historians: at present, six are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social studies teachers in elementary and secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history maljors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices. History Faculty Richard Nelson (Chairperson),Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen M a o r : 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval: Modem Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. M q j o r f o r T e a c h i n g L i c e n s u r e : Students interested in secondary education may take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. M i n o r : 5 courses, a t least three of which must be upper division. H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in spe- cial instances, application before the end of the first term of thejunior year; two years of a foreign language a t the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. N o t e s : Freshmen should enroll in one o r more of the 101-104 courses. 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Lower division students are asked to take at least one lower division course before registering for an upper level course. There are 13 upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Several are offered each term. Offerings depend upon faculty schedules and student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modem World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modem Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and events that have created the modern United States. 226 Asian and ~sian-~merican'wornen in Public Life in the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii, Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to d o readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must b e approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. 322 Modem Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modem China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modem Japan An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role ofwomen and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.history (excluding foreign policy: s e e History 332). The specific topics to b e offered will b e announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. 347 Mexico: a Historical Perspective (See under Program in Global Community) 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development ul Alcxa~idcr'sLmpirc, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as lhc wnl-Id's qrcatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the 31'1s iliicl S C ~ C I ~ C Carid S Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 Internship in History A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students majoring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program. 412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the is also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of EngC ~ L I I -Emphasis SC. la~tcl'ssubsctl~lent1,olein Ihe world economy and on the English literary ~ r r ~ a i s s a ~ofi cEIlzaI~ettrari c and early Stuart periods. 416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century The study of this centurv a s the most critical ~ e r i o din the rise of the mode l . ~statc: ~ L ~ n l ~ h a sisl salso placed on the el;1ergence of modern science aud I l s efiecl o n lritetlectual history. The chronological boundaries may be I listed as 1560-1714. - 431 European Urban History A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the c u l t u l ~of cltics ill L I I I ( ~ I Cfrom the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with for.1~.or1 spcrifir. tiistorir. cities a s examples. The course is designed for histnly students, iiil~nnstudy majors, and those who desire a backgrounrl Lo cnrich I ~ ~ l u11r avcl. c 440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History This course emphasizes such topics a s Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. 474 The World and The West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and t h e Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems a t the end of the 18th Century. 495 Seminar Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. 499 lndependent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed lndependent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. Humanities (HUM) Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson),John Benson The Humanities mqjor provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, t o experience the ways in which different academic disclplines approach similar questionsand issues, and to participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own mqjor by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study, and then by taking courses in various departments relating to that theme. The mqjor was created especially to encourage students not mqjoring in the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second m qjor. Maor: 9 courses, including 275. Six of the courses must be upper division. Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments - Art, English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used to satisfy the requirement. Each student taking a humanities major will focus on some particular theme or perspective which will constitute the core of the major program. Six of the nine courses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the student in consultation with an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook. A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the humanities major is significantly different from the other major. 275 Perspectives on the Humanities An introduction to the humanities which focuses on different themes, dependin upon the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and values $om the perspectives of several of the humanities disciplines. ' Interdisciplinary Studies (INS) (See under Metro-Urban Studies, Program in Global Community, and Women's and Minority Studies) International Relations Norma C. Noonan (Director) International Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and seven electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia. and others. Recent students have had double mqjors in History, Political Science, or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the International Relations major. Major: 13courses. (1) 6 required courses: ECO 122 or 123: HIS 103 or 104; POL 158 or 160; 2 of the following: HIS 332, POL 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a modem foreign language. (2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be counted toward the major): HIS 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 350, 351,381,382; SOC 336; PHI 355; REL 356; Comparative Economic Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the discipline of economics, history and/or political science; the fourth term of college work in a second modern language. Minor: Required ECO 122 or 123, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158or 160. One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of foreign language. Any three courses from the list of approved electives for the major. Not more than 2 courses from any department could count toward the minor. N o t e : Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 14 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration on a geographic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program. Mathematics and Computer Science Department At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value ofmathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs of quantitative thinking, these skills are still essential for any liberally-educatedperson. Mathematics and computer science courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills. Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on the development of civilization, and the development of computers has begun to influence modem society. To the extent that a liberal education must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of these influences is important. An increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. To this end, the department of Mathematics and Computer Science serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields. Majors within this department are prepared for work in industry, service professions, or graduate study, with opportunities to focus on either the theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. The department aims to provide its own majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of careers. Mathematics/Computer Science Faculty: Lawrence Copes (Chairperson), Lany Crockett, Beverly Durkee, Henry Follingstad, Noel Petit, Larry Ragland Mathematics Mqjor: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314, 324.Also required: CSC 170 or 270.The following courses d o not count toward this major: 104,114,121,122,131,174,175. For teaching licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Stu- dents wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. Computer Science Mqjor: 9 courses including 240,345,350,445, 450;270 or BUS 175: 3 electives from 340,352,395,495,497,MAT 355,PHY 261,and BUS 479 or SOC 363.Also required: MAT 174,175 (or MAT 124,125,224and CSC 170);MAT 215;BUS 279 or MAT 373 or SOC 362. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent study at an advanced level with participation in a department seminar. Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, (or 174,175) 224.The following courses do not count towards the minor: 104,114, For a teaching minor, the two additional courses must 121,122,131. be selected from 215,314,351,373,441. Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including 170 (or MAT 175), 240,345,350,and one course from BUS 279,any CSC course over 260,MAT 355,PRY 261,or SOC 363. Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling in any course in this department the student must have satisfied certain course and/ or placement test prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0or higher to count a s a prerequisite. The Placement Test is given during college orientation sessions and at other announced times during the year. Score requirements on the test for entry to courses are: I1 for course 104;111 for courses 114,121, 122,131;IV for courses 124,174.Students whose score is V, or who have taken the College Board Advanced Placement Exam, should consult with the department about appropriate courses. Any exceptions to course or placement test score prerequisites must be approved by the instructor. Mathematics (MAT) 104 Intermediate Algebra A revicw of basic ari tlimetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including cxponc~ils,radlcals, and rational expressions: algebraic processes lncludinn factoring: solving equalions and inequalltles in one variabIe, inclurlirig litiear and quadratic; anti graphs of linear and quadralic equations and Ilnear Ineq~iall(lcsin Lwo varlabtes. Does not satrsiy Lhe getieral etl~tcahinllrcquireincr~lin mathen~atics.Adnllssion only via Augsl~urgMall~emalicsPlacetnenl Exam. (I'rerecl.: Placement Oroup II, P/fl gradingonty, Fall) 114 Elementary Functions A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. For sludents planning to take 124 or 174. Students who have completed 124 or 174 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: 104 or Placemenl Group I l l ) 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group I l l ) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a slngle varlable wlth applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Sttade!its wlto have compleled 124 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: liI4 or Placcmcnt firotlp I l l ) 124,125,224 Calculus I, 11,111 Differential and inlcgtal calarlus, including calculus of several variables and series, with applications primarily Crom the physical sciences, Inlegrated with Lopics from plane anrl solid analylic geomelly. Prilllarily for students in thc natiiral sciences. (Prcrcq,: I 1 4 or Placemerit Group IV for 124: 1 2 4 for 125; 1 2 5 for 224.124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 1 3 1 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group Ill. Spring) 174,175 Mathematics for Computing 1. I1 A studv of discrete and continuous mathematics with a ~ ~ l i c a t i o to n scom. puter science, integrated with learning a higher level'programming language. Primarily for students planning to major in computer science. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174: 174 for 175. 174, Fall; 175, Spring) 2 1 1 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of the instructor) 215 Elementany Linear Algebra A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications: solutions by special integral transforms: systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 314 Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such a s groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324 Analysis An introduction to the study of mathematical analysis, Includes a rigorous study of major concepts used in the calculus and their application to more abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 351 Modem Geometry A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Alternate years, Spring 1988) 355 Numerical Analysis A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's mettiod, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and intearation. (Prerea.: 175; or 224, CSC 170. Fall) - 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or 224. Fall) 399 Internship Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project. 4 4 1 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, completion or concurrent registration; or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1987) 4 8 1 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314,324; or consent of instructor. Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science (csc) 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, a s well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count towards either a computer science major or minor. 170 Structured Programming and Discrete Mathematles An ItiLroclucllon to cornl>ule~' languages and algorithms. and dlscrcte inatllemalics topics ir~~ltictir~g loglc, scls, functions, relations, statistlcs. niatriccs, combinatorics, graphs and trres. Applicatinns from matticmatics, business. and natural scicticcs. I'rognmlniny in a higher lcvel tanguage such as rascal. [Prercq.: MAT 3 24. Spring) 174.175 Mathematics for Computing I, 11 (See MAT 174, MAT 175) 240 Survey of Computer Science AII Introdiicllon Lo conipil ter organizatiori and structure. assembly and n~acfilnclanguages, co~nplllerlogic design, number and character represeritallons, arid f~~nctions ofcoinpoi~entsorcm-rtplltcrsystems. Continued u t p~cq~clrntni~~t roncel~ts.( Prereq.: MAT 175, or clevclnprnenl o f slr ~ ~ c led AT 12 I, MAT 124, and Vascal bolh 170 and MA'I' 124: or eqvivulcril programming course. Fall) 2 6 1 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 270 FORTRAIY Study ofthe FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 170, or MAT 175. Interim) 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks Princi~lesand methods of data communications. distributed ~rocessina systems, network protocols and security, and general compukr interfa; ing. (Prereq.240. Fall) 345 Comp~rterSystems and Assembly Language Sill vey nrr:omputess. latigltages, systems, and epplications. Development or competence in asscrnhly language programming. Elements of compr~te?' operalion. including input-rlutput, interrupts, and an introduction to npcrating Tystems. (I'rcrcq,: 240.F.1111 350 Data Strt~cturesand File Processing Concepts and algorilllms used it1 LIle S O ! U ~ ~ornon-numerical D~ problems. Applicalions to cla ta manngetncnl syslelns, file organlzalion, inrormallon rclricval, list processing, pxogramrninq languages, and storage devices. (rrereq.:240. Spring) 352 Database Management and Design Slnic1ul.e afdatahase managelnel!l systems,query facilities, file organi~~Y. the develepmenl of an elementary database ration and S E C ~ ~ TInrli~ding system. (240 is recotnme~~dcd helore 552 is ialrcn. Spring) 395 Topics Study of intermediate topics, from such areas a s computer graphics, artificial intelligence, computability, and automata. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 399 Internship Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project. 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements or operating systems, melnoiy aticl process management, interactions nnrong ti~a[orcornpnnelils of conipr~tersystems. and a detailed sli~rlyof tlte eflecls oir:ompuler arc!iilectlirf rl11 operating systems. Prereq.: 345, MAT 2 IS. Spring) ~ - - - 4 5 0 Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.: 350, MAT 215. Fall) 4 9 5 Topics Study of advanced topics, often more extensive pursuit of a n area from o n e of the other courses. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 497 Research Project An extensive group o r individual project selected in consultation with a faculty member in the areas of software-hardware interfacing. Ifdirectly supervised by a faculty member the course may b e taken for credit. (Prereq.: 345,350. Spring) 4 9 9 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. MetromUrban Studies (INS) Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and other related disciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies program seeks to blend classroom and field experience, theory and internships which focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization. The Metro-Urban Studies major and minor are designed to provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in Planning, Architecture, Law, Public Administration, Environmental Studies, Social Welfare, Government, Community Organization, and Theology. The program and college-wide urban concerns requirement introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs, equipping students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand the metropolitan community. Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the college's location. Metro Urban Studies Faculty: Gany W. Hesser (Director), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue Gisselquist, Satya Gupta, Myles Stenshoel Major: 15 courses, including 1 0 core requirements: ECO 123, 279 or SOC 362; HIS 431: POL 122,384 or SOC 363: SOC 111,381: a minimum of one course of internship or independent study: two non-socia1 science courses with an urban emphasis, a t least one of which must be in the humanities (current options include ART 102, BIO 105, ENG 351, INS 233,260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356 is highly recommended. To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: General/Liberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses must include a minimum ofthree disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, a s well a s those offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). Minor: To b e linked with appropriate majors (such a s business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: ECO 120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 111,381;an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the director. 199 Internship Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Pall, Interim, Spring and Summer) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and SOC 111or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer) 399 Internship Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor, Fall, Interim, Spring) - 498 Independent Study Metropolitan Resources An independcnLIy dcsignrd cou~.scra sluclerit (or group ofstudents) develops, ~nalrinqextetisivc, systen~aticancl irrtegraled i~tllizallonof resources available ir! the metrclpolitarl comin~rnlly.e.y. leclures. symposia, perrorlliab~ces,hearings. 1-hesc resatlrces I)ecolne t h e core of Lhe course, supplcmcntetl Ily trarlltlonal college resources. The course is designed in co!iqultallon with anrl evalualed I>y a department faculty member. .(IJrercti.:SQC 1 I t or 121 and consent or Instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 Independent Study Student must prescllt written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodoloqy oC Lhe proposed stildy according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SOC. I l l or 1 2 1 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Urban Studies Options Through HECUA Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),a consortium of 16 college and universities. Augsburg's Metro-Urban director is serving a fourth term a s HECUA president. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities. I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics, Included are government and institution publications, joumal articles and books. 359 FleId SemlnanTwln CRlea Metropolitan Area Using llw c~?mrnunTty as a classroom, slitdents visit agencies, talk with specialists In varlot~snclds, and investigate current Issues in Lhe Twin Cities area. Topics include: gcograptry. government, econo~mics,historic ethnic comrnunilies, Lransportallon, planning prescrvation. pop~~ralions, and soclal senriccs. 399 Internship Students are placed in a varlepy of public and private agencies for work experience. A lcarnlng contracl is developect with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an intcmshlp of one or two courses. 11. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This interdisciplinary field learning program is at the University of Oslo and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia. 372 Nonvegian Language Intensive language i~islmctlonat beginning or intermediate levels, with emphasis on co~~versalional listening and speaking skills. Students with aclvanccd Norwegian Ianguagc proficiency have the option of studying Norwegian literature. Note: For Language Credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of the Foreign Language Department. 377 Scandinavia in the World Global perspectives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints a s small power nations in a world of super powers and their role in issues of peace, confllcl resolutinn ancl amls control, EastWest relations, European security, Irade. and the 'l'hird World. Emphasis on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for discussions with advocates of competing perspectives. 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Social change and issues of change and development in Norway a s reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theater, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a vanety of media. 394 Urbanizatioq and Development in Scandinavia Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices a s a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative perspective. 499 Independent Study Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of conducting independent study research, using Norwegian language skills, on a topic approved by the GUST Program Director and the appropriate home college faculty adviser. 111. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the c i t y program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 2 6 1 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 361 Introduction to Columbia Overview of Columbia and economic development. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Lalin American City Structirrcrl licld cnirrsc lncusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Rogc>ta, witti ficld trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparisoti. Visits to varior~stypes of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 Independent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. IV. W o m e n and Work in A m e r i c a n Society (WWAS) Women and Work in American Society is an interdisciplinary spring semester program in San Francisco. The program focuses on the challenges that face women today and examines the impact of women in the workplace and on American society as a whole. (See also Women's and Minority Studies) 384 Women and Work Seminar focusing upon the various roles of women from diverse cultures, social classes, and historic periods through readings, guest lecturers, and site visits in the Bay Area. 385 Research Seminar A research seminar in field study through individual and group research i n the community on work and social change. 399 Internship (See MUST 399) V. Literature, I d e o l o g y and Society in Latin A m e r i c a (LISLA) This Spring semester program is an interdisciplinary field study that provides extensive study-travel in Colombia, Nicaragua, Puerto Rico and Grenada, Immersion in Spanish language and Columbian culture are stressed. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 360 Latin Amerlcan Literature! Ferspecttves on Social Change Sclcctcd works nT literature and Uiealer illat express wrllers' and artists' perspeclivcs an Lalin American society anrl social changc. Ernptiasis on contemporary prriotl wllh cnnsirleral>le flcld stutly. lucl~tdltigInlervicws w l l l ~corn~nunilysits and "sl reet ll~ealevgroups, wrl tcrs, l i t r ~ a i ycritlcs, ccrmposcxs, pe~fonnersand film-nialccrs; s~nall-$grouplicld dssignments on currcnt arts activities: sile vislts lo museLlm and gaite~yext~lllits,inovies, plays, coriccrls arid a v a r I ~ t yafcor~~niutriiy arts evetits. 364 Lattn American A r t s and Society Introdclces lheoretical Iramcworlrs for examining Ll?erelationships among arts. idcology and socicly. rrovidcs historical background tl~rough survey of Latin Atncsican tho~1g11C In nra jor arlisllc periods: CoIonlal, Rcpi~bllcan, Ron~anlic,I'nsilivisl, Mr~dernlst,"lndlget~lsrno," Ileclllst and C(lntcmpnr a y . Readings ancl seniiriar 3ectui-tl-dlscussion~. 367 IdeoIogles of Sorlal Change In h t l n Amerlca Introductinn to lhe study (11 ideology and lllslorical overview of Latin Arncrirall ideologies, especially In relation to issues of developmenl and soclal change. Cemparativc slirdy of current ideologiral dcbatcs and their Impacl. with special atlcntion to diff~~sio~lism. "dcpendencia. ' Marxism anrl liheralion theology. Field study crnpllasites local resources, incl uding intcrvicw-discussior~swith proponents of compcling icIcnlogies; interviews witti ynvrrnmcrik, huslncss. churcl~and community people: site vlsits Lo psojccts rclierting itIeolagy+ln-pr;lcLlce. 499 Independent Study By special permission from LlSLA faculty, students with advanced Spanish proficiency can be exempted from Spanish and conduct independent study research instead. Music Department (nus) Throughout the ages, music has been seen as an aesthetic expression of the deepest and highest human emotions and thoughts. Thus music has long been seen as an integral part of a liberal arts education, offering an important component of personal, social, and intellectual development. The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human historv and culture. In addition. all students of the colleae community have the opportunity of in choral and instruhental ensembles which perform locally, nationally, and internationally. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education needs of students and offers professional training i